[Congressional Record (Bound Edition), Volume 154 (2008), Part 12]
[Senate]
[Pages 16715-16781]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office, www.gpo.gov]




                           TEXT OF AMENDMENTS

  SA 5250. Mr. DURBIN (for Mr. Kennedy) submitted an amendment intended 
to be proposed by Mr. Durbin to the bill H.R. 4137, to amend and extend 
the Higher Education Act of 1965, and for other purposes; as follows:

       Strike all after the enacting clause, and insert the 
     following:

     SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE; TABLE OF CONTENTS.

       (a) Short Title.--This Act may be cited as the ``Higher 
     Education Amendments of 2007''.
       (b) Table of Contents.--The table of contents for this Act 
     is as follows:

Sec. 1. Short title; table of contents.
Sec. 2. References.
Sec. 3. General effective date.

                      TITLE I--GENERAL PROVISIONS

Sec. 101. Additional definitions.
Sec. 102. General definition of institution of higher education.
Sec. 103. Definition of institution of higher education for purposes of 
              title IV programs.
Sec. 104. Protection of student speech and association rights.
Sec. 105. Accreditation and Institutional Quality and Integrity 
              Advisory Committee.
Sec. 106. Drug and alcohol abuse prevention.
Sec. 107. Prior rights and obligations.
Sec. 108. Transparency in college tuition for consumers.
Sec. 109. Databases of student information prohibited.
Sec. 110. Clear and easy-to-find information on student financial aid.
Sec. 110A. State higher education information system pilot program.
Sec. 111. Performance-based organization for the delivery of Federal 
              student financial assistance.
Sec. 112. Procurement flexibility.
Sec. 113. Institution and lender reporting and disclosure requirements.
Sec. 114. Employment of postsecondary education graduates.
Sec. 115. Foreign medical schools.
Sec. 116. Demonstration and certification regarding the use of certain 
              Federal funds.

                 TITLE II--TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT

Sec. 201. Teacher quality partnership grants.
Sec. 202. General provisions.

[[Page 16716]]

                      TITLE III--INSTITUTIONAL AID

Sec. 301. Program purpose.
Sec. 302. Definitions; eligibility.
Sec. 303. American Indian tribally controlled colleges and 
              universities.
Sec. 304. Alaska Native and Native Hawaiian-serving institutions.
Sec. 305. Native American-serving, nontribal institutions.
Sec. 306. Part B definitions.
Sec. 307. Grants to institutions.
Sec. 308. Allotments to institutions.
Sec. 309. Professional or graduate institutions.
Sec. 310. Authority of the Secretary.
Sec. 311. Authorization of appropriations.
Sec. 312. Technical corrections.

                      TITLE IV--STUDENT ASSISTANCE

  PART A--Grants to Students in Attendance at Institutions of Higher 
                               Education

Sec. 401. Federal Pell Grants.
Sec. 402. Academic competitiveness grants.
Sec. 403. Federal Trio Programs.
Sec. 404. Gaining early awareness and readiness for undergraduate 
              programs.
Sec. 405. Academic achievement incentive scholarships.
Sec. 406. Federal supplemental educational opportunity grants.
Sec. 407. Leveraging Educational Assistance Partnership program.
Sec. 408. Special programs for students whose families are engaged in 
              migrant and seasonal farmwork.
Sec. 409. Robert C. Byrd Honors Scholarship Program.
Sec. 410. Child care access means parents in school.
Sec. 411. Learning anytime anywhere partnerships.

             PART B--Federal Family Education Loan Program

Sec. 421. Federal payments to reduce student interest costs.
Sec. 422. Federal Consolidation Loans.
Sec. 423. Default reduction program.
Sec. 424. Reports to consumer reporting agencies and institutions of 
              higher education.
Sec. 425. Common forms and formats.
Sec. 426. Student loan information by eligible lenders.
Sec. 427. Consumer education information.
Sec. 428. Definition of eligible lender.
Sec. 429. Discharge and cancellation rights in cases of disability.

                  PART C--Federal Work-Study Programs

Sec. 441. Authorization of appropriations.
Sec. 442. Allowance for books and supplies.
Sec. 443. Grants for Federal work-study programs.
Sec. 444. Job location and development programs.
Sec. 445. Work colleges.

                     PART D--Federal Perkins Loans

Sec. 451. Program authority.
Sec. 451A. Allowance for books and supplies.
Sec. 451B. Perkins loan forbearance.
Sec. 452. Cancellation of loans for certain public service.

                         PART E--Need Analysis

Sec. 461. Cost of attendance.
Sec. 462. Definitions.

       PART F--General Provisions Relating to Student Assistance

Sec. 471. Definitions.
Sec. 472. Compliance calendar.
Sec. 473. Forms and regulations.
Sec. 474. Student eligibility.
Sec. 475. Statute of limitations and State court judgments.
Sec. 476. Institutional refunds.
Sec. 477. Institutional and financial assistance information for 
              students.
Sec. 478. Entrance counseling required.
Sec. 479. National Student Loan Data System.
Sec. 480. Early awareness of financial aid eligibility.
Sec. 481. Program participation agreements.
Sec. 482. Regulatory relief and improvement.
Sec. 483. Transfer of allotments.
Sec. 484. Purpose of administrative payments.
Sec. 485. Advisory Committee on student financial assistance.
Sec. 486. Regional meetings.
Sec. 487. Year 2000 requirements at the Department.

                       PART G--Program Integrity

Sec. 491. Recognition of accrediting agency or association.
Sec. 492. Administrative capacity standard.
Sec. 493. Program review and data.
Sec. 494. Timely information about loans.
Sec. 495. Auction evaluation and report.

                    TITLE V--DEVELOPING INSTITUTIONS

Sec. 501. Authorized activities.
Sec. 502. Postbaccalaureate opportunities for Hispanic Americans.
Sec. 503. Applications.
Sec. 504. Cooperative arrangements.
Sec. 505. Authorization of appropriations.

               TITLE VI--INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS

Sec. 601. Findings.
Sec. 602. Graduate and undergraduate language and area centers and 
              programs.
Sec. 603. Undergraduate international studies and foreign language 
              programs.
Sec. 604. Research; studies.
Sec. 605. Technological innovation and cooperation for foreign 
              information access.
Sec. 606. Selection of certain grant recipients.
Sec. 607. American overseas research centers.
Sec. 608. Authorization of appropriations for international and foreign 
              language studies.
Sec. 609. Centers for international business education.
Sec. 610. Education and training programs.
Sec. 611. Authorization of appropriations for business and 
              international education programs.
Sec. 612. Minority foreign service professional development program.
Sec. 613. Institutional development.
Sec. 614. Study abroad program.
Sec. 615. Advanced degree in international relations.
Sec. 616. Internships.
Sec. 617. Financial assistance.
Sec. 618. Report.
Sec. 619. Gifts and donations.
Sec. 620. Authorization of appropriations for the Institute for 
              International Public Policy.
Sec. 621. Definitions.
Sec. 622. Assessment and enforcement.

       TITLE VII--GRADUATE AND POSTSECONDARY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS

Sec. 701. Purpose.
Sec. 702. Allocation of Jacob K. Javits Fellowships.
Sec. 703. Stipends.
Sec. 704. Authorization of appropriations for the Jacob K. Javits 
              Fellowship Program.
Sec. 705. Institutional eligibility under the Graduate Assistance in 
              Areas of National Need Program.
Sec. 706. Awards to graduate students.
Sec. 707. Additional assistance for cost of education.
Sec. 708. Authorization of appropriations for the Graduate Assistance 
              in Areas of National Need Program.
Sec. 709. Legal educational opportunity program.
Sec. 710. Fund for the improvement of postsecondary education.
Sec. 711. Special projects.
Sec. 712. Authorization of appropriations for the fund for the 
              improvement of postsecondary education.
Sec. 713. Repeal of the urban community service program.
Sec. 714. Grants for students with disabilities.
Sec. 715. Applications for demonstration projects to ensure students 
              with disabilities receive a quality higher education.
Sec. 716. Authorization of appropriations for demonstration projects to 
              ensure students with disabilities receive a quality 
              higher education.
Sec. 717. Research grants.

                       TITLE VIII--MISCELLANEOUS

Sec. 801. Miscellaneous.
Sec. 802. Additional programs.
Sec. 803. Student loan clearinghouse.
Sec. 804. Minority serving institutions for advanced technology and 
              education.

                   TITLE IX--AMENDMENTS TO OTHER LAWS

               PART A--EDUCATION OF THE DEAF ACT OF 1986

Sec. 901. Laurent Clerc National Deaf Education Center.
Sec. 902. Agreement with Gallaudet University.
Sec. 903. Agreement for the National Technical Institute for the Deaf.
Sec. 904. Cultural experiences grants.
Sec. 905. Audit.
Sec. 906. Reports.
Sec. 907. Monitoring, evaluation, and reporting.
Sec. 908. Liaison for educational programs.
Sec. 909. Federal endowment programs for Gallaudet University and the 
              National Technical Institute for the Deaf.
Sec. 910. Oversight and effect of agreements.
Sec. 911. International students.
Sec. 912. Research priorities.
Sec. 913. Authorization of appropriations.

              PART B--UNITED STATES INSTITUTE OF PEACE ACT

Sec. 921. United States Institute of Peace Act.

            PART C--THE HIGHER EDUCATION AMENDMENTS OF 1998

Sec. 931. Repeals.
Sec. 932. Grants to States for workplace and community transition 
              training for incarcerated youth offenders.
Sec. 933. Underground railroad educational and cultural program.
Sec. 934. Olympic scholarships under the Higher Education Amendments of 
              1992.

[[Page 16717]]

                        PART D--INDIAN EDUCATION

              subpart 1--tribal colleges and universities

Sec. 941. Reauthorization of the Tribally Controlled College or 
              University Assistance Act of 1978.

                   subpart 2--navajo higher education

Sec. 945. Short title.
Sec. 946. Reauthorization of Navajo Community College Act.

       PART E--Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968

Sec. 951. Short title.
Sec. 952. Loan repayment for prosecutors and defenders.

     SEC. 2. REFERENCES.

       Except as otherwise expressly provided, whenever in this 
     Act an amendment or repeal is expressed in terms of an 
     amendment to, or repeal of, a section or other provision, the 
     reference shall be considered to be made to a section or 
     other provision of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
     U.S.C. 1001 et seq.).

     SEC. 3. GENERAL EFFECTIVE DATE.

       Except as otherwise provided in this Act or the amendments 
     made by this Act, the amendments made by this Act shall take 
     effect on the date of enactment of this Act.

                      TITLE I--GENERAL PROVISIONS

     SEC. 101. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS.

       (a) Amendment.--Section 103 (20 U.S.C. 1003) is amended--
       (1) by redesignating paragraphs (9) through (16) as 
     paragraphs (13) through (20); respectively;
       (2) by redesignating paragraphs (4) through (8) as 
     paragraphs (7) through (11), respectively;
       (3) by redesignating paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) as 
     paragraphs (2), (4), and (5), respectively;
       (4) by inserting before paragraph (2) (as redesignated by 
     paragraph (2)) the following:
       ``(1) Authorizing committees.--The term `authorizing 
     committees' means the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, 
     and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Education and 
     Labor of the House of Representatives.'';
       (5) by inserting after paragraph (2) (as redesignated by 
     paragraph (3)) the following:
       ``(3) Critical foreign language.--The term `critical 
     foreign language' means each of the languages contained in 
     the list of critical languages designated by the Secretary in 
     the Federal Register on August 2, 1985 (50 Fed. Reg. 149, 
     31412; promulgated under the authority of section 212(d) of 
     the Education for Economic Security Act (repealed by section 
     2303 of the Augustus F. Hawkins-Robert T. Stafford Elementary 
     and Secondary School Improvement Amendments of 1988)), except 
     that in the implementation of this definition with respect to 
     a specific title, the Secretary may set priorities according 
     to the purposes of such title and the national security, 
     economic competitiveness, and educational needs of the United 
     States.'';
       (6) by inserting after paragraph (5) (as redesignated by 
     paragraph (3)) the following:
       ``(6) Distance education.--
       ``(A) In general.--Except as otherwise provided, the term 
     `distance education' means education that uses 1 or more of 
     the technologies described in subparagraph (B)--
       ``(i) to deliver instruction to students who are separated 
     from the instructor; and
       ``(ii) to support regular and substantive interaction 
     between the students and the instructor, synchronously or 
     asynchronously.
       ``(B) Inclusions.--For the purposes of subparagraph (A), 
     the technologies used may include--
       ``(i) the Internet;
       ``(ii) one-way and two-way transmissions through open 
     broadcast, closed circuit, cable, microwave, broadband lines, 
     fiber optics, satellite, or wireless communications devices;
       ``(iii) audio conferencing; or
       ``(iv) video cassette, DVDs, and CD-ROMs, if the cassette, 
     DVDs, and CD-ROMs are used in a course in conjunction with 
     the technologies listed in clauses (i) through (iii).''; and
       (7) by inserting after paragraph (11) (as redesignated by 
     paragraph (2)) the following:
       ``(12) Poverty line.--The term `poverty line' means the 
     poverty line (as defined in section 673(2) of the Community 
     Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9902(2))) applicable to a 
     family of the size involved.''.
       (b) Conforming Amendments.--The Act (20 U.S.C. 1001 et 
     seq.) is amended--
       (1) in section 131(a)(3)(B) (20 U.S.C. 1015(a)(3)(B)), by 
     striking ``Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the 
     Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of 
     the House of Representatives'' and inserting ``authorizing 
     committees'';
       (2) in section 141(d)(4)(B) (20 U.S.C. 1018(d)(4)(B)), by 
     striking ``Committee on Education and the Workforce of the 
     House of Representatives and the Committee on Labor and Human 
     Resources of the Senate'' and inserting ``authorizing 
     committees'';
       (3) in section 401(f)(3) (20 U.S.C. 1070a(f)(3)), by 
     striking ``to the Committee on Appropriations'' and all that 
     follows through ``House of Representatives'' and inserting 
     ``to the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate, the 
     Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives, 
     and the authorizing committees'';
       (4) in section 428 (20 U.S.C. 1078)--
       (A) in subsection (c)(9)(K), by striking ``House Committee 
     on Education and the Workforce and the Senate Committee on 
     Labor and Human Resources'' and inserting ``authorizing 
     committees'';
       (B) in the matter following paragraph (2) of subsection 
     (g), by striking ``Committee on Labor and Human Resources of 
     the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce 
     of the House of Representatives'' and inserting ``authorizing 
     committees''; and
       (C) in subsection (n)(4), by striking ``Committee on 
     Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives 
     and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the 
     Senate'' and inserting ``authorizing committees'';
       (5) in section 428A(c) (20 U.S.C. 1078-1(c))--
       (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) of paragraph 
     (2), by striking ``Chairperson'' and all that follows through 
     ``House of Representatives'' and inserting ``members of the 
     authorizing committees'';
       (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ``Chairperson'' and all 
     that follows through ``House of Representatives'' and 
     inserting ``members of the authorizing committees''; and
       (C) in paragraph (5), by striking ``Chairperson'' and all 
     that follows through ``House of Representatives'' and 
     inserting ``members of the authorizing committees'';
       (6) in section 432 (20 U.S.C. 1082)--
       (A) in subsection (f)(1)(C), by striking ``the Committee on 
     Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives 
     or the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate'' 
     and inserting ``either of the authorizing committees''; and
       (B) in the matter following subparagraph (D) of subsection 
     (n)(3), by striking ``Committee on Education and the 
     Workforce of the House of Representatives and the Committee 
     on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate'' and inserting 
     ``authorizing committees'';
       (7) in section 437(c)(1) (20 U.S.C. 1087(c)(1)), by 
     striking ``Committee on Education and the Workforce of the 
     House of Representatives and the Committee on Labor and Human 
     Resources of the Senate'' and inserting ``authorizing 
     committees'';
       (8) in section 439 (20 U.S.C. 1087-2)--
       (A) in subsection (d)(1)(E)(iii), by striking ``advise the 
     Chairman'' and all that follows through ``House of 
     Representatives'' and inserting ``advise the members of the 
     authorizing committees'';
       (B) in subsection (r)--
       (i) in paragraph (3), by striking ``inform the Chairman'' 
     and all that follows through ``House of Representatives,'' 
     and inserting ``inform the members of the authorizing 
     committees'';
       (ii) in paragraph (5)(B), by striking ``plan, to the 
     Chairman'' and all that follows through ``Education and 
     Labor'' and inserting ``plan, to the members of the 
     authorizing committees'';
       (iii) in paragraph (6)(B)--

       (I) by striking ``plan, to the Chairman'' and all that 
     follows through ``House of Representatives'' and inserting 
     ``plan, to the members of the authorizing committees''; and
       (II) by striking ``Chairmen and ranking minority members of 
     such Committees'' and inserting ``members of the authorizing 
     committees'';

       (iv) in paragraph (8)(C), by striking ``implemented to the 
     Chairman'' and all that follows through ``House of 
     Representatives, and'' and inserting ``implemented to the 
     members of the authorizing committees, and to''; and
       (v) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) of paragraph 
     (10), by striking ``days to the Chairman'' and all that 
     follows through ``Education and Labor'' and inserting ``days 
     to the members of the authorizing committees''; and
       (C) in subsection (s)(2)--
       (i) in the matter preceding clause (i) of subparagraph (A), 
     by striking ``Treasury and to the Chairman'' and all that 
     follows through ``House of Representatives'' and inserting 
     ``Treasury and to the members of the authorizing 
     committees''; and
       (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``Treasury and to the 
     Chairman'' and all that follows through ``House of 
     Representatives'' and inserting ``Treasury and to the members 
     of the authorizing committees'';
       (9) in section 455(b)(8)(B) (20 U.S.C. 1087e(b)(8)(B)), by 
     striking ``Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the 
     Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of 
     the House of Representatives'' and inserting ``authorizing 
     committees'';
       (10) in section 482(d) (20 U.S.C. 1089(d)), by striking 
     ``Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and 
     the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of 
     Representatives'' and inserting ``authorizing committees'';
       (11) in section 483(c) (20 U.S.C. 1090(c)), by striking 
     ``Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and 
     the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of 
     Representatives'' and inserting ``authorizing committees'';
       (12) in section 485 (20 U.S.C. 1092)--
       (A) in subsection (f)(5)(A), by striking ``Committee on 
     Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives 
     and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the 
     Senate'' and inserting ``authorizing committees''; and

[[Page 16718]]

       (B) in subsection (g)(4)(B), by striking ``Committee on 
     Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives 
     and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the 
     Senate'' and inserting ``authorizing committees'';
       (13) in section 486 (20 U.S.C. 1093)--
       (A) in subsection (e), by striking ``Committee on Labor and 
     Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Education 
     and the Workforce of the House of Representatives'' and 
     inserting ``authorizing committees''; and
       (B) in subsection (f)(3)--
       (i) in the matter preceding clause (i) of subparagraph (A), 
     by striking ``Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the 
     Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of 
     the House of Representatives'' and inserting ``authorizing 
     committees''; and
       (ii) in the matter preceding clause (i) of subparagraph 
     (B), by striking ``Committee on Labor and Human Resources of 
     the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce 
     of the House of Representatives'' and inserting ``authorizing 
     committees'';
       (14) in section 487A(a)(5) (20 U.S.C. 1094a(a)(5)), by 
     striking ``Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the 
     Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of 
     the House of Representatives'' and inserting ``authorizing 
     committees''; and
       (15) in section 498B(d) (20 U.S.C. 1099c-2(d))--
       (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``Committee on Labor and 
     Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Education 
     and the Workforce of the House of Representatives'' and 
     inserting ``authorizing committees''; and
       (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``Committee on Labor and 
     Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Education 
     and the Workforce of the House of Representatives'' and 
     inserting ``authorizing committees''.

     SEC. 102. GENERAL DEFINITION OF INSTITUTION OF HIGHER 
                   EDUCATION.

       Section 101 (20 U.S.C. 1001) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)(3), by inserting ``, or awards a 
     degree that is acceptable for admission to a graduate or 
     professional degree program, subject to the review and 
     approval by the Secretary'' after ``such a degree''; and
       (2) by striking subsection (b)(2) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(2) a public or nonprofit private educational institution 
     in any State that, in lieu of the requirement in subsection 
     (a)(1), admits as regular students persons--
       ``(A) who are beyond the age of compulsory school 
     attendance in the State in which the institution is located; 
     or
       ``(B) who will be dually or concurrently enrolled in the 
     institution and a secondary school.''.

     SEC. 103. DEFINITION OF INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION FOR 
                   PURPOSES OF TITLE IV PROGRAMS.

       Section 102 (20 U.S.C. 1002) is amended--
       (1) by striking subclause (II) of subsection (a)(2)(A)(i) 
     and inserting the following:

       ``(II) the institution has or had a clinical training 
     program that was approved by a State as of January 1, 1992, 
     and has continuously operated a clinical training program in 
     not less than 1 State that is approved by such State;'';

       (2) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in paragraph (1)--
       (i) in subparagraph (D), by inserting ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (ii) in subparagraph (E), by striking ``; and'' and 
     inserting a period; and
       (iii) by striking subparagraph (F); and
       (B) by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
       ``(2) Additional institutions.--The term `proprietary 
     institution of higher education' also includes a proprietary 
     educational institution in any State that, in lieu of the 
     requirement in section 101(a)(1), admits as regular students 
     persons--
       ``(A) who are beyond the age of compulsory school 
     attendance in the State in which the institution is located; 
     or
       ``(B) who will be dually or concurrently enrolled in the 
     institution and a secondary school.''; and
       (3) by striking subsection (c)(2) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(2) Additional institutions.--The term `postsecondary 
     vocational institution' also includes an educational 
     institution in any State that, in lieu of the requirement in 
     section 101(a)(1), admits as regular students persons--
       ``(A) who are beyond the age of compulsory school 
     attendance in the State in which the institution is located; 
     or
       ``(B) who will be dually or concurrently enrolled in the 
     institution and a secondary school.''.

     SEC. 104. PROTECTION OF STUDENT SPEECH AND ASSOCIATION 
                   RIGHTS.

       Section 112 (20 U.S.C. 1011a) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) by inserting ``(1)'' before ``It is the sense''; and
       (B) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(2) It is the sense of Congress that--
       ``(A) the diversity of institutions and educational 
     missions is one of the key strengths of American higher 
     education;
       ``(B) individual colleges and universities have different 
     missions and each institution should design its academic 
     program in accordance with its educational goals;
       ``(C) a college should facilitate the free and open 
     exchange of ideas;
       ``(D) students should not be intimidated, harassed, 
     discouraged from speaking out, or discriminated against;
       ``(E) students should be treated equally and fairly; and
       ``(F) nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to 
     modify, change, or infringe upon any constitutionally 
     protected religious liberty, freedom, expression, or 
     association.''; and
       (2) in subsection (b)(1), by inserting ``, provided that 
     the imposition of such sanction is done objectively and 
     fairly'' after ``higher education''.

     SEC. 105. ACCREDITATION AND INSTITUTIONAL QUALITY AND 
                   INTEGRITY ADVISORY COMMITTEE.

       (a) In General.--Section 114 (20 U.S.C. 1011c) is amended 
     to read as follows:

     ``SEC. 114. ACCREDITATION AND INSTITUTIONAL QUALITY AND 
                   INTEGRITY COMMITTEE.

       ``(a) Establishment.--There is established in the 
     Department an Accreditation and Institutional Quality and 
     Integrity Advisory Committee (in this section referred to as 
     the `Committee') to assess the process of accreditation and 
     the institutional eligibility and certification of such 
     institutions under title IV.
       ``(b) Membership.--
       ``(1) In general.--The Committee shall have 15 members, of 
     which--
       ``(A) 5 members shall be appointed by the Secretary;
       ``(B) 5 members shall be appointed by the Speaker of the 
     House of Representatives upon the recommendation of the 
     majority leader and minority leader of the House of 
     Representatives; and
       ``(C) 5 members shall be appointed by the President pro 
     tempore of the Senate upon the recommendation of the majority 
     leader and minority leader of the Senate.
       ``(2) Qualifications.--Individuals shall be appointed as 
     members of the Committee on--
       ``(A) the basis of the individuals' experience, integrity, 
     impartiality, and good judgment;
       ``(B) from among individuals who are representatives of, or 
     knowledgeable concerning, education and training beyond 
     secondary education, representatives of all sectors and types 
     of institutions of higher education (as defined in section 
     102); and
       ``(C) on the basis of the individuals' technical 
     qualifications, professional standing, and demonstrated 
     knowledge in the fields of accreditation and administration 
     in higher education.
       ``(3) Terms of members.--The term of office of each member 
     of the Committee shall be for 6 years, except that any member 
     appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration 
     of the term for which the member's predecessor was appointed 
     shall be appointed for the remainder of such term.
       ``(4) Vacancy.--A vacancy on the Committee shall be filled 
     in the same manner as the original appointment was made not 
     later than 90 days after the vacancy occurred. If a vacancy 
     occurs in a position to be filled by the Secretary, the 
     Secretary shall publish a Federal Register notice soliciting 
     nominations for the position not later than 30 days after 
     being notified of the vacancy.
       ``(5) Initial terms.--The terms of office for the initial 
     members of the Committee shall be--
       ``(A) 2 years for members appointed under paragraph (1)(A);
       ``(B) 4 years for members appointed under paragraph (1)(B); 
     and
       ``(C) 6 years for members appointed under paragraph (1)(C).
       ``(6) Chairperson.--The members of the Committee shall 
     select a chairperson from among the members.
       ``(c) Functions.--The Committee shall--
       ``(1) advise the Secretary with respect to establishment 
     and enforcement of the standards of accrediting agencies or 
     associations under subpart 2 of part H of title IV;
       ``(2) advise the Secretary with respect to the recognition 
     of a specific accrediting agency or association;
       ``(3) advise the Secretary with respect to the preparation 
     and publication of the list of nationally recognized 
     accrediting agencies and associations;
       ``(4) advise the Secretary with respect to the eligibility 
     and certification process for institutions of higher 
     education under title IV, together with recommendations for 
     improvements in such process;
       ``(5) advise the Secretary with respect to the relationship 
     between--
       ``(A) accreditation of institutions of higher education and 
     the certification and eligibility of such institutions; and
       ``(B) State licensing responsibilities with respect to such 
     institutions; and
       ``(6) carry out such other advisory functions relating to 
     accreditation and institutional eligibility as the Secretary 
     may prescribe in regulation.
       ``(d) Meeting Procedures.--
       ``(1) Schedule.--
       ``(A) Biannual meetings.--The Committee shall meet not less 
     often than twice each year, at the call of the Chairperson.
       ``(B) Publication of date.--The Committee shall submit the 
     date and location of

[[Page 16719]]

     each meeting in advance to the Secretary, and the Secretary 
     shall publish such information in the Federal Register not 
     later than 30 days before the meeting.
       ``(2) Agenda.--
       ``(A) Establishment.--The agenda for a meeting of the 
     Committee shall be established by the Chairperson and shall 
     be submitted to the members of the Committee upon 
     notification of the meeting.
       ``(B) Opportunity for public comment.--The agenda shall 
     include, at a minimum, opportunity for public comment during 
     the Committee's deliberations.
       ``(3) Secretary's designee.--
       ``(A) Attendance at meeting.--The Chairperson shall invite 
     the Secretary's designee to attend all meetings of the 
     Committee.
       ``(B) Role of designee.--The Secretary's designee may be 
     present at a Committee meeting to facilitate the exchange and 
     free flow of information between the Secretary and the 
     Committee. The designee shall have no authority over the 
     agenda of the meeting, the items on that agenda, or on the 
     resolution of any agenda item.
       ``(4) Federal advisory committee act.--The provisions of 
     the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall 
     apply to the Committee, except that section 14 of such Act 
     shall not apply.
       ``(e) Report and Notice.--
       ``(1) Notice.--The Secretary shall annually publish in the 
     Federal Register--
       ``(A) a list containing, for each member of the Committee--
       ``(i) the member's name;
       ``(ii) the date of the expiration of the member's term of 
     office; and
       ``(iii) the individual described in subsection (b)(1) who 
     appointed the member; and
       ``(B) a solicitation of nominations for each expiring term 
     of office on the Committee of a member appointed by the 
     Secretary.
       ``(2) Report.--Not later than September 30 of each year, 
     the Committee shall make an annual report to the Secretary, 
     the authorizing committees, and the public. The annual report 
     shall contain--
       ``(A) a detailed summary of the agenda and activities of, 
     and the findings and recommendations made by, the Committee 
     during the preceding fiscal year;
       ``(B) a list of the date and location of each meeting 
     during the preceding fiscal year;
       ``(C) a list of the members of the Committee and 
     appropriate contact information; and
       ``(D) a list of the functions of the Committee, including 
     any additional functions established by the Secretary through 
     regulation.
       ``(f) Termination.--The Committee shall terminate on 
     September 30, 2012.''.
       (b) Termination of NACIQI.--The National Advisory Committee 
     on Institutional Quality and Integrity, established under 
     section 114 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (as such 
     section was in effect the day before the date of enactment of 
     this Act) shall terminate 30 days after such date.

     SEC. 106. DRUG AND ALCOHOL ABUSE PREVENTION.

       Section 120(a)(2) (20 U.S.C. 1011i(a)(2)) is amended--
       (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (2) by redesignating subparagraph (B) as subparagraph (D); 
     and
       (3) by inserting after subparagraph (A) (as amended by 
     paragraph (1)) the following:
       ``(B) determine the number of drug and alcohol-related 
     incidents and fatalities that--
       ``(i) occur on the institution's property or as part of any 
     of the institution's activities; and
       ``(ii) are reported to the institution;
       ``(C) determine the number and type of sanctions described 
     in paragraph (1)(E) that are imposed by the institution as a 
     result of drug and alcohol-related incidents and fatalities 
     on the institution's property or as part of any of the 
     institution's activities; and''.

     SEC. 107. PRIOR RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS.

       Section 121(a) (20 U.S.C. 1011j(a)) is amended--
       (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ``1999 and for each of 
     the 4 succeeding fiscal years'' and inserting ``2008 and for 
     each succeeding fiscal year''; and
       (2) in paragraph (2), by striking ``1999 and for each of 
     the 4 succeeding fiscal years'' and inserting ``2008 and for 
     each succeeding fiscal year''.

     SEC. 108. TRANSPARENCY IN COLLEGE TUITION FOR CONSUMERS.

       Part C of title I (20 U.S.C. 1015) is amended by adding at 
     the end the following:

     ``SEC. 132. TRANSPARENCY IN COLLEGE TUITION FOR CONSUMERS.

       ``(a) Net Price.--In this section, the term `net price' 
     means the average yearly tuition and fees paid by a full-time 
     undergraduate student at an institution of higher education, 
     after discounts and grants from the institution, Federal 
     Government, or a State have been applied to the full price of 
     tuition and fees at the institution.
       ``(b) Higher Education Price Index.--
       ``(1) In general.--Not later than 1 year after the date of 
     enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, the 
     Commission of the Bureau of Labor Statistics, in consultation 
     with the Commissioner of Education Statistics and 
     representatives of institutions of higher education, shall 
     develop higher education price indices that accurately 
     reflect the annual change in tuition and fees for 
     undergraduate students in the categories of institutions 
     listed in paragraph (2). Such indices shall be updated 
     annually.
       ``(2) Development.--The higher education price index under 
     paragraph (1) shall be developed for each of the following 
     categories:
       ``(A) 4-year public degree-granting institutions of higher 
     education.
       ``(B) 4-year private degree-granting institutions of higher 
     education.
       ``(C) 2-year public degree-granting institutions of higher 
     education.
       ``(D) 2-year private degree-granting institutions of higher 
     education.
       ``(E) Less than 2-year institutions of higher education.
       ``(F) All types of institutions described in subparagraphs 
     (A) through (E).
       ``(3) Authorization of appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection 
     such sums as may be necessary.
       ``(c) Reporting.--
       ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall annually report, in 
     a national list and in a list for each State, a ranking of 
     institutions of higher education according to such 
     institutions' change in tuition and fees over the preceding 2 
     years. The purpose of such lists is to provide consumers with 
     general information on pricing trends among institutions of 
     higher education nationally and in each State.
       ``(2) Compilation.--
       ``(A) In general.--The lists described in paragraph (1) 
     shall be compiled according to the following categories:
       ``(i) 4-year public institutions of higher education.
       ``(ii) 4-year private, nonprofit institutions of higher 
     education.
       ``(iii) 4-year private, for-profit institutions of higher 
     education.
       ``(iv) 2-year public institutions of higher education.
       ``(v) 2-year private, nonprofit institutions of higher 
     education.
       ``(vi) 2-year private, for-profit institutions of higher 
     education.
       ``(vii) Less than 2-year public institutions of higher 
     education.
       ``(viii) Less than 2-year private, nonprofit institutions 
     of higher education.
       ``(ix) Less than 2-year private, for-profit institutions of 
     higher education.
       ``(B) Percentage and dollar change.--The lists described in 
     paragraph (1) shall include 2 lists for each of the 
     categories under subparagraph (A) as follows:
       ``(i) 1 list in which data is compiled by percentage change 
     in tuition and fees over the preceding 2 years.
       ``(ii) 1 list in which data is compiled by dollar change in 
     tuition and fees over the preceding 2 years.
       ``(3) Higher education price increase watch lists.--Upon 
     completion of the development of the higher education price 
     indices described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall 
     annually report, in a national list, and in a list for each 
     State, a ranking of each institution of higher education 
     whose tuition and fees outpace such institution's applicable 
     higher education price index described in subsection (b). 
     Such lists shall--
       ``(A) be known as the `Higher Education Price Increase 
     Watch Lists';
       ``(B) report the full price of tuition and fees at the 
     institution and the net price;
       ``(C) where applicable, report the average price of room 
     and board for students living on campus at the institution, 
     except that such price shall not be used in determining 
     whether an institution's cost outpaces such institution's 
     applicable higher education price index; and
       ``(D) be compiled by the Secretary in a public document to 
     be widely published and disseminated in paper form and 
     through the website of the Department.
       ``(4) State higher education appropriations chart.--The 
     Secretary shall annually report, in charts for each State--
       ``(A) a comparison of the percentage change in State 
     appropriations per enrolled student in a public institution 
     of higher education in the State to the percentage change in 
     tuition and fees for each public institution of higher 
     education in the State for each of the previous 5 years; and
       ``(B) the total amount of need-based and merit-based aid 
     provided by the State to students enrolled in a public 
     institution of higher education in the State.
       ``(5) Sharing of information.--The Secretary shall share 
     the information under paragraphs (1) through (4) with the 
     public, including with private sector college guidebook 
     publishers.
       ``(d) Net Price Calculator.--
       ``(1) Development.--Not later than 1 year after the date of 
     enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, the 
     Secretary shall, in consultation with institutions of higher 
     education, develop and make several model net price 
     calculators to help students, families, and consumers 
     determine the net price of an institution of higher 
     education, which institutions of higher education may, at 
     their discretion, elect to use pursuant to paragraph (3).
       ``(2) Categories.--The model net price calculators 
     described in paragraph (1) shall be

[[Page 16720]]

     developed for each of the following categories:
       ``(A) 4-year public institutions of higher education.
       ``(B) 4-year private, nonprofit institutions of higher 
     education.
       ``(C) 4-year private, for-profit institutions of higher 
     education.
       ``(D) 2-year public institutions of higher education.
       ``(E) 2-year private, nonprofit institutions of higher 
     education.
       ``(F) 2-year private, for-profit institutions of higher 
     education.
       ``(G) Less than 2-year public institutions of higher 
     education.
       ``(H) Less than 2-year private, nonprofit institutions of 
     higher education.
       ``(I) Less than 2-year private, for-profit institutions of 
     higher education.
       ``(3) Use of net price calculator by institutions.--Not 
     later than 3 years after the date of enactment of the Higher 
     Education Amendments of 2007, each institution of higher 
     education that receives Federal funds under this Act shall 
     adopt and use a net price calculator to help students, 
     families, and other consumers determine the net price of such 
     institution of higher education. Such calculator may be--
       ``(A) based on a model calculator developed by the 
     Department; or
       ``(B) developed by the institution of higher education.
       ``(4) Authorization of appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection 
     such sums as may be necessary.
       ``(e) Net Price Reporting in Application Information.--An 
     institution of higher education that receives Federal funds 
     under this Act shall include, in the materials accompanying 
     an application for admission to the institution, the most 
     recent information regarding the net price of the 
     institution, calculated for each quartile of students based 
     on the income of either the students' parents or, in the case 
     of independent students (as such term is described in section 
     480), of the students, for each of the 2 academic years 
     preceding the academic year for which the application is 
     produced.
       ``(f) Enhanced College Information Website.--
       ``(1) In general.--
       ``(A) In general.--Not later than 90 days after the date of 
     enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, the 
     Secretary shall contract with an independent organization 
     with demonstrated experience in the development of consumer-
     friendly websites to develop improvements to the website 
     known as the College Opportunities On-Line (COOL) so that it 
     better meets the needs of students, families, and consumers 
     for accurate and appropriate information on institutions of 
     higher education.
       ``(B) Implementations.--Not later than 1 year after the 
     date of enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, 
     the Secretary shall implement the improvements developed by 
     the independent organization described under subparagraph (A) 
     to the college information website.
       ``(2) University and college accountability network.--Not 
     later than 1 year after the date of enactment of the Higher 
     Education Amendments of 2007, the Secretary shall develop a 
     model document for annually reporting basic information about 
     an institution of higher education that chooses to 
     participate, to be posted on the college information website 
     and made available to institutions of higher education, 
     students, families, and other consumers. Such document shall 
     be known as the `University and College Accountability 
     Network' (U-CAN), and shall include, the following 
     information about the institution of higher education for the 
     most recent academic year for which the institution has 
     available data, presented in a consumer-friendly manner:
       ``(A) A statement of the institution's mission and 
     specialties.
       ``(B) The total number of undergraduate students who 
     applied, were admitted, and enrolled at the institution.
       ``(C) Where applicable, reading, writing, mathematics, and 
     combined scores on the SAT or ACT for the middle 50 percent 
     range of the institution's freshman class.
       ``(D) Enrollment of full-time, part-time, and transfer 
     students at the institution, at the undergraduate and (where 
     applicable) graduate levels.
       ``(E) Percentage of male and female undergraduate students 
     enrolled at the institution.
       ``(F) Percentage of enrolled undergraduate students from 
     the State in which the institution is located, from other 
     States, and from other countries.
       ``(G) Percentage of enrolled undergraduate students at the 
     institution by race and ethnic background.
       ``(H) Retention rates for full-time and part-time first-
     time first-year undergraduate students enrolled at the 
     institution.
       ``(I) Average time to degree or certificate completion for 
     first-time, first-year undergraduate students enrolled at the 
     institution.
       ``(J) Percentage of enrolled undergraduate students who 
     graduate within 2 years (in the case of 2-year institutions), 
     and 4, 5 and 6 years (in the case of 2 and 4-year 
     institutions).
       ``(K) Number of students who obtained a certificate or an 
     associate's, bachelor's, master's, or doctoral degree at the 
     institution.
       ``(L) The undergraduate major areas of study with the 
     highest number of degrees awarded.
       ``(M) The student-faculty ratio, and number of full-time, 
     part-time, and adjunct faculty at the institution.
       ``(N) Percentage of faculty at the institution with the 
     highest degree in their field.
       ``(O) The percentage change in total price in tuition and 
     fees and the net price for an undergraduate at the 
     institution in each of the preceding 5 academic years.
       ``(P) The total average yearly cost of tuition and fees, 
     room and board, and books and other related costs for an 
     undergraduate student enrolled at the institution, for--
       ``(i) full-time undergraduate students living on campus;
       ``(ii) full-time undergraduate students living off-campus; 
     and
       ``(iii) in the case of students attending a public 
     institution of higher education, such costs for in-State and 
     out-of-State students living on and off-campus.
       ``(Q) The average yearly grant amount (including Federal, 
     State, and institutional aid) for a student enrolled at the 
     institution.
       ``(R) The average yearly amount of Federal student loans, 
     and other loans provided through the institution, to 
     undergraduate students enrolled at the institution.
       ``(S) The total yearly grant aid available to undergraduate 
     students enrolled at the institution, from the Federal 
     Government, a State, the institution, and other sources.
       ``(T) The percentage of undergraduate students enrolled at 
     the institution receiving Federal, State, and institutional 
     grants, student loans, and any other type of student 
     financial assistance provided publicly or through the 
     institution, such as Federal work-study funds.
       ``(U) The average net price for all undergraduate students 
     enrolled at the institution.
       ``(V) The percentage of first-year undergraduate students 
     enrolled at the institution who live on campus and off 
     campus.
       ``(W) Information on the policies of the institution 
     related to transfer of credit from other institutions.
       ``(X) Information on campus safety required to be collected 
     under section 485(f).
       ``(Y) Links to the appropriate sections of the 
     institution's website that provide information on student 
     activities offered by the institution, such as 
     intercollegiate sports, student organizations, study abroad 
     opportunities, intramural and club sports, specialized 
     housing options, community service opportunities, cultural 
     and arts opportunities on campus, religious and spiritual 
     life on campus, and lectures and outside learning 
     opportunities.
       ``(Z) Links to the appropriate sections of the 
     institution's website that provide information on services 
     offered by the institution to students during and after 
     college, such as internship opportunities, career and 
     placement services, and preparation for further education.
       ``(3) Consultation.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
     current and prospective college students, family members of 
     such students, and institutions of higher education are 
     consulted in carrying out paragraphs (1) and (2).
       ``(4) Authorization of appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection 
     such sums as may be necessary.
       ``(g) GAO Report.--The Comptroller General of the United 
     States shall--
       ``(1) conduct a study on the time and cost burdens to 
     institutions of higher education associated with completing 
     the Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System (IPEDS), 
     which study shall--
       ``(A) report on the time and cost burden of completing the 
     IPEDS survey for 4-year, 2-year, and less than 2-year 
     institutions of higher education; and
       ``(B) present recommendations for reducing such burden;
       ``(2) not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of 
     the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, submit to Congress a 
     preliminary report regarding the findings of the study 
     described in paragraph (1); and
       ``(3) not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of 
     the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, submit to Congress a 
     final report regarding such findings.''.

     SEC. 109. DATABASES OF STUDENT INFORMATION PROHIBITED.

       Part C of title I (20 U.S.C. 1015), as amended by section 
     108, is further amended by adding at the end the following:

     ``SEC. 133. DATABASE OF STUDENT INFORMATION PROHIBITED.

       ``(a) Prohibition.--Except as described in (b), nothing in 
     this Act shall be construed to authorize the development, 
     implementation, or maintenance of a Federal database of 
     personally identifiable information on individuals receiving 
     assistance under this Act, attending institutions receiving 
     assistance under this Act, or otherwise involved in any 
     studies or other collections of data under this Act, 
     including a student unit record system, an education bar code 
     system, or any other system that tracks individual students 
     over time.

[[Page 16721]]

       ``(b) Exception.--The provisions of subsection (a) shall 
     not apply to a system (or a successor system) that is 
     necessary for the operation of programs authorized by title 
     II, IV, or VII that were in use by the Secretary, directly or 
     through a contractor, as of the day before the date of 
     enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007.
       ``(c) State Databases.--Nothing in this Act shall prohibit 
     a State or a consortium of States from developing, 
     implementing, or maintaining State-developed databases that 
     track individuals over time, including student unit record 
     systems that contain information related to enrollment, 
     attendance, graduation and retention rates, student financial 
     assistance, and graduate employment outcomes.''.

     SEC. 110. CLEAR AND EASY-TO-FIND INFORMATION ON STUDENT 
                   FINANCIAL AID.

       Part C of title I (as amended by sections 108 and 109) is 
     further amended by adding at the end the following:

     ``SEC. 134. CLEAR AND EASY-TO-FIND INFORMATION ON STUDENT 
                   FINANCIAL AID.

       ``(a) Prominent Display.--The Secretary shall ensure that a 
     link to current student financial aid information is 
     displayed prominently on the home page of the Department 
     website.
       ``(b) Enhanced Student Financial Aid Information.--
       ``(1) In general.--Not later than 180 days after the date 
     of enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, the 
     Secretary shall contract with an independent organization 
     with demonstrated expertise in the development of consumer-
     friendly websites to develop improvements to the usefulness 
     and accessibility of the information provided by the 
     Department on college financial planning and student 
     financial aid.
       ``(2) Implementation.--Not later than 1 year after the date 
     of enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, the 
     Secretary shall implement the improvements developed by the 
     independent organization described under paragraph (1) to the 
     college financial planning and student financial aid website 
     of the Department.
       ``(3) Dissemination.--The Secretary shall make the 
     availability of the information on the website widely known 
     through a major media campaign and other forms of 
     communication.''.

     SEC. 110A. STATE HIGHER EDUCATION INFORMATION SYSTEM PILOT 
                   PROGRAM.

       Part C of title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (as 
     amended by this title) is further amended by adding at the 
     end the following:

     ``SEC. 135. STATE HIGHER EDUCATION INFORMATION SYSTEM PILOT 
                   PROGRAM.

       ``(a) Purpose.--It is the purpose of this section to carry 
     out a pilot program to assist not more than 5 States to 
     develop State-level postsecondary student data systems to--
       ``(1) improve the capacity of States and institutions of 
     higher education to generate more comprehensive and 
     comparable data, in order to develop better-informed 
     educational policy at the State level and to evaluate the 
     effectiveness of institutional performance while protecting 
     the confidentiality of students' personally identifiable 
     information; and
       ``(2) identify how to best minimize the data-reporting 
     burden placed on institutions of higher education, 
     particularly smaller institutions, and to maximize and 
     improve the information institutions receive from the data 
     systems, in order to assist institutions in improving 
     educational practice and postsecondary outcomes.
       ``(b) Definition of Eligible Entity.--In this section, the 
     term `eligible entity' means--
       ``(1) a State higher education system; or
       ``(2) a consortium of State higher education systems, or a 
     consortium of individual institutions of higher education, 
     that is broadly representative of institutions in different 
     sectors and geographic locations.
       ``(c) Competitive Grants.--
       ``(1) Grants authorized.--The Secretary shall award grants, 
     on a competitive basis, to not more than 5 eligible entities 
     to enable the eligible entities to--
       ``(A) design, test, and implement systems of postsecondary 
     student data that provide the maximum benefits to States, 
     institutions of higher education, and State policymakers; and
       ``(B) examine the costs and burdens involved in 
     implementing a State-level postsecondary student data system.
       ``(2) Duration.--A grant awarded under this section shall 
     be for a period of not more than 3 years.
       ``(d) Application Requirements.--An eligible entity 
     desiring a grant under this section shall submit an 
     application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, 
     and containing such information as the Secretary determines 
     is necessary, including a description of--
       ``(1) how the eligible entity will ensure that student 
     privacy is protected and that individually identifiable 
     information about students, the students' achievements, and 
     the students' families remains confidential in accordance 
     with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 
     (20 U.S.C. 1232g); and
       ``(2) how the activities funded by the grant will be 
     supported after the 3-year grant period.
       ``(e) Use of Funds.--A grant awarded under this section 
     shall be used to--
       ``(1) design, develop, and implement the components of a 
     comprehensive postsecondary student data system with the 
     capacity to transmit student information within States;
       ``(2) improve the capacity of institutions of higher 
     education to analyze and use student data;
       ``(3) select and define common data elements, data quality, 
     and other elements that will enable the data system to--
       ``(A) serve the needs of institutions of higher education 
     for institutional research and improvement;
       ``(B) provide students and the students' families with 
     useful information for decision-making about postsecondary 
     education;
       ``(C) provide State policymakers with improved information 
     to monitor and guide efforts to improve student outcomes and 
     success in higher education;
       ``(4) estimate costs and burdens at the institutional level 
     for the reporting system for different types of institutions; 
     and
       ``(5) test the feasibility of protocols and standards for 
     maintaining data privacy and data access.
       ``(f) Evaluation; Reports.--Not later than 6 months after 
     the end of the projects funded by grants awarded under this 
     section, the Secretary shall--
       ``(1) conduct a comprehensive evaluation of the pilot 
     program authorized by this section; and
       ``(2) report the Secretary's findings, as well as 
     recommendations regarding the implementation of State-level 
     postsecondary student data systems to the authorizing 
     committees.
       ``(g) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such 
     sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 
     5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

     SEC. 111. PERFORMANCE-BASED ORGANIZATION FOR THE DELIVERY OF 
                   FEDERAL STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.

       Section 141 (20 U.S.C. 1018) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``operational'' and 
     inserting ``administrative and oversight''; and
       (B) in paragraph (2)(D), by striking ``of the operational 
     functions'' and inserting ``and administration'';
       (2) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in paragraph (1)--
       (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``the information 
     systems administered by the PBO, and other functions 
     performed by the PBO'' and inserting ``the Federal student 
     financial assistance programs authorized under title IV''; 
     and
       (ii) by striking subparagraph (C) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(C) assist the Chief Operating Officer in identifying 
     goals for--
       ``(i) the administration of the systems used to administer 
     the Federal student financial assistance programs authorized 
     under title IV; and
       ``(ii) the updating of such systems to current 
     technology.''; and
       (B) in paragraph (2)--
       (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking 
     ``administration of the information and financial systems 
     that support'' and inserting ``the administration of 
     Federal'';
       (ii) in subparagraph (A)--

       (I) in the matter preceding clause (i), by striking ``of 
     the delivery system for Federal student assistance'' and 
     inserting ``for the Federal student assistance programs 
     authorized under title IV'';
       (II) by striking clauses (i) and (ii) and inserting the 
     following:

       ``(i) the collection, processing, and transmission of data 
     to students, institutions, lenders, State agencies, and other 
     authorized parties;
       ``(ii) the design and technical specifications for software 
     development and procurement for systems supporting the 
     student financial assistance programs authorized under title 
     IV;'';

       (III) in clause (iii), by striking ``delivery'' and 
     inserting ``administration'';
       (IV) in clause (iv)--

       (aa) by inserting ``the'' after ``supporting''; and
       (bb) by striking ``and'' after the semicolon;

       (V) in clause (v), by striking ``systems that support those 
     programs.'' and inserting ``the administration of the Federal 
     student assistance programs authorized under title IV; and''; 
     and
       (VI) by adding at the end the following:

       ``(vi) ensuring the integrity of the student assistance 
     programs authorized under title IV.''; and
       (iii) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``operations and 
     services'' and inserting ``activities and functions''; and
       (3) in subsection (c)--
       (A) in the subsection heading, by striking ``Performance 
     Plan and Report'' and inserting ``Performance Plan, Report, 
     and Briefing'';
       (B) in paragraph (1)(C)--
       (i) in clause (iii), by striking ``information and 
     delivery''; and
       (ii) in clause (iv)--

[[Page 16722]]

       (I) by striking ``Developing an'' and inserting 
     ``Developing''; and
       (II) by striking ``delivery and information system'' and 
     inserting ``systems'';

       (C) in paragraph (2)--
       (i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting ``the'' after ``PBO 
     and''; and
       (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``Officer'' and 
     inserting ``Officers'';
       (D) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``students,'' after 
     ``consult with''; and
       (E) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(4) Briefing on enforcement of student loan provisions.--
     The Chief Operating Officer shall provide an annual briefing 
     to the members of the authorizing committees on the steps the 
     PBO has taken and is taking to ensure that lenders are 
     providing the information required under clauses (iii) and 
     (iv) of section 428(c)(3)(C) and sections 428(b)(1)(Z) and 
     428C(b)(1)(F).'';
       (4) in subsection (d)--
       (A) in paragraph (1), by striking the second sentence; and
       (B) in paragraph (5)--
       (i) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``paragraph (2)'' and 
     inserting ``paragraph (4)''; and
       (ii) in subparagraph (C), by striking ``this'';
       (5) in subsection (f)--
       (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``to borrowers'' and 
     inserting ``to students, borrowers,''; and
       (B) in paragraph (3)(A), by striking ``(1)(A)'' and 
     inserting ``(1)'';
       (6) in subsection (g)(3), by striking ``not more than 25'';
       (7) in subsection (h), by striking ``organizational 
     effectiveness'' and inserting ``effectiveness'';
       (8) by striking subsection (i);
       (9) by redesignating subsection (j) as subsection (i); and
       (10) in subsection (i) (as redesignated by paragraph (9)), 
     by striking ``, including transition costs''.

     SEC. 112. PROCUREMENT FLEXIBILITY.

       Section 142 (20 U.S.C. 1018a) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in paragraph (1)--
       (i) by striking ``for information systems supporting the 
     programs authorized under title IV''; and
       (ii) by striking ``and'' after the semicolon;
       (B) in paragraph (2), by striking the period at the end and 
     inserting ``; and''; and
       (C) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(3) through the Chief Operating Officer--
       ``(A) to the maximum extent practicable, utilize 
     procurement systems that streamline operations, improve 
     internal controls, and enhance management; and
       ``(B) assess the efficiency of such systems and assess such 
     systems' ability to meet PBO requirements.'';
       (2) by striking subsection (c)(2) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(2) Fee for service arrangements.--The Chief Operating 
     Officer shall, when appropriate and consistent with the 
     purposes of the PBO, acquire services related to the 
     functions set forth in section 141(b)(2) from any entity that 
     has the capability and capacity to meet the requirements set 
     by the PBO. The Chief Operating Officer is authorized to pay 
     fees that are equivalent to those paid by other entities to 
     an organization that provides services that meet the 
     requirements of the PBO, as determined by the Chief Operating 
     Officer.'';
       (3) in subsection (d)(2)(B), by striking ``on Federal 
     Government contracts'';
       (4) in subsection (g)--
       (A) in paragraph (4)(A)--
       (i) in the subparagraph heading, by striking ``Sole 
     source.--'' and inserting ``Single-source basis.--''; and
       (ii) by striking ``sole-source'' and inserting ``single-
     source''; and
       (B) in paragraph (7), by striking ``sole-source'' and 
     inserting ``single-source'';
       (5) in subsection (h)(2)(A), by striking ``sole-source'' 
     and inserting ``single-source''; and
       (6) in subsection (l), by striking paragraph (3) and 
     inserting the following:
       ``(3) Single-source basis.--The term `single-source basis', 
     with respect to an award of a contract, means that the 
     contract is awarded to a source after soliciting an offer or 
     offers from, and negotiating with, only such source (although 
     such source is not the only source in the marketplace capable 
     of meeting the need) because such source is the most 
     advantageous source for purposes of the award.''.

     SEC. 113. INSTITUTION AND LENDER REPORTING AND DISCLOSURE 
                   REQUIREMENTS.

       Title I (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) is amended by adding at 
     the end the following:

 ``PART E--LENDER AND INSTITUTION REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO EDUCATIONAL 
                                 LOANS

     ``SEC. 151. DEFINITIONS.

       ``In this part:
       ``(1) Cost of attendance.--The term `cost of attendance' 
     has the meaning given the term in section 472.
       ``(2) Covered institution.--The term `covered 
     institution'--
       ``(A) means any educational institution that offers a 
     postsecondary educational degree, certificate, or program of 
     study (including any institution of higher education, as such 
     term is defined in section 102) and receives any Federal 
     funding or assistance; and
       ``(B) includes any employee or agent of the educational 
     institution or any organization or entity affiliated with, or 
     directly or indirectly controlled by, such institution.
       ``(3) Educational loan.--The term `educational loan' means 
     any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under title IV.
       ``(4) Educational loan arrangement.--The term `educational 
     loan arrangement' means an arrangement or agreement between a 
     lender and a covered institution--
       ``(A) under which arrangement or agreement a lender 
     provides or otherwise issues educational loans to the 
     students attending the covered institution or the parents of 
     such students; and
       ``(B) which arrangement or agreement--
       ``(i) relates to the covered institution recommending, 
     promoting, endorsing, or using educational loans of the 
     lender; and
       ``(ii) involves the payment of any fee or provision of 
     other material benefit by the lender to the institution or to 
     groups of students who attend the institution.
       ``(5) Lender.--The term `lender'--
       ``(A) means--
       ``(i) any lender--

       ``(I) of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part B 
     of title IV; and
       ``(II) that is a financial institution, as such term is 
     defined in section 509 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (15 
     U.S.C. 6809); and

       ``(ii) in the case of any loan issued or provided to a 
     student under part D of title IV, the Secretary; and
       ``(B) includes any individual, group, or entity acting on 
     behalf of the lender in connection with an educational loan.
       ``(6) Officer.--The term `officer' includes a director or 
     trustee of an institution.

     ``SEC. 152. REQUIREMENTS FOR LENDERS AND INSTITUTIONS 
                   PARTICIPATING IN EDUCATIONAL LOAN ARRANGEMENTS.

       ``(a) Use of Lender Name.--A covered institution that 
     enters into an educational loan arrangement shall disclose 
     the name of the lender in documentation related to the loan.
       ``(b) Disclosures.--
       ``(1) Disclosures by lenders.--Before a lender issues or 
     otherwise provides an educational loan to a student, the 
     lender shall provide the student, in writing, with the 
     disclosures described in paragraph (2).
       ``(2) Disclosures.--The disclosures required by this 
     paragraph shall include a clear and prominent statement--
       ``(A) of the interest rates of the educational loan being 
     offered;
       ``(B) showing sample educational loan costs, disaggregated 
     by type;
       ``(C) that describes, with respect to each type of 
     educational loan being offered--
       ``(i) the types of repayment plans that are available;
       ``(ii) whether, and under what conditions, early repayment 
     may be made without penalty;
       ``(iii) when and how often interest on the loan will be 
     capitalized;
       ``(iv) the terms and conditions of deferments or 
     forbearance;
       ``(v) all available repayment benefits, the percentage of 
     all borrowers who qualify for such benefits, and the 
     percentage of borrowers who received such benefits in the 
     preceding academic year, for each type of loan being offered;
       ``(vi) the collection practices in the case of default; and
       ``(vii) all fees that the borrower may be charged, 
     including late payment penalties and associated fees; and
       ``(D) of such other information as the Secretary may 
     require in regulations.
       ``(c) Disclosures to the Secretary by Lender.--
       ``(1) In general.--Each lender shall, on an annual basis, 
     report to the Secretary any reasonable expenses paid or given 
     under section 435(d)(5)(D), 487(a)(21)(A)(ii), or 
     487(a)(21)(A)(iv) to any employee who is employed in the 
     financial aid office of a covered institution, or who 
     otherwise has responsibilities with respect to educational 
     loans or other financial aid of the institution. Such reports 
     shall include--
       ``(A) the amount of each specific instance in which the 
     lender provided such reimbursement;
       ``(B) the name of the financial aid official or other 
     employee to whom the reimbursement was made;
       ``(C) the dates of the activity for which the reimbursement 
     was made; and
       ``(D) a brief description of the activity for which the 
     reimbursement was made.
       ``(2) Report to congress.--The Secretary shall compile the 
     information in paragraph (1) in a report and transmit such 
     report to the authorizing committees annually.

     ``SEC. 153. INTEREST RATE REPORT FOR INSTITUTIONS AND LENDERS 
                   PARTICIPATING IN EDUCATIONAL LOAN ARRANGEMENTS.

       ``(a) Secretary Duties.--
       ``(1) Report and model format.--Not later than 180 days 
     after the date of enactment of the Higher Education 
     Amendments of 2007, the Secretary shall--
       ``(A) prepare a report on the adequacy of the information 
     provided to students and the parents of such students about 
     educational

[[Page 16723]]

     loans, after consulting with students, representatives of 
     covered institutions (including financial aid administrators, 
     registrars, and business officers), lenders, loan servicers, 
     and guaranty agencies;
       ``(B) include in the report a model format, based on the 
     report's findings, to be used by lenders and covered 
     institutions in carrying out subsections (b) and (c)--
       ``(i) that provides information on the applicable interest 
     rates and other terms and conditions of the educational loans 
     provided by a lender to students attending the institution, 
     or the parents of such students, disaggregated by each type 
     of educational loans provided to such students or parents by 
     the lender, including--

       ``(I) the interest rate and terms and conditions of the 
     loans offered by the lender for the upcoming academic year;
       ``(II) with respect to such loans, any benefits that are 
     contingent on the repayment behavior of the borrower;
       ``(III) the average amount borrowed from the lender by 
     students enrolled in the institution who obtain loans of such 
     type from the lender for the preceding academic year;
       ``(IV) the average interest rate on such loans provided to 
     such students for the preceding academic year; and
       ``(V) the amount that the borrower may repay in interest, 
     based on the standard repayment period of a loan, on the 
     average amount borrowed from the lender by students enrolled 
     in the institution who obtain loans of such type from the 
     lender for the preceding academic year; and

       ``(ii) which format shall be easily usable by lenders, 
     institutions, guaranty agencies, loan servicers, parents, and 
     students; and
       ``(C)(i) submit the report and model format to the 
     authorizing committees; and
       ``(ii) make the report and model format available to 
     covered institutions, lenders, and the public.
       ``(2) Use of form.--The Secretary shall take such steps as 
     necessary to make the model format available to covered 
     institutions and to encourage--
       ``(A) lenders subject to subsection (b) to use the model 
     format in providing the information required under subsection 
     (b); and
       ``(B) covered institutions to use such format in preparing 
     the information report under subsection (c).
       ``(b) Lender Duties.--Each lender that has an educational 
     loan arrangement with a covered institution shall annually, 
     by a date determined by the Secretary, provide to the covered 
     institution and to the Secretary the information included on 
     the model format for each type of educational loan provided 
     by the lender to students attending the covered institution, 
     or the parents of such students, for the preceding academic 
     year.
       ``(c) Covered Institution Duties.--Each covered institution 
     shall--
       ``(1) prepare and submit to the Secretary an annual report, 
     by a date determined by the Secretary, that includes, for 
     each lender that has an educational loan arrangement with the 
     covered institution and that has submitted to the institution 
     the information required under subsection (b)--
       ``(A) the information included on the model format for each 
     type of educational loan provided by the lender to students 
     attending the covered institution, or the parents of such 
     students; and
       ``(B) a detailed explanation of why the covered institution 
     believes the terms and conditions of each type of educational 
     loan provided pursuant to the agreement are beneficial for 
     students attending the covered institution, or the parents of 
     such students; and
       ``(2) ensure that the report required under paragraph (1) 
     is made available to the public and provided to students 
     attending or planning to attend the covered institution, and 
     the parents of such students, in time for the student or 
     parent to take such information into account before applying 
     for or selecting an educational loan.''.

     SEC. 114. EMPLOYMENT OF POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION GRADUATES.

       (a) Study, Assessments, and Recommendations.--The 
     Comptroller General of the United States shall--
       (1) conduct a study of--
       (A) the information that States currently have on the 
     employment of students who have completed postsecondary 
     education programs;
       (B) the feasibility of collecting information on students 
     who complete all types of postsecondary education programs 
     (including 2- and 4-year degree, certificate, and 
     professional and graduate programs) at all types of 
     institutions (including public, private nonprofit, and for-
     profit schools), regarding--
       (i) employment, including--

       (I) the type of job obtained not later than 6 months after 
     the completion of the degree, certificate, or program;
       (II) whether such job was related to the course of study;
       (III) the starting salary for such job; and
       (IV) the student's satisfaction with the student's 
     preparation for such job and guidance provided with respect 
     to securing the job; and

       (ii) for recipients of Federal student aid, the type of 
     assistance received, so that the information can be used to 
     evaluate various education programs;
       (C) the evaluation systems used by other industries to 
     identify successful programs and challenges, set priorities, 
     monitor performance, and make improvements;
       (D) the best means of collecting information from or 
     regarding recent postsecondary graduates, including--
       (i) whether a national website would be the most effective 
     way to collect information;
       (ii) whether postsecondary graduates could be encouraged to 
     submit voluntary information by allowing a graduate to access 
     aggregated information about other graduates (such as 
     graduates from the graduate's school, with the graduate's 
     degree, or in the graduate's area) if the graduate completes 
     an online questionnaire;
       (iii) whether employers could be encouraged to submit 
     information by allowing an employer to access aggregated 
     information about graduates (such as institutions of higher 
     education attended, degrees, or starting pay) if the employer 
     completes an online questionnaire to evaluate the employer's 
     satisfaction with the graduates the employer hires; and
       (iv) whether postsecondary institutions that receive 
     Federal funds or whose students have received Federal student 
     financial aid could be required to submit aggregated 
     information about the graduates of the institutions; and
       (E) the best means of displaying employment information; 
     and
       (2) provide assessments and recommendations regarding--
       (A) whether successful State cooperative relationships 
     between higher education system offices and State agencies 
     responsible for employment statistics can be encouraged and 
     replicated in other States;
       (B) whether there is value in collecting additional 
     information from or about the employment experience of 
     individuals who have recently completed a postsecondary 
     educational program;
       (C) what are the most promising ways of obtaining and 
     displaying or disseminating such information;
       (D) if a website is used for such information, whether the 
     website should be run by a governmental agency or contracted 
     out to an independent education or employment organization;
       (E) whether a voluntary information system would work, both 
     from the graduates' and employers' perspectives;
       (F) the value of such information to future students, 
     institutions, accrediting agencies or associations, 
     policymakers, and employers, including how the information 
     would be used and the practical applications of the 
     information;
       (G) whether the request for such information is duplicative 
     of information that is already being collected; and
       (H) whether the National Postsecondary Student Aid Survey 
     conducted by the National Center for Education Statistics 
     could be amended to collect such information.
       (b) Reports.--
       (1) Preliminary report.--Not later than 1 year after the 
     date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General shall 
     submit to Congress a preliminary report regarding the study, 
     assessments, and recommendations described in subsection (a).
       (2) Final report.--Not later than 2 years after the date of 
     enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General shall submit 
     to Congress a final report regarding such study, assessments, 
     and recommendations.

     SEC. 115. FOREIGN MEDICAL SCHOOLS.

       (a) Percentage Pass Rate.--
       (1) In general.--Section 102(a)(2)(A)(i)(I)(bb) (20 U.S.C. 
     1002(a)(2)(A)(i)(I)(bb)) is amended by striking ``60'' and 
     inserting ``75''.
       (2) Effective date.--The amendment made by paragraph (1) 
     shall take effect on July 1, 2010.
       (b) Study.--
       (1) In general.--Not later than 2 years after the date of 
     enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General of the United 
     States shall--
       (A) complete a study that shall examine American students 
     receiving Federal financial aid to attend graduate medical 
     schools located outside of the United States; and
       (B) submit to Congress a report setting forth the 
     conclusions of the study.
       (2) Contents.--The study conducted under this subsection 
     shall include the following:
       (A) The amount of Federal student financial aid dollars 
     that are being spent on graduate medical schools located 
     outside of the United States every year, and the percentage 
     of overall student aid such amount represents.
       (B) The percentage of students of such medical schools who 
     pass the examinations administered by the Educational 
     Commission for Foreign Medical Graduates the first time.
       (C) The percentage of students of such medical schools who 
     pass the examinations administered by the Educational 
     Commission for Foreign Medical Graduates after taking such 
     examinations multiple times, disaggregated by how many times 
     the students had to take the examinations to pass.
       (D) The percentage of recent graduates of such medical 
     schools practicing medicine in the United States, and a 
     description of where

[[Page 16724]]

     the students are practicing and what types of medicine the 
     students are practicing.
       (E) The rate of graduates of such medical schools who lose 
     malpractice lawsuits or have the graduates' medical licenses 
     revoked, as compared to graduates of graduate medical schools 
     located in the United States.
       (F) Recommendations regarding the percentage passing rate 
     of the examinations administered by the Educational 
     Commission for Foreign Medical Graduates that the United 
     States should require of graduate medical schools located 
     outside of the United States for Federal financial aid 
     purposes.

     SEC. 116. DEMONSTRATION AND CERTIFICATION REGARDING THE USE 
                   OF CERTAIN FEDERAL FUNDS.

       (a) Prohibition.--No Federal funds received by an 
     institution of higher education or other postsecondary 
     educational institution may be used to pay any person for 
     influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee 
     of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee 
     of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in 
     connection with any Federal action described in subsection 
     (b).
       (b) Applicability.--The prohibition in subsection (a) 
     applies with respect to the following Federal actions:
       (1) The awarding of any Federal contract.
       (2) The making of any Federal grant.
       (3) The making of any Federal loan.
       (4) The entering into of any Federal cooperative agreement.
       (5) The extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or 
     modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or 
     cooperative agreement.
       (c) Lobbying and Earmarks.--No Federal student aid funding 
     may be used to hire a registered lobbyist or pay any person 
     or entity for securing an earmark.
       (d) Demonstration and Certification.--Each institution of 
     higher education or other postsecondary educational 
     institution receiving Federal funding, as a condition for 
     receiving such funding, shall annually demonstrate and 
     certify to the Secretary of Education that the requirements 
     of subsections (a) through (c) have been met.
       (e) Actions to Implement and Enforce.--The Secretary of 
     Education shall take such actions as are necessary to ensure 
     that the provisions of this section are vigorously 
     implemented and enforced.

                 TITLE II--TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT

     SEC. 201. TEACHER QUALITY PARTNERSHIP GRANTS.

       Part A of title II (20 U.S.C. 1021 et seq.) is amended to 
     read as follows:

              ``PART A--TEACHER QUALITY PARTNERSHIP GRANTS

     ``SEC. 201. PURPOSES; DEFINITIONS.

       ``(a) Purposes.--The purposes of this part are to--
       ``(1) improve student achievement;
       ``(2) improve the quality of the current and future 
     teaching force by improving the preparation of prospective 
     teachers and enhancing professional development activities;
       ``(3) hold institutions of higher education accountable for 
     preparing highly qualified teachers; and
       ``(4) recruit qualified individuals, including minorities 
     and individuals from other occupations, into the teaching 
     force.
       ``(b) Definitions.--In this part:
       ``(1) Arts and sciences.--The term `arts and sciences' 
     means--
       ``(A) when referring to an organizational unit of an 
     institution of higher education, any academic unit that 
     offers 1 or more academic majors in disciplines or content 
     areas corresponding to the academic subject matter areas in 
     which teachers provide instruction; and
       ``(B) when referring to a specific academic subject area, 
     the disciplines or content areas in which academic majors are 
     offered by the arts and sciences organizational unit.
       ``(2) Children from low-income families.--The term 
     `children from low-income families' means children as 
     described in section 1124(c)(1)(A) of the Elementary and 
     Secondary Education Act of 1965.
       ``(3) Core academic subjects.--The term `core academic 
     subjects' has the meaning given the term in section 9101 of 
     the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.
       ``(4) Early childhood education program.--The term `early 
     childhood education program' means--
       ``(A) a Head Start program or an Early Head Start program 
     carried out under the Head Start Act (42 U.S.C. 9831 et 
     seq.);
       ``(B) a State licensed or regulated child care program or 
     school; or
       ``(C) a State prekindergarten program that serves children 
     from birth through kindergarten and that addresses the 
     children's cognitive (including language, early literacy, and 
     pre-numeracy), social, emotional, and physical development.
       ``(5) Early childhood educator.--The term `early childhood 
     educator' means an individual with primary responsibility for 
     the education of children in an early childhood education 
     program.
       ``(6) Educational service agency.--The term `educational 
     service agency' has the meaning given the term in section 
     9101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.
       ``(7) Eligible partnership.--The term `eligible 
     partnership' means an entity that--
       ``(A) shall include--
       ``(i) a high-need local educational agency;
       ``(ii) a high-need school or a consortium of high-need 
     schools served by the high-need local educational agency or, 
     as applicable, a high-need early childhood education program;
       ``(iii) a partner institution;
       ``(iv) a school, department, or program of education within 
     such partner institution; and
       ``(v) a school or department of arts and sciences within 
     such partner institution; and
       ``(B) may include any of the following:
       ``(i) The Governor of the State.
       ``(ii) The State educational agency.
       ``(iii) The State board of education.
       ``(iv) The State agency for higher education.
       ``(v) A business.
       ``(vi) A public or private nonprofit educational 
     organization.
       ``(vii) An educational service agency.
       ``(viii) A teacher organization.
       ``(ix) A high-performing local educational agency, or a 
     consortium of such local educational agencies, that can serve 
     as a resource to the partnership.
       ``(x) A charter school (as defined in section 5210 of the 
     Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965).
       ``(xi) A school or department within the partner 
     institution that focuses on psychology and human development.
       ``(xii) A school or department within the partner 
     institution with comparable expertise in the disciplines of 
     teaching, learning, and child and adolescent development.
       ``(8) Essential components of reading instruction.--The 
     term `essential components of reading instruction' has the 
     meaning given such term in section 1208 of the Elementary and 
     Secondary Education Act of 1965.
       ``(9) Exemplary teacher.--The term `exemplary teacher' has 
     the meaning given such term in section 9101 of the Elementary 
     and Secondary Education Act of 1965.
       ``(10) High-need early childhood education program.--The 
     term `high-need early childhood education program' means an 
     early childhood education program serving children from low-
     income families that is located within the geographic area 
     served by a high-need local educational agency.
       ``(11) High-need local educational agency.--The term `high-
     need local educational agency' means a local educational 
     agency--
       ``(A)(i) for which not less than 20 percent of the children 
     served by the agency are children from low-income families;
       ``(ii) that serves not fewer than 10,000 children from low-
     income families; or
       ``(iii) with a total of less than 600 students in average 
     daily attendance at the schools that are served by the agency 
     and all of whose schools are designated with a school locale 
     code of 6, 7, or 8, as determined by the Secretary; and
       ``(B)(i) for which there is a high percentage of teachers 
     not teaching in the academic subject areas or grade levels in 
     which the teachers were trained to teach; or
       ``(ii) for which there is a high teacher turnover rate or a 
     high percentage of teachers with emergency, provisional, or 
     temporary certification or licensure.
       ``(12) High-need school.--The term `high-need school' means 
     a public elementary school or public secondary school that--
       ``(A) is among the highest 25 percent of schools served by 
     the local educational agency that serves the school, in terms 
     of the percentage of students from families with incomes 
     below the poverty line; or
       ``(B) is designated with a school locale code of 6, 7, or 
     8, as determined by the Secretary.
       ``(13) Highly competent.--The term `highly competent', when 
     used with respect to an early childhood educator, means an 
     educator--
       ``(A) with specialized education and training in 
     development and education of young children from birth until 
     entry into kindergarten;
       ``(B) with--
       ``(i) a baccalaureate degree in an academic major in the 
     arts and sciences; or
       ``(ii) an associate's degree in a related educational area; 
     and
       ``(C) who has demonstrated a high level of knowledge and 
     use of content and pedagogy in the relevant areas associated 
     with quality early childhood education.
       ``(14) Highly qualified.--The term `highly qualified' has 
     the meaning given such term in section 9101 of the Elementary 
     and Secondary Education Act of 1965 and, with respect to 
     special education teachers, in section 602 of the Individuals 
     with Disabilities Education Act.
       ``(15) Induction program.--The term `induction program' 
     means a formalized program for new teachers during not less 
     than the teachers' first 2 years of teaching that is designed 
     to provide support for, and improve the professional 
     performance and advance the retention in the teaching field 
     of, beginning teachers. Such program shall promote effective 
     teaching skills and shall include the following components:
       ``(A) High-quality teacher mentoring.
       ``(B) Periodic, structured time for collaboration with 
     teachers in the same department

[[Page 16725]]

     or field, as well as time for information-sharing among 
     teachers, principals, administrators, and participating 
     faculty in the partner institution.
       ``(C) The application of empirically based practice and 
     scientifically valid research on instructional practices.
       ``(D) Opportunities for new teachers to draw directly upon 
     the expertise of teacher mentors, faculty, and researchers to 
     support the integration of empirically based practice and 
     scientifically valid research with practice.
       ``(E) The development of skills in instructional and 
     behavioral interventions derived from empirically based 
     practice and, where applicable, scientifically valid 
     research.
       ``(F) Faculty who--
       ``(i) model the integration of research and practice in the 
     classroom; and
       ``(ii) assist new teachers with the effective use and 
     integration of technology in the classroom.
       ``(G) Interdisciplinary collaboration among exemplary 
     teachers, faculty, researchers, and other staff who prepare 
     new teachers on the learning process and the assessment of 
     learning.
       ``(H) Assistance with the understanding of data, 
     particularly student achievement data, and the data's 
     applicability in classroom instruction.
       ``(I) Regular evaluation of the new teacher.
       ``(16) Limited english proficient.--The term `limited 
     English proficient' has the meaning given such term in 
     section 9101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 
     1965.
       ``(17) Partner institution.--The term `partner institution' 
     means an institution of higher education, which may include a 
     2-year institution of higher education offering a dual 
     program with a 4-year institution of higher education, 
     participating in an eligible partnership that has a teacher 
     preparation program--
       ``(A) whose graduates exhibit strong performance on State-
     determined qualifying assessments for new teachers through--
       ``(i) demonstrating that 80 percent or more of the 
     graduates of the program who intend to enter the field of 
     teaching have passed all of the applicable State 
     qualification assessments for new teachers, which shall 
     include an assessment of each prospective teacher's subject 
     matter knowledge in the content area in which the teacher 
     intends to teach; or
       ``(ii) being ranked among the highest-performing teacher 
     preparation programs in the State as determined by the 
     State--

       ``(I) using criteria consistent with the requirements for 
     the State report card under section 205(b); and
       ``(II) using the State report card on teacher preparation 
     required under section 205(b), after the first publication of 
     such report card and for every year thereafter; or

       ``(B) that requires--
       ``(i) each student in the program to meet high academic 
     standards and participate in intensive clinical experience;
       ``(ii) each student in the program preparing to become a 
     teacher to become highly qualified; and
       ``(iii) each student in the program preparing to become an 
     early childhood educator to meet degree requirements, as 
     established by the State, and become highly competent.
       ``(18) Principles of scientific research.--The term 
     `principles of scientific research' means research that--
       ``(A) applies rigorous, systematic, and objective 
     methodology to obtain reliable and valid knowledge relevant 
     to education activities and programs;
       ``(B) presents findings and makes claims that are 
     appropriate to and supported by the methods that have been 
     employed; and
       ``(C) includes, appropriate to the research being 
     conducted--
       ``(i) use of systematic, empirical methods that draw on 
     observation or experiment;
       ``(ii) use of data analyses that are adequate to support 
     the general findings;
       ``(iii) reliance on measurements or observational methods 
     that provide reliable and generalizable findings;
       ``(iv) claims of causal relationships only in research 
     designs that substantially eliminate plausible competing 
     explanations for the obtained results, which may include but 
     shall not be limited to random-assignment experiments;
       ``(v) presentation of studies and methods in sufficient 
     detail and clarity to allow for replication or, at a minimum, 
     to offer the opportunity to build systematically on the 
     findings of the research;
       ``(vi) acceptance by a peer-reviewed journal or critique by 
     a panel of independent experts through a comparably rigorous, 
     objective, and scientific review; and
       ``(vii) use of research designs and methods appropriate to 
     the research question posed.
       ``(19) Professional development.--The term `professional 
     development' has the meaning given the term in section 9101 
     of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.
       ``(20) Scientifically valid research.--The term 
     `scientifically valid research' includes applied research, 
     basic research, and field-initiated research in which the 
     rationale, design, and interpretation are soundly developed 
     in accordance with accepted principles of scientific 
     research.
       ``(21) Teacher mentoring.--The term `teacher mentoring' 
     means the mentoring of new or prospective teachers through a 
     new or established program that--
       ``(A) includes clear criteria for the selection of teacher 
     mentors who will provide role model relationships for 
     mentees, which criteria shall be developed by the eligible 
     partnership and based on measures of teacher effectiveness;
       ``(B) provides high-quality training for such mentors, 
     including instructional strategies for literacy instruction;
       ``(C) provides regular and ongoing opportunities for 
     mentors and mentees to observe each other's teaching methods 
     in classroom settings during the day in a high-need school in 
     the high-need local educational agency in the eligible 
     partnership;
       ``(D) provides mentoring to each mentee by a colleague who 
     teaches in the same field, grade, or subject as the mentee;
       ``(E) promotes empirically based practice of, and 
     scientifically valid research on, where applicable--
       ``(i) teaching and learning;
       ``(ii) assessment of student learning;
       ``(iii) the development of teaching skills through the use 
     of instructional and behavioral interventions; and
       ``(iv) the improvement of the mentees' capacity to 
     measurably advance student learning; and
       ``(F) includes--
       ``(i) common planning time or regularly scheduled 
     collaboration for the mentor and mentee; and
       ``(ii) joint professional development opportunities.
       ``(22) Teaching skills.--The term `teaching skills' means 
     skills that enable a teacher to--
       ``(A) increase student learning, achievement, and the 
     ability to apply knowledge;
       ``(B) effectively convey and explain academic subject 
     matter;
       ``(C) employ strategies grounded in the disciplines of 
     teaching and learning that--
       ``(i) are based on empirically based practice and 
     scientifically valid research, where applicable, on teaching 
     and learning;
       ``(ii) are specific to academic subject matter; and
       ``(iii) focus on the identification of students' specific 
     learning needs, particularly students with disabilities, 
     students who are limited English proficient, students who are 
     gifted and talented, and students with low literacy levels, 
     and the tailoring of academic instruction to such needs;
       ``(D) conduct an ongoing assessment of student learning, 
     which may include the use of formative assessments, 
     performance-based assessments, project-based assessments, or 
     portfolio assessments, that measure higher-order thinking 
     skills, including application, analysis, synthesis, and 
     evaluation;
       ``(E) effectively manage a classroom;
       ``(F) communicate and work with parents and guardians, and 
     involve parents and guardians in their children's education; 
     and
       ``(G) use, in the case of an early childhood educator, age- 
     and developmentally-appropriate strategies and practices for 
     children in early education programs.
       ``(23) Teaching residency program.--The term `teaching 
     residency program' means a school-based teacher preparation 
     program in which a prospective teacher--
       ``(A) for 1 academic year, teaches alongside a mentor 
     teacher, who is the teacher of record;
       ``(B) receives concurrent instruction during the year 
     described in subparagraph (A) from the partner institution, 
     which courses may be taught by local educational agency 
     personnel or residency program faculty, in the teaching of 
     the content area in which the teacher will become certified 
     or licensed;
       ``(C) acquires effective teaching skills; and
       ``(D) prior to completion of the program, earns a master's 
     degree, attains full State teacher certification or 
     licensure, and becomes highly qualified.

     ``SEC. 202. PARTNERSHIP GRANTS.

       ``(a) Program Authorized.--From amounts made available 
     under section 208, the Secretary is authorized to award 
     grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible partnerships, to 
     enable the eligible partnerships to carry out the activities 
     described in subsection (c).
       ``(b) Application.--Each eligible partnership desiring a 
     grant under this section shall submit an application to the 
     Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by 
     such information as the Secretary may require. Each such 
     application shall contain--
       ``(1) a needs assessment of all the partners in the 
     eligible partnership with respect to the preparation, ongoing 
     training, professional development, and retention, of general 
     and special education teachers, principals, and, as 
     applicable, early childhood educators;
       ``(2) a description of the extent to which the program 
     prepares prospective and new teachers with strong teaching 
     skills;
       ``(3) a description of the extent to which the program will 
     prepare prospective and new teachers to understand research 
     and data and the applicability of research and data in the 
     classroom;
       ``(4) a description of how the partnership will coordinate 
     strategies and activities assisted under the grant with other 
     teacher

[[Page 16726]]

     preparation or professional development programs, including 
     those funded under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act 
     of 1965 and the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, 
     and through the National Science Foundation, and how the 
     activities of the partnership will be consistent with State, 
     local, and other education reform activities that promote 
     student achievement;
       ``(5) a resource assessment that describes the resources 
     available to the partnership, including--
       ``(A) the integration of funds from other related sources;
       ``(B) the intended use of the grant funds;
       ``(C) the commitment of the resources of the partnership to 
     the activities assisted under this section, including 
     financial support, faculty participation, and time 
     commitments, and to the continuation of the activities when 
     the grant ends;
       ``(6) a description of--
       ``(A) how the partnership will meet the purposes of this 
     part;
       ``(B) how the partnership will carry out the activities 
     required under subsection (d) or (e) based on the needs 
     identified in paragraph (1), with the goal of improving 
     student achievement;
       ``(C) the partnership's evaluation plan under section 
     204(a);
       ``(D) how the partnership will align the teacher 
     preparation program with the--
       ``(i) State early learning standards for early childhood 
     education programs, as appropriate, and with the relevant 
     domains of early childhood development; and
       ``(ii) the student academic achievement standards and 
     academic content standards under section 1111(b)(2) of the 
     Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, established 
     by the State in which the partnership is located;
       ``(E) how faculty at the partner institution will work 
     with, during the term of the grant, highly qualified teachers 
     in the classrooms of schools served by the high-need local 
     educational agency in the partnership to provide high-quality 
     professional development activities;
       ``(F) how the partnership will design, implement, or 
     enhance a year-long, rigorous, and enriching teaching 
     preservice clinical program component;
       ``(G) the in-service professional development strategies 
     and activities to be supported; and
       ``(H) how the partnership will collect, analyze, and use 
     data on the retention of all teachers and early childhood 
     educators in schools and early childhood programs located in 
     the geographic area served by the partnership to evaluate the 
     effectiveness of the partnership's teacher and educator 
     support system; and
       ``(7) with respect to the induction program required as 
     part of the activities carried out under this section--
       ``(A) a demonstration that the schools and departments 
     within the institution of higher education that are part of 
     the induction program have relevant and essential roles in 
     the effective preparation of teachers, including content 
     expertise and expertise in teaching;
       ``(B) a demonstration of the partnership's capability and 
     commitment to the use of empirically based practice and 
     scientifically valid research on teaching and learning, and 
     the accessibility to and involvement of faculty;
       ``(C) a description of how the teacher preparation program 
     will design and implement an induction program to support all 
     new teachers through not less than the first 2 years of 
     teaching in the further development of the new teachers' 
     teaching skills, including the use of mentors who are trained 
     and compensated by such program for the mentors' work with 
     new teachers; and
       ``(D) a description of how faculty involved in the 
     induction program will be able to substantially participate 
     in an early childhood education program or an elementary or 
     secondary school classroom setting, as applicable, including 
     release time and receiving workload credit for such 
     participation.
       ``(c) Required Use of Grant Funds.--An eligible partnership 
     that receives a grant under this part shall use grant funds 
     to carry out a program for the pre-baccalaureate preparation 
     of teachers under subsection (d), a teaching residency 
     program under subsection (e), or both such programs.
       ``(d) Partnership Grants for Pre-Baccalaureate Preparation 
     of Teachers.--An eligible partnership that receives a grant 
     to carry out an effective program for the pre-baccalaureate 
     preparation of teachers shall carry out a program that 
     includes all of the following:
       ``(1) Reforms.--
       ``(A) In general.--Implementing reforms, described in 
     subparagraph (B), within each teacher preparation program 
     and, as applicable, each preparation program for early 
     childhood education programs, of the eligible partnership 
     that is assisted under this section, to hold each program 
     accountable for--
       ``(i) preparing--

       ``(I) current or prospective teachers to be highly 
     qualified (including teachers in rural school districts who 
     may teach multiple subjects, special educators, and teachers 
     of students who are limited English proficient who may teach 
     multiple subjects);
       ``(II) such teachers and, as applicable, early childhood 
     educators, to understand empirically based practice and 
     scientifically valid research on teaching and learning and 
     its applicability, and to use technology effectively, 
     including the use of instructional techniques to improve 
     student achievement; and
       ``(III) as applicable, early childhood educators to be 
     highly competent; and

       ``(ii) promoting strong teaching skills and, as applicable, 
     techniques for early childhood educators to improve 
     children's cognitive, social, emotional, and physical 
     development.
       ``(B) Required reforms.--The reforms described in 
     subparagraph (A) shall include--
       ``(i) implementing teacher preparation program curriculum 
     changes that improve, evaluate, and assess how well all 
     prospective and new teachers develop teaching skills;
       ``(ii) using empirically based practice and scientifically 
     valid research, where applicable, about the disciplines of 
     teaching and learning so that all prospective teachers and, 
     as applicable, early childhood educators--

       ``(I) can understand and implement research-based teaching 
     practices in classroom-based instruction;
       ``(II) have knowledge of student learning methods;
       ``(III) possess skills to analyze student academic 
     achievement data and other measures of student learning and 
     use such data and measures to improve instruction in the 
     classroom;
       ``(IV) possess teaching skills and an understanding of 
     effective instructional strategies across all applicable 
     content areas that enable the teachers and early childhood 
     educators to--

       ``(aa) meet the specific learning needs of all students, 
     including students with disabilities, students who are 
     limited English proficient, students who are gifted and 
     talented, students with low literacy levels and, as 
     applicable, children in early childhood education programs; 
     and
       ``(bb) differentiate instruction for such students; and

       ``(V) can successfully employ effective strategies for 
     reading instruction using the essential components of reading 
     instruction;

       ``(iii) ensuring collaboration with departments, programs, 
     or units of a partner institution outside of the teacher 
     preparation program in all academic content areas to ensure 
     that new teachers receive training in both teaching and 
     relevant content areas in order to become highly qualified;
       ``(iv) developing and implementing an induction program; 
     and
       ``(v) developing admissions goals and priorities with the 
     hiring objectives of the high-need local educational agency 
     in the eligible partnership.
       ``(2) Clinical experience and interaction.--Developing and 
     improving a sustained and high-quality pre-service clinical 
     education program to further develop the teaching skills of 
     all prospective teachers and, as applicable, early childhood 
     educators, involved in the program. Such program shall do the 
     following:
       ``(A) Incorporate year-long opportunities for enrichment 
     activity or a combination of activities, including--
       ``(i) clinical learning in classrooms in high-need schools 
     served by the high-need local educational agency in the 
     eligible partnership and identified by the eligible 
     partnership; and
       ``(ii) closely supervised interaction between faculty and 
     new and experienced teachers, principals, and other 
     administrators at early childhood education programs (as 
     applicable), elementary schools, or secondary schools, and 
     providing support for such interaction.
       ``(B) Integrate pedagogy and classroom practice and promote 
     effective teaching skills in academic content areas.
       ``(C) Provide high-quality teacher mentoring.
       ``(D)(i) Be offered over the course of a program of teacher 
     preparation;
       ``(ii) be tightly aligned with course work (and may be 
     developed as a 5th year of a teacher preparation program); 
     and
       ``(iii) where feasible, allow prospective teachers to learn 
     to teach in the same school district in which the teachers 
     will work, learning the instructional initiatives and 
     curriculum of that district.
       ``(E) Provide support and training for those individuals 
     participating in an activity for prospective teachers 
     described in this paragraph or paragraph (1) or (2), and for 
     those who serve as mentors for such teachers, based on each 
     individual's experience. Such support may include--
       ``(i) with respect to a prospective teacher or a mentor, 
     release time for such individual's participation;
       ``(ii) with respect to a faculty member, receiving course 
     workload credit and compensation for time teaching in the 
     eligible partnership's activities; and
       ``(iii) with respect to a mentor, a stipend, which may 
     include bonus, differential, incentive, or merit or 
     performance-based pay.
       ``(3) Induction programs for new teachers.--Creating an 
     induction program for new teachers, or, in the case of an 
     early childhood education program, providing mentoring or 
     coaching for new early childhood educators.

[[Page 16727]]

       ``(4) Support and training for participants in early 
     childhood education programs.--In the case of an eligible 
     partnership focusing on early childhood educator preparation, 
     implementing initiatives that increase compensation for early 
     childhood educators who attain associate or baccalaureate 
     degrees in early childhood education.
       ``(5) Teacher recruitment.--Developing and implementing 
     effective mechanisms to ensure that the eligible partnership 
     is able to recruit qualified individuals to become highly 
     qualified teachers through the activities of the eligible 
     partnership.
       ``(e) Partnership Grants for the Establishment of Teaching 
     Residency Programs.--
       ``(1) In general.--An eligible partnership receiving a 
     grant to carry out an effective teaching residency program 
     shall carry out a program that includes all of the following 
     activities:
       ``(A) Supporting a teaching residency program described in 
     paragraph (2) for high-need subjects and areas, as determined 
     by the needs of the high-need local educational agency in the 
     partnership.
       ``(B) Modifying staffing procedures to provide greater 
     flexibility for local educational agency and school leaders 
     to establish effective school-level staffing in order to 
     facilitate placement of graduates of the teaching residency 
     program in cohorts that facilitate professional 
     collaboration, both among graduates of the teaching residency 
     program and between such graduates and mentor teachers in the 
     receiving school.
       ``(C) Ensuring that teaching residents that participated in 
     the teaching residency program receive--
       ``(i) effective preservice preparation as described in 
     paragraph (2);
       ``(ii) teacher mentoring;
       ``(iii) induction through the induction program as the 
     teaching residents enter the classroom as new teachers; and
       ``(iv) the preparation described in subparagraphs (A), (B), 
     and (C) of subsection (d)(2).
       ``(2) Teaching residency programs.--
       ``(A) Establishment and design.--A teaching residency 
     program under this paragraph shall be a program based upon 
     models of successful teaching residencies that serves as a 
     mechanism to prepare teachers for success in the high-need 
     schools in the eligible partnership, and shall be designed to 
     include the following characteristics of successful programs:
       ``(i) The integration of pedagogy, classroom practice, and 
     teacher mentoring.
       ``(ii) Engagement of teaching residents in rigorous 
     graduate-level coursework to earn a master's degree while 
     undertaking a guided teaching apprenticeship.
       ``(iii) Experience and learning opportunities alongside a 
     trained and experienced mentor teacher--

       ``(I) whose teaching shall complement the residency program 
     so that classroom clinical practice is tightly aligned with 
     coursework;
       ``(II) who shall have extra responsibilities as a teacher 
     leader of the teaching residency program, as a mentor for 
     residents, and as a teacher coach during the induction 
     program for novice teachers, and for establishing, within the 
     program, a learning community in which all individuals are 
     expected to continually improve their capacity to advance 
     student learning; and
       ``(III) who may have full relief from teaching duties as a 
     result of such additional responsibilities.

       ``(iv) The establishment of clear criteria for the 
     selection of mentor teachers based on measures of teacher 
     effectiveness and the appropriate subject area knowledge. 
     Evaluation of teacher effectiveness shall be based on 
     observations of such domains of teaching as the following:

       ``(I) Planning and preparation, including demonstrated 
     knowledge of content, pedagogy, and assessment, including the 
     use of formative assessments to improve student learning.
       ``(II) Appropriate instruction that engages students with 
     different learning styles.
       ``(III) Collaboration with colleagues to improve 
     instruction.
       ``(IV) Analysis of gains in student learning, based on 
     multiple measures, that, when feasible, may include valid and 
     reliable objective measures of the influence of teachers on 
     the rate of student academic progress.
       ``(V) In the case of mentor candidates who will be 
     mentoring current or future literacy and mathematics coaches 
     or instructors, appropriate skills in the essential 
     components of reading instruction, teacher training in 
     literacy instructional strategies across core subject areas, 
     and teacher training in mathematics instructional strategies, 
     as appropriate.

       ``(v) Grouping of teaching residents in cohorts to 
     facilitate professional collaboration among such residents.
       ``(vi) The development of admissions goals and priorities 
     aligned with the hiring objectives of the local educational 
     agency partnering with the program, as well as the 
     instructional initiatives and curriculum of the agency, in 
     exchange for a commitment by the agency to hire graduates 
     from the teaching residency program.
       ``(vii) Support for residents, once the teaching residents 
     are hired as teachers of record, through an induction 
     program, professional development, and networking 
     opportunities to support the residents through not less than 
     the residents' first 2 years of teaching.
       ``(B) Selection of individuals as teacher residents.--
       ``(i) Eligible individual.--In order to be eligible to be a 
     teacher resident in a teaching residency program under this 
     paragraph, an individual shall--

       ``(I) be a recent graduate of a 4-year institution of 
     higher education or a mid-career professional from outside 
     the field of education possessing strong content knowledge or 
     a record of professional accomplishment; and
       ``(II) submit an application to the teaching residency 
     program.

       ``(ii) Selection criteria.--An eligible partnership 
     carrying out a teaching residency program under this 
     subparagraph shall establish criteria for the selection of 
     eligible individuals to participate in the teaching residency 
     program based on the following characteristics:

       ``(I) Strong content knowledge or record of accomplishment 
     in the field or subject area to be taught.
       ``(II) Strong verbal and written communication skills, 
     which may be demonstrated by performance on appropriate 
     tests.
       ``(III) Other attributes linked to effective teaching, 
     which may be determined by interviews or performance 
     assessments, as specified by the eligible partnership.

       ``(C) Stipend and service requirement.--
       ``(i) Stipend.--A teaching residency program under this 
     paragraph shall provide a 1-year living stipend or salary to 
     teaching residents during the 1-year teaching residency 
     program.
       ``(ii) Service requirement.--As a condition of receiving a 
     stipend under this subparagraph, a teaching resident shall 
     agree to teach in a high-need school served by the high-need 
     local educational agency in the eligible partnership for a 
     period of 3 or more years after completing the 1-year 
     teaching residency program.
       ``(iii) Repayment.--If a teaching resident who received a 
     stipend under this subparagraph does not complete the service 
     requirement described in clause (ii), such individual shall 
     repay to the high-need local educational agency a pro rata 
     portion of the stipend amount for the amount of teaching time 
     that the individual did not complete.
       ``(f) Allowable Use of Grant Funds.--An eligible 
     partnership that receives a grant under this part may use 
     grant funds provided to carry out the activities described in 
     subsections (d) and (e) to partner with a television public 
     broadcast station, as defined in section 397(6) of the 
     Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 397(6)), for the 
     purpose of improving the quality of pre-baccalaureate teacher 
     preparation programs. The partnership may use such funds to 
     enhance the quality of pre-service training for prospective 
     teachers, including through the use of digital educational 
     content and related services.
       ``(g) Consultation.--
       ``(1) In general.--Members of an eligible partnership that 
     receives a grant under this section shall engage in regular 
     consultation throughout the development and implementation of 
     programs and activities under this section.
       ``(2) Regular communication.--To ensure timely and 
     meaningful consultation, regular communication shall occur 
     among all members of the eligible partnership, including the 
     high-need local educational agency. Such communication shall 
     continue throughout the implementation of the grant and the 
     assessment of programs and activities under this section.
       ``(3) Written consent.--The Secretary may approve changes 
     in grant activities of a grant under this section only if a 
     written consent signed by all members of the eligible 
     partnership is submitted to the Secretary.
       ``(h) Construction.--Nothing in this section shall be 
     construed to prohibit an eligible partnership from using 
     grant funds to coordinate with the activities of eligible 
     partnerships in other States or on a regional basis through 
     Governors, State boards of education, State educational 
     agencies, State agencies responsible for early childhood 
     education, local educational agencies, or State agencies for 
     higher education.
       ``(i) Supplement, Not Supplant.--Funds made available under 
     this section shall be used to supplement, and not supplant, 
     other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be 
     expended to carry out activities under this section.

     ``SEC. 203. ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS.

       ``(a) Duration; Number of Awards; Payments.--
       ``(1) Duration.--A grant awarded under this part shall be 
     awarded for a period of 5 years.
       ``(2) Number of awards.--An eligible partnership may not 
     receive more than 1 grant during a 5-year period. Nothing in 
     this title shall be construed to prohibit an individual 
     member, that can demonstrate need, of an eligible partnership 
     that receives a grant under this title from entering into 
     another eligible partnership consisting of new members and 
     receiving a grant with such other eligible partnership before 
     the 5-year period described in the preceding sentence 
     applicable to the eligible partnership with which the 
     individual member has first partnered has expired.

[[Page 16728]]

       ``(3) Payments.--The Secretary shall make annual payments 
     of grant funds awarded under this part.
       ``(b) Peer Review.--
       ``(1) Panel.--The Secretary shall provide the applications 
     submitted under this part to a peer review panel for 
     evaluation. With respect to each application, the peer review 
     panel shall initially recommend the application for funding 
     or for disapproval.
       ``(2) Priority.--In recommending applications to the 
     Secretary for funding under this part, the panel shall give 
     priority--
       ``(A) to applications from broad-based eligible 
     partnerships that involve businesses and community 
     organizations; and
       ``(B) to eligible partnerships so that the awards promote 
     an equitable geographic distribution of grants among rural 
     and urban areas.
       ``(3) Secretarial selection.--The Secretary shall 
     determine, based on the peer review process, which 
     applications shall receive funding and the amounts of the 
     grants. In determining the grant amount, the Secretary shall 
     take into account the total amount of funds available for all 
     grants under this part and the types of activities proposed 
     to be carried out by the eligible partnership.
       ``(c) Matching Requirements.--
       ``(1) In general.--Each eligible partnership receiving a 
     grant under this part shall provide, from non-Federal 
     sources, an amount equal to 100 percent of the amount of the 
     grant, which may be provided in cash or in-kind, to carry out 
     the activities supported by the grant.
       ``(2) Waiver.--The Secretary may waive all or part of the 
     matching requirement described in paragraph (1) for any 
     fiscal year for an eligible partnership, if the Secretary 
     determines that applying the matching requirement to the 
     eligible partnership would result in serious hardship or an 
     inability to carry out the authorized activities described in 
     this part.
       ``(d) Limitation on Administrative Expenses.--An eligible 
     partnership that receives a grant under this part may use not 
     more than 2 percent of the grant funds for purposes of 
     administering the grant.

     ``SEC. 204. ACCOUNTABILITY AND EVALUATION.

       ``(a) Eligible Partnership Evaluation.--Each eligible 
     partnership submitting an application for a grant under this 
     part shall establish and include in such application, an 
     evaluation plan that includes strong performance objectives. 
     The plan shall include objectives and measures for 
     increasing--
       ``(1) student achievement for all students as measured by 
     the eligible partnership;
       ``(2) teacher retention in the first 3 years of a teacher's 
     career;
       ``(3) improvement in the pass rates and scaled scores for 
     initial State certification or licensure of teachers; and
       ``(4)(A) the percentage of highly qualified teachers hired 
     by the high-need local educational agency participating in 
     the eligible partnership;
       ``(B) the percentage of such teachers who are members of 
     under represented groups;
       ``(C) the percentage of such teachers who teach high-need 
     academic subject areas (such as reading, mathematics, 
     science, and foreign language, including less commonly taught 
     languages and critical foreign languages);
       ``(D) the percentage of such teachers who teach in high-
     need areas (including special education, language instruction 
     educational programs for limited English proficient students, 
     and early childhood education);
       ``(E) the percentage of such teachers in high-need schools, 
     disaggregated by the elementary, middle, and high school 
     levels; and
       ``(F) as applicable, the percentage of early childhood 
     education program classes in the geographic area served by 
     the eligible partnership taught by early childhood educators 
     who are highly competent.
       ``(b) Information.--An eligible partnership receiving a 
     grant under this part shall ensure that teachers, principals, 
     school superintendents, and faculty and leadership at 
     institutions of higher education located in the geographic 
     areas served by the eligible partnership under this part are 
     provided information about the activities carried out with 
     funds under this part, including through electronic means.
       ``(c) Revocation of Grant.--If the Secretary determines 
     that an eligible partnership receiving a grant under this 
     part is not making substantial progress in meeting the 
     purposes, goals, objectives, and measures, as appropriate, of 
     the grant by the end of the third year of a grant under this 
     part, then the Secretary shall require such eligible 
     partnership to submit a revised application that identifies 
     the steps the partnership will take to make substantial 
     progress to meet the purposes, goals, objectives, and 
     measures, as appropriate, of this part.
       ``(d) Evaluation and Dissemination.--The Secretary shall 
     evaluate the activities funded under this part and report the 
     Secretary's findings regarding the activities to the 
     authorizing committees. The Secretary shall broadly 
     disseminate--
       ``(1) successful practices developed by eligible 
     partnerships under this part; and
       ``(2) information regarding such practices that were found 
     to be ineffective.

     ``SEC. 205. ACCOUNTABILITY FOR PROGRAMS THAT PREPARE 
                   TEACHERS.

       ``(a) Institutional and Program Report Cards on the Quality 
     of Teacher Preparation.--
       ``(1) Report card.--Each institution of higher education 
     that conducts a traditional teacher preparation program or 
     alternative routes to State certification or licensure 
     program and that enrolls students receiving Federal 
     assistance under this Act shall report annually to the State 
     and the general public, in a uniform and comprehensible 
     manner that conforms with the definitions and methods 
     established by the Secretary, both for traditional teacher 
     preparation programs and alternative routes to State 
     certification or licensure programs, the following 
     information:
       ``(A) Pass rates and scaled scores.--For the most recent 
     year for which the information is available for those 
     students who took the assessments and are enrolled in the 
     traditional teacher preparation program or alternative routes 
     to State certification or licensure program, and for those 
     who have taken the assessments and have completed the 
     traditional teacher preparation program or alternative routes 
     to State certification or licensure program during the 2-year 
     period preceding such year, for each of the assessments used 
     for teacher certification or licensure by the State in which 
     the program is located--
       ``(i) the percentage of students who have completed 100 
     percent of the nonclinical coursework and taken the 
     assessment who pass such assessment;
       ``(ii) the percentage of all such students who passed each 
     such assessment;
       ``(iii) the percentage of students taking an assessment who 
     completed the teacher preparation program after enrolling in 
     the program, which shall be made available widely and 
     publicly by the State;
       ``(iv) the average scaled score for all students who took 
     each such assessment;
       ``(v) a comparison of the program's pass rates with the 
     average pass rates for programs in the State; and
       ``(vi) a comparison of the program's average scaled scores 
     with the average scaled scores for programs in the State.
       ``(B) Program information.--The criteria for admission into 
     the program, the number of students in the program 
     (disaggregated by race and gender), the average number of 
     hours of supervised clinical experience required for those in 
     the program, the number of full-time equivalent faculty and 
     students in the supervised clinical experience, and the total 
     number of students who have been certified or licensed as 
     teachers, disaggregated by subject and area of certification 
     or licensure.
       ``(C) Statement.--In States that require approval or 
     accreditation of teacher preparation programs, a statement of 
     whether the institution's program is so approved or 
     accredited, and by whom.
       ``(D) Designation as low-performing.--Whether the program 
     has been designated as low-performing by the State under 
     section 207(a).
       ``(E) Use of technology.--A description of the activities 
     that prepare teachers to effectively integrate technology 
     into curricula and instruction and effectively use technology 
     to collect, manage, and analyze data in order to improve 
     teaching, learning, and decisionmaking for the purpose of 
     increasing student academic achievement.
       ``(2) Report.--Each eligible partnership receiving a grant 
     under section 202 shall report annually on the progress of 
     the eligible partnership toward meeting the purposes of this 
     part and the objectives and measures described in section 
     204(a).
       ``(3) Fines.--The Secretary may impose a fine not to exceed 
     $25,000 on an institution of higher education for failure to 
     provide the information described in this subsection in a 
     timely or accurate manner.
       ``(4) Special rule.--In the case of an institution of 
     higher education that conducts a traditional teacher 
     preparation program or alternative routes to State 
     certification or licensure program and has fewer than 10 
     scores reported on any single initial teacher certification 
     or licensure assessment during an academic year, the 
     institution shall collect and publish information, as 
     required under paragraph (1)(A), with respect to an average 
     pass rate and scaled score on each State certification or 
     licensure assessment taken over a 3-year period.
       ``(b) State Report Card on the Quality of Teacher 
     Preparation.--
       ``(1) In general.--Each State that receives funds under 
     this Act shall provide to the Secretary, annually, in a 
     uniform and comprehensible manner that conforms with the 
     definitions and methods established by the Secretary, a State 
     report card on the quality of teacher preparation in the 
     State, both for traditional teacher preparation programs and 
     for alternative routes to State certification or licensure 
     programs, which shall include not less than the following:
       ``(A) A description of reliability and validity of the 
     teacher certification and licensure assessments, and any 
     other certification and licensure requirements, used by the 
     State.
       ``(B) The standards and criteria that prospective teachers 
     must meet in order to attain initial teacher certification or 
     licensure

[[Page 16729]]

     and to be certified or licensed to teach particular academic 
     subject areas or in particular grades within the State.
       ``(C) A description of how the assessments and requirements 
     described in subparagraph (A) are aligned with the State's 
     challenging academic content standards required under section 
     1111(b)(1) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 
     1965 and State early learning standards for early childhood 
     education programs.
       ``(D) For each of the assessments used by the State for 
     teacher certification or licensure--
       ``(i) for each institution of higher education located in 
     the State and each entity located in the State that offers an 
     alternative route for teacher certification or licensure, the 
     percentage of students at such institution or entity who have 
     completed 100 percent of the nonclinical coursework and taken 
     the assessment who pass such assessment;
       ``(ii) the percentage of all such students at all such 
     institutions taking the assessment who pass such assessment; 
     and
       ``(iii) the percentage of students taking an assessment who 
     completed the teacher preparation program after enrolling in 
     the program, which shall be made available widely and 
     publicly by the State.
       ``(E) A description of alternative routes to State 
     certification or licensure in the State (including any such 
     routes operated by entities that are not institutions of 
     higher education), if any, including, for each of the 
     assessments used by the State for teacher certification or 
     licensure--
       ``(i) the percentage of individuals participating in such 
     routes, or who have completed such routes during the 2-year 
     period preceding the date of the determination, who passed 
     each such assessment; and
       ``(ii) the average scaled score of individuals 
     participating in such routes, or who have completed such 
     routes during the period preceding the date of the 
     determination, who took each such assessment.
       ``(F) A description of the State's criteria for assessing 
     the performance of teacher preparation programs within 
     institutions of higher education in the State. Such criteria 
     shall include indicators of the academic content knowledge 
     and teaching skills of students enrolled in such programs.
       ``(G) For each teacher preparation program in the State, 
     the criteria for admission into the program, the number of 
     students in the program, disaggregated by race and gender 
     (except that such disaggregation shall not be required in a 
     case in which the number of students in a category is 
     insufficient to yield statistically reliable information or 
     the results would reveal personally identifiable information 
     about an individual student), the average number of hours of 
     supervised clinical experience required for those in the 
     program, and the number of full-time equivalent faculty, 
     adjunct faculty, and students in supervised clinical 
     experience.
       ``(H) For the State as a whole, and for each teacher 
     preparation program in the State, the number of teachers 
     prepared, in the aggregate and reported separately by--
       ``(i) area of certification or licensure;
       ``(ii) academic major; and
       ``(iii) subject area for which the teacher has been 
     prepared to teach.
       ``(I) Using the data generated under subparagraphs (G) and 
     (H), a description of the extent to which teacher preparation 
     programs are helping to address shortages of highly qualified 
     teachers, by area of certification or licensure, subject, and 
     specialty, in the State's public schools.
       ``(J) A description of the activities that prepare teachers 
     to effectively integrate technology into curricula and 
     instruction and effectively use technology to collect, 
     manage, and analyze data in order to improve teaching, 
     learning, and decisionmaking for the purpose of increasing 
     student academic achievement.
       ``(2) Prohibition against creating a national list.--The 
     Secretary shall not create a national list or ranking of 
     States, institutions, or schools using the scaled scores 
     provided under this subsection.
       ``(c) Report of the Secretary on the Quality of Teacher 
     Preparation.--
       ``(1) Report card.--The Secretary shall provide to 
     Congress, and publish and make widely available, a report 
     card on teacher qualifications and preparation in the United 
     States, including all the information reported in 
     subparagraphs (A) through (J) of subsection (b)(1). Such 
     report shall identify States for which eligible partnerships 
     received a grant under this part. Such report shall be so 
     provided, published, and made available annually.
       ``(2) Report to congress.--The Secretary shall prepare and 
     submit a report to Congress that contains the following:
       ``(A) A comparison of States' efforts to improve the 
     quality of the current and future teaching force.
       ``(B) A comparison of eligible partnerships' efforts to 
     improve the quality of the current and future teaching force.
       ``(C) The national mean and median scaled scores and pass 
     rate on any standardized test that is used in more than 1 
     State for teacher certification or licensure.
       ``(3) Special rule.--In the case of a teacher preparation 
     program with fewer than 10 scores reported on any single 
     initial teacher certification or licensure assessment during 
     an academic year, the Secretary shall collect and publish 
     information, and make publicly available, with respect to an 
     average pass rate and scaled score on each State 
     certification or licensure assessment taken over a 3-year 
     period.
       ``(d) Coordination.--The Secretary, to the extent 
     practicable, shall coordinate the information collected and 
     published under this part among States for individuals who 
     took State teacher certification or licensure assessments in 
     a State other than the State in which the individual received 
     the individual's most recent degree.

     ``SEC. 205A. TEACHER DEVELOPMENT.

       ``(a) Annual Goals.--As a condition of receiving assistance 
     under title IV, each institution of higher education that 
     conducts a traditional teacher preparation program or 
     alternative routes to State certification or licensure 
     program and that enrolls students receiving Federal 
     assistance under this Act shall set annual quantifiable goals 
     for--
       ``(1) increasing the number of prospective teachers trained 
     in teacher shortage areas designated by the Secretary, 
     including mathematics, science, special education, and 
     instruction of limited English proficient students; and
       ``(2) more closely linking the training provided by the 
     institution with the needs of schools and the instructional 
     decisions new teachers face in the classroom.
       ``(b) Assurance.--As a condition of receiving assistance 
     under title IV, each institution described in subsection (a) 
     shall provide an assurance to the Secretary that--
       ``(1) training provided to prospective teachers responds to 
     the identified needs of the local educational agencies or 
     States where the institution's graduates are likely to teach, 
     based on past hiring and recruitment trends;
       ``(2) prospective special education teachers receive 
     coursework in core academic subjects and receive training in 
     providing instruction in core academic subjects;
       ``(3) regular education teachers receive training in 
     providing instruction to diverse populations, including 
     children with disabilities, limited English proficient 
     students, and children from low-income families; and
       ``(4) prospective teachers receive training on how to 
     effectively teach in urban and rural schools.
       ``(c) Public Reporting.--As part of the annual report card 
     required under section 205(a)(1), an institution of higher 
     education described in subsection (a) shall publicly report 
     whether the goals established under such subsection have been 
     met.

     ``SEC. 206. STATE FUNCTIONS.

       ``(a) State Assessment.--In order to receive funds under 
     this Act, a State shall have in place a procedure to identify 
     and assist, through the provision of technical assistance, 
     low-performing programs of teacher preparation. Such State 
     shall provide the Secretary an annual list of such low-
     performing teacher preparation programs that includes an 
     identification of those programs at risk of being placed on 
     such list. Such levels of performance shall be determined 
     solely by the State and may include criteria based on 
     information collected pursuant to this part. Such assessment 
     shall be described in the report under section 205(b).
       ``(b) Termination of Eligibility.--Any program of teacher 
     preparation from which the State has withdrawn the State's 
     approval, or terminated the State's financial support, due to 
     the low performance of the program based upon the State 
     assessment described in subsection (a)--
       ``(1) shall be ineligible for any funding for professional 
     development activities awarded by the Department;
       ``(2) shall not be permitted to accept or enroll any 
     student that receives aid under title IV in the institution's 
     teacher preparation program; and
       ``(3) shall provide transitional support, including 
     remedial services if necessary, for students enrolled at the 
     institution at the time of termination of financial support 
     or withdrawal of approval.
       ``(c) Negotiated Rulemaking.--If the Secretary develops any 
     regulations implementing subsection (b)(2), the Secretary 
     shall submit such proposed regulations to a negotiated 
     rulemaking process, which shall include representatives of 
     States, institutions of higher education, and educational and 
     student organizations.
       ``(d) Application of the Requirements.--The requirements of 
     this section shall apply to both traditional teacher 
     preparation programs and alternative routes to State 
     certification and licensure programs.

     ``SEC. 207. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

       ``(a) Methods.--In complying with sections 205 and 206, the 
     Secretary shall ensure that States and institutions of higher 
     education use fair and equitable methods in reporting and 
     that the reporting methods do not allow identification of 
     individuals.
       ``(b) Special Rule.--For each State that does not use 
     content assessments as a means of ensuring that all teachers 
     teaching in core academic subjects within the State are 
     highly qualified, as required under section 1119 of the 
     Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 and in 
     accordance with the State plan submitted or revised under 
     section 1111 of such Act, and that each person employed

[[Page 16730]]

     as a special education teacher in the State who teaches 
     elementary school, middle school, or secondary school is 
     highly qualified by the deadline, as required under section 
     612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education 
     Act,--
       ``(1) the Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, 
     collect data comparable to the data required under this part 
     from States, local educational agencies, institutions of 
     higher education, or other entities that administer such 
     assessments to teachers or prospective teachers; and
       ``(2) notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the 
     Secretary shall use such data to carry out requirements of 
     this part related to assessments, pass rates, and scaled 
     scores.
       ``(c) Release of Information to Teacher Preparation 
     Programs.--
       ``(1) In general.--For the purpose of improving teacher 
     preparation programs, a State educational agency that 
     receives funds under this Act, or that participates as a 
     member of a partnership, consortium, or other entity that 
     receives such funds, shall provide to a teacher preparation 
     program, upon the request of the teacher preparation program, 
     any and all pertinent education-related information that--
       ``(A) may enable the teacher preparation program to 
     evaluate the effectiveness of the program's graduates or the 
     program itself; and
       ``(B) is possessed, controlled, or accessible by the State 
     educational agency.
       ``(2) Content of information.--The information described in 
     paragraph (1)--
       ``(A) shall include an identification of specific 
     individuals who graduated from the teacher preparation 
     program to enable the teacher preparation program to evaluate 
     the information provided to the program from the State 
     educational agency with the program's own data about the 
     specific courses taken by, and field experiences of, the 
     individual graduates; and
       ``(B) may include--
       ``(i) kindergarten through grade 12 academic achievement 
     and demographic data, without revealing personally 
     identifiable information about an individual student, for 
     students who have been taught by graduates of the teacher 
     preparation program; and
       ``(ii) teacher effectiveness evaluations for teachers who 
     graduated from the teacher preparation program.

     ``SEC. 208. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

       ``There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this 
     part such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and 
     each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

     SEC. 202. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

       Title II (20 U.S.C. 1021 et seq.) is amended by adding at 
     the end the following:

                      ``PART C--GENERAL PROVISIONS

     ``SEC. 231. LIMITATIONS.

       ``(a) Federal Control Prohibited.--Nothing in this title 
     shall be construed to permit, allow, encourage, or authorize 
     any Federal control over any aspect of any private, 
     religious, or home school, whether or not a home school is 
     treated as a private school or home school under State law. 
     This section shall not be construed to prohibit private, 
     religious, or home schools from participation in programs or 
     services under this title.
       ``(b) No Change in State Control Encouraged or Required.--
     Nothing in this title shall be construed to encourage or 
     require any change in a State's treatment of any private, 
     religious, or home school, whether or not a home school is 
     treated as a private school or home school under State law.
       ``(c) National System of Teacher Certification or Licensure 
     Prohibited.--Nothing in this title shall be construed to 
     permit, allow, encourage, or authorize the Secretary to 
     establish or support any national system of teacher 
     certification or licensure.''.

                      TITLE III--INSTITUTIONAL AID

     SEC. 301. PROGRAM PURPOSE.

       Section 311 (20 U.S.C. 1057) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``351'' and inserting 
     ``391''; and
       (B) in paragraph (3)(F), by inserting ``, including 
     services that will assist in the education of special 
     populations'' before the period; and
       (2) in subsection (c)--
       (A) in paragraph (6), by inserting ``, including 
     innovative, customized, remedial education and English 
     language instruction courses designed to help retain students 
     and move the students rapidly into core courses and through 
     program completion'' before the period;
       (B) by redesignating paragraphs (7) through (12) as 
     paragraphs (8) through (13), respectively;
       (C) by inserting after paragraph (6) the following:
       ``(7) Education or counseling services designed to improve 
     the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or 
     the students' parents.'';
       (D) in paragraph (12) (as redesignated by subparagraph 
     (B)), by striking ``distance learning academic instruction 
     capabilities'' and inserting ``distance education 
     technologies''; and
       (E) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) of paragraph 
     (13) (as redesignated by subparagraph (B)), by striking 
     ``subsection (c)'' and inserting ``subsection (b) and section 
     391''.

     SEC. 302. DEFINITIONS; ELIGIBILITY.

       Section 312 (20 U.S.C. 1058) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (b)(1)(A), by striking ``subsection (c) 
     of this section'' and inserting ``subsection (d)''; and
       (2) in subsection (d)(2), by striking ``subdivision'' and 
     inserting ``paragraph''.

     SEC. 303. AMERICAN INDIAN TRIBALLY CONTROLLED COLLEGES AND 
                   UNIVERSITIES.

       Section 316 (20 U.S.C. 1059c) is amended--
       (1) by striking subsection (b)(3) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(3) Tribal college or university.--The term `Tribal 
     College or University' means an institution that--
       ``(A) qualifies for funding under the Tribally Controlled 
     College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801 
     et seq.) or the Navajo Community College Assistance Act of 
     1978 (25 U.S.C. 640a note); or
       ``(B) is cited in section 532 of the Equity in Educational 
     Land-Grant Status Act of 1994 (7 U.S.C. 301 note).'';
       (2) in subsection (c)(2)--
       (A) in subparagraph (B), by inserting before the semicolon 
     at the end the following: ``and the acquisition of real 
     property adjacent to the campus of the institution'';
       (B) by redesignating subparagraphs (G), (H), (I), (J), (K), 
     and (L) as subparagraphs (H), (I), (J), (K), (L), and (N), 
     respectively;
       (C) by inserting after subparagraph (F) the following:
       ``(G) education or counseling services designed to improve 
     the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or 
     the students' parents;'';
       (D) in subparagraph (L) (as redesignated by subparagraph 
     (B)), by striking ``and'' after the semicolon;
       (E) by inserting after subparagraph (L) (as redesignated by 
     subparagraph (B)) the following:
       ``(M) developing or improving facilities for Internet use 
     or other distance education technologies; and''; and
       (F) in subparagraph (N) (as redesignated by subparagraph 
     (B)), by striking ``subparagraphs (A) through (K)'' and 
     inserting ``subparagraphs (A) through (M)''; and
       (3) by striking subsection (d) and inserting the following:
       ``(d) Application, Plan, and Allocation.--
       ``(1) Institutional eligibility.--To be eligible to receive 
     assistance under this section, a Tribal College or University 
     shall be an eligible institution under section 312(b).
       ``(2) Application.--
       ``(A) In general.--A Tribal College or University desiring 
     to receive assistance under this section shall submit an 
     application to the Secretary at such time, and in such 
     manner, as the Secretary may reasonably require.
       ``(B) Streamlined process.--The Secretary shall establish 
     application requirements in such a manner as to simplify and 
     streamline the process for applying for grants.
       ``(3) Allocations to institutions.--
       ``(A) Construction grants.--
       ``(i) In general.--Of the amount appropriated to carry out 
     this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary may reserve 
     30 percent for the purpose of awarding 1-year grants of not 
     less than $1,000,000 to address construction, maintenance, 
     and renovation needs at eligible institutions.
       ``(ii) Preference.--In providing grants under clause (i), 
     the Secretary shall give preference to eligible institutions 
     that have not yet received an award under this section.
       ``(B) Allotment of remaining funds.--
       ``(i) In general.--Except as provided in clause (ii), the 
     Secretary shall distribute the remaining funds appropriated 
     for any fiscal year to each eligible institution as follows:

       ``(I) 60 percent of the remaining appropriated funds shall 
     be distributed among the eligible Tribal Colleges and 
     Universities on a pro rata basis, based on the respective 
     Indian student counts (as defined in section 2(a) of the 
     Tribally Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 
     1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801(a)) of the Tribal Colleges and 
     Universities; and
       ``(II) the remaining 40 percent shall be distributed in 
     equal shares to the eligible Tribal Colleges and 
     Universities.

       ``(ii) Minimum grant.--The amount distributed to a Tribal 
     College or University under clause (i) shall not be less than 
     $500,000.
       ``(4) Special rules.--
       ``(A) Concurrent funding.--For the purposes of this part, 
     no Tribal College or University that is eligible for and 
     receives funds under this section shall concurrently receive 
     funds under other provisions of this part or part B.
       ``(B) Exemption.--Section 313(d) shall not apply to 
     institutions that are eligible to receive funds under this 
     section.''.

     SEC. 304. ALASKA NATIVE AND NATIVE HAWAIIAN-SERVING 
                   INSTITUTIONS.

       Section 317(c)(2) (20 U.S.C. 1059d(c)(2)) is amended--
       (1) in subparagraph (G), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (2) in subparagraph (H), by striking the period and 
     inserting ``; and''; and
       (3) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(I) education or counseling services designed to improve 
     the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or 
     the students' parents.''.

[[Page 16731]]



     SEC. 305. NATIVE AMERICAN-SERVING, NONTRIBAL INSTITUTIONS.

       (a) Grant Program Authorized.--Part A of title III (20 
     U.S.C. 1057 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the 
     following:

     ``SEC. 318. NATIVE AMERICAN-SERVING, NONTRIBAL INSTITUTIONS.

       ``(a) Program Authorized.--The Secretary shall provide 
     grants and related assistance to Native American-serving, 
     nontribal institutions to enable such institutions to improve 
     and expand their capacity to serve Native Americans.
       ``(b) Definitions.--In this section:
       ``(1) Native american.--The term `Native American' means an 
     individual who is of a tribe, people, or culture that is 
     indigenous to the United States.
       ``(2) Native american-serving, nontribal institution.--The 
     term `Native American-serving, nontribal institution' means 
     an institution of higher education that, at the time of 
     application--
       ``(A) has an enrollment of undergraduate students that is 
     not less than 10 percent Native American students; and
       ``(B) is not a Tribal College or University (as defined in 
     section 316).
       ``(c) Authorized Activities.--
       ``(1) Types of activities authorized.--Grants awarded under 
     this section shall be used by Native American-serving, 
     nontribal institutions to assist such institutions to plan, 
     develop, undertake, and carry out activities to improve and 
     expand such institutions' capacity to serve Native Americans.
       ``(2) Examples of authorized activities.--Such programs may 
     include--
       ``(A) the purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or 
     laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including 
     instructional and research purposes;
       ``(B) renovation and improvement in classroom, library, 
     laboratory, and other instructional facilities;
       ``(C) support of faculty exchanges, and faculty development 
     and faculty fellowships to assist faculty in attaining 
     advanced degrees in the faculty's field of instruction;
       ``(D) curriculum development and academic instruction;
       ``(E) the purchase of library books, periodicals, 
     microfilm, and other educational materials;
       ``(F) funds and administrative management, and acquisition 
     of equipment for use in strengthening funds management;
       ``(G) the joint use of facilities such as laboratories and 
     libraries; and
       ``(H) academic tutoring and counseling programs and student 
     support services.
       ``(d) Application Process.--
       ``(1) Institutional eligibility.--A Native American-
     serving, nontribal institution desiring to receive assistance 
     under this section shall submit to the Secretary such 
     enrollment data as may be necessary to demonstrate that the 
     institution is a Native American-serving, nontribal 
     institution, along with such other information and data as 
     the Secretary may by regulation require.
       ``(2) Applications.--
       ``(A) Permission to submit applications.--Any institution 
     that is determined by the Secretary to be a Native American-
     serving, nontribal institution may submit an application for 
     assistance under this section to the Secretary.
       ``(B) Simplified and streamlined format.--The Secretary 
     shall, to the extent possible, prescribe a simplified and 
     streamlined format for applications under this section that 
     takes into account the limited number of institutions that 
     are eligible for assistance under this section.
       ``(C) Content.--An application submitted under subparagraph 
     (A) shall include--
       ``(i) a 5-year plan for improving the assistance provided 
     by the Native American-serving, nontribal institution to 
     Native Americans; and
       ``(ii) such other information and assurances as the 
     Secretary may require.
       ``(3) Special rules.--
       ``(A) Eligibility.--No Native American-serving, nontribal 
     institution that receives funds under this section shall 
     concurrently receive funds under other provisions of this 
     part or part B.
       ``(B) Exemption.--Section 313(d) shall not apply to 
     institutions that are eligible to receive funds under this 
     section.
       ``(C) Distribution.--In awarding grants under this section, 
     the Secretary shall, to the extent possible and consistent 
     with the competitive process under which such grants are 
     awarded, ensure maximum and equitable distribution among all 
     eligible institutions.''.
       (b) Minimum Grant Amount.--Section 399 (20 U.S.C. 1068h) is 
     amended by adding at the end the following:
       ``(c) Minimum Grant Amount.--The minimum amount of a grant 
     under this title shall be $200,000.''.

     SEC. 306. PART B DEFINITIONS.

       Section 322(4) (20 U.S.C. 1061(4)) is amended by inserting 
     ``, in consultation with the Commissioner for Education 
     Statistics'' before ``and the Commissioner''.

     SEC. 307. GRANTS TO INSTITUTIONS.

       Section 323(a) (20 U.S.C. 1062(a)) is amended--
       (1) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking 
     ``360(a)(2)'' and inserting ``399(a)(2)'';
       (2) by redesignating paragraphs (7) through (12) as 
     paragraphs (8) through (13), respectively; and
       (3) by inserting after paragraph (6) the following:
       ``(7) Education or counseling services designed to improve 
     the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or 
     the students' parents.''.

     SEC. 308. ALLOTMENTS TO INSTITUTIONS.

       Section 324 (20 U.S.C. 1063) is amended by adding at the 
     end the following:
       ``(h) Special Rule on Eligibility.--Notwithstanding any 
     other provision of this section, a part B institution shall 
     not receive an allotment under this section unless the part B 
     institution provides, on an annual basis, data indicating 
     that the part B institution--
       ``(1) enrolled Federal Pell Grant recipients in the 
     preceding academic year;
       ``(2) in the preceding academic year, has graduated 
     students from a program of academic study that is licensed or 
     accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or 
     association recognized by the Secretary pursuant to part H of 
     title IV where appropriate; and
       ``(3) where appropriate, has graduated students who, within 
     the past 5 years, enrolled in graduate or professional 
     school.''.

     SEC. 309. PROFESSIONAL OR GRADUATE INSTITUTIONS.

       Section 326 (20 U.S.C. 1063b) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (c)--
       (A) in paragraph (2), by inserting ``, and for the 
     acquisition and development of real property that is adjacent 
     to the campus for such construction, maintenance, renovation, 
     or improvement'' after ``services'';
       (B) by redesignating paragraphs (5) through (7) as 
     paragraphs (7) through (9), respectively;
       (C) by inserting after paragraph (4) the following:
       ``(5) tutoring, counseling, and student service programs 
     designed to improve academic success;
       ``(6) education or counseling services designed to improve 
     the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or 
     the students' parents;'';
       (D) in paragraph (7) (as redesignated by subparagraph (B)), 
     by striking ``establish or improve'' and inserting 
     ``establishing or improving'';
       (E) in paragraph (8) (as redesignated by subparagraph 
     (B))--
       (i) by striking ``assist'' and inserting ``assisting''; and
       (ii) by striking ``and'' after the semicolon;
       (F) in paragraph (9) (as redesignated by subparagraph (B)), 
     by striking the period and inserting ``; and''; and
       (G) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(10) other activities proposed in the application 
     submitted under subsection (d) that--
       ``(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of this part; 
     and
       ``(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the review 
     and acceptance of such application.'';
       (2) in subsection (e)--
       (A) in paragraph (1)--
       (i) by inserting a colon after ``the following'';
       (ii) in subparagraph (Q), by striking ``and'' at the end;
       (iii) in subparagraph (R), by striking the period and 
     inserting a semicolon; and
       (iv) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(S) Alabama State University qualified graduate program;
       ``(T) Coppin State University qualified graduate program;
       ``(U) Prairie View A & M University qualified graduate 
     program;
       ``(V) Fayetteville State University qualified graduate 
     program;
       ``(W) Delaware State University qualified graduate program;
       ``(X) Langston University qualified graduate program;
       ``(Y) West Virginia State University qualified graduate 
     program;
       ``(Z) Kentucky State University qualified graduate program; 
     and
       ``(AA) Grambling State University qualified graduate 
     program.'';
       (B) in paragraph (2)(A)--
       (i) by inserting ``in law or'' after ``instruction''; and
       (ii) by striking ``mathematics, or'' and inserting 
     ``mathematics, psychometrics, or'';
       (C) in paragraph (3)--
       (i) by striking ``1998'' and inserting ``2007''; and
       (ii) by striking ``(Q) and (R)'' and inserting ``(S), (T), 
     (U), (V), (W), (X), (Y), (Z), and (AA)'';
       (3) in subsection (f)--
       (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``(P)'' and inserting 
     ``(R)'';
       (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``(Q) and (R)'' and 
     inserting ``(S), (T), (U), (V), (W), (X), (Y), (Z), and 
     (AA)''; and
       (C) in paragraph (3)--
       (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking 
     ``(R)'' and inserting ``(AA)'';
       (ii) by striking subparagraphs (A) and (B) and inserting 
     the following:
       ``(A) The amount of non-Federal funds for the fiscal year 
     for which the determination is made that the institution or 
     program listed in subsection (e)--
       ``(i) allocates from institutional resources;
       ``(ii) secures from non-Federal sources, including amounts 
     appropriated by the State and amounts from the private 
     sector; and

[[Page 16732]]

       ``(iii) will utilize to match Federal funds awarded for the 
     fiscal year for which the determination is made under this 
     section to the institution or program.
       ``(B) The number of students enrolled in the qualified 
     graduate programs of the eligible institution or program, for 
     which the institution or program received and allocated 
     funding under this section in the preceding year.'';
       (iii) in subparagraph (C), by striking ``(or the 
     equivalent) enrolled in the eligible professional or graduate 
     school'' and all that follows through the period and 
     inserting ``enrolled in the qualified programs or 
     institutions listed in paragraph (1).'';
       (iv) in subparagraph (D)--

       (I) by striking ``students'' and inserting ``Black American 
     students or minority students''; and
       (II) by striking ``institution'' and inserting 
     ``institution or program''; and

       (v) by striking subparagraph (E) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(E) The percentage that the total number of Black 
     American students and minority students who receive their 
     first professional, master's, or doctoral degrees from the 
     institution or program in the academic year preceding the 
     academic year for which the determination is made, represents 
     of the total number of Black American students and minority 
     students in the United States who receive their first 
     professional, master's, or doctoral degrees in the 
     professions or disciplines related to the course of study at 
     such institution or program, respectively, in the preceding 
     academic year.''; and
       (4) in subsection (g), by striking ``1998'' and inserting 
     ``2007''.

     SEC. 310. AUTHORITY OF THE SECRETARY.

       Section 345 (20 U.S.C. 1066d) is amended--
       (1) in paragraph (6), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (2) in paragraph (7), by striking the period at the end and 
     inserting ``; and''; and
       (3) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(8) not later than 90 days after the date of enactment of 
     the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, shall submit to the 
     authorizing committees a report on the progress of the 
     Department in implementing the recommendations made by the 
     Government Accountability Office in October 2006 for 
     improving the Historically Black College and Universities 
     Capital Financing Program.''.

     SEC. 311. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

       Subsection (a) of section 399 (20 U.S.C. 1068h) is amended 
     to read as follows:
       ``(a) Authorizations.--
       ``(1) Part a.--(A) There are authorized to be appropriated 
     to carry out part A (other than sections 316, 317, and 318) 
     such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each 
     of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
       ``(B) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out 
     section 316 such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
     2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
       ``(C) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out 
     section 317 such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
     2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
       ``(D) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out 
     section 318 such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
     2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
       ``(2) Part b.--(A) There are authorized to be appropriated 
     to carry out part B (other than section 326) such sums as may 
     be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 
     succeeding fiscal years.
       ``(B) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out 
     section 326 such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
     2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
       ``(3) Part c.--There are authorized to be appropriated to 
     carry out part C such sums as may be necessary for fiscal 
     year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
       ``(4) Part d.--(A) There are authorized to be appropriated 
     to carry out part D (other than section 345(7), but including 
     section 347) such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
     2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
       ``(B) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out 
     section 345(7) such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
     2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
       ``(5) Part e.--There are authorized to be appropriated to 
     carry out part E such sums as may be necessary for fiscal 
     year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

     SEC. 312. TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS.

       Title III (20 U.S.C. 1051 et seq.) is further amended--
       (1) in section 342(5)(C) (20 U.S.C. 1066a(5)(C)), by 
     striking ``,,'' and inserting ``,'';
       (2) in section 343(e) (20 U.S.C. 1066b(e)), by inserting 
     ``Sale of Qualified Bonds.--'' before ``Notwithstanding'';
       (3) in the matter preceding clause (i) of section 365(9)(A) 
     (20 U.S.C. 1067k(9)(A)), by striking ``support'' and 
     inserting ``supports'';
       (4) in section 391(b)(7)(E) (20 U.S.C. 1068(b)(7)(E)), by 
     striking ``subparagraph (E)'' and inserting ``subparagraph 
     (D)'';
       (5) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) of section 
     392(b)(2) (20 U.S.C. 1068a(b)(2)), by striking ``eligible 
     institutions under part A institutions'' and inserting 
     ``eligible institutions under part A''; and
       (6) in the matter preceding paragraph (1) of section 396 
     (20 U.S.C. 1068e), by striking ``360'' and inserting ``399''.

                      TITLE IV--STUDENT ASSISTANCE

  PART A--GRANTS TO STUDENTS IN ATTENDANCE AT INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER 
                               EDUCATION

     SEC. 401. FEDERAL PELL GRANTS.

       (a) Amendments.--Section 401 (20 U.S.C. 1070a) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) in paragraph (1)--
       (i) in the first sentence, by striking ``2004'' and 
     inserting ``2013''; and
       (ii) in the second sentence, by striking ``,,'' and 
     inserting ``,''; and
       (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ``this subpart'' and 
     inserting ``this section'';
       (2) in subsection (b)--
       (A) by striking paragraph (2)(A) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(2)(A) The amount of the Federal Pell Grant for a student 
     eligible under this part shall be--
       ``(i) $5,400 for academic year 2008-2009;
       ``(ii) $5,700 for academic year 2009-2010;
       ``(iii) $6,000 for academic year 2010-2011; and
       ``(iv) $6,300 for academic year 2011-2012,
     less an amount equal to the amount determined to be the 
     expected family contribution with respect to that student for 
     that year.'';
       (B) by striking paragraph (3);
       (C) in paragraph (5), by striking ``$400, except'' and all 
     that follows through the period and inserting ``10 percent of 
     the maximum basic grant level specified in the appropriate 
     Appropriation Act for such academic year, except that a 
     student who is eligible for a Federal Pell Grant in an amount 
     that is equal to or greater than 5 percent of such level but 
     less than 10 percent of such level shall be awarded a Federal 
     Pell grant in the amount of 10 percent of such level.''; and
       (D) by striking paragraph (6) and inserting the following:
       ``(6) In the case of a student who is enrolled, on at least 
     a half-time basis and for a period of more than 1 academic 
     year in a single award year in a 2-year or 4-year program of 
     instruction for which an institution of higher education 
     awards an associate or baccalaureate degree, the Secretary 
     shall award such student not more than 2 Federal Pell Grants 
     during that award year to permit such student to accelerate 
     the student's progress toward a degree. In the case of a 
     student receiving more than 1 Federal Pell Grant in a single 
     award year, the total amount of Federal Pell Grants awarded 
     to such student for the award year may exceed the maximum 
     basic grant level specified in the appropriate appropriations 
     Act for such award year.''; and
       (3) in subsection (c), by adding at the end the following:
       ``(5) The period of time during which a student may receive 
     Federal Pell Grants shall not exceed 18 semesters, or an 
     equivalent period of time as determined by the Secretary 
     pursuant to regulations, which period shall--
       ``(A) be determined without regard to whether the student 
     is enrolled on a full-time basis during any portion of the 
     period of time; and
       ``(B) include any period of time for which the student 
     received a Federal Pell Grant prior to July 1, 2008.''.
       (b) Effective Date.--The amendments made by subsection (a) 
     shall take effect on July 1, 2008.

     SEC. 402. ACADEMIC COMPETITIVENESS GRANTS.

       Section 401A (20 U.S.C. 1070a-1) is amended--
       (1) by striking subsection (a) and inserting the following:
       ``(a) Academic Competitiveness Grant Program Authorized.--
     The Secretary shall award grants, in the amounts specified in 
     subsection (d)(1), to eligible students to assist the 
     eligible students in paying their college education 
     expenses.'';
       (2) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``academic''; and
       (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``third or fourth 
     academic'' and inserting ``third, fourth, or fifth'';
       (3) in subsection (c)--
       (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking 
     ``full-time'' and all that follows through ``is made'' and 
     inserting ``student who'';
       (B) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the following:
       ``(1) is eligible for a Federal Pell Grant for the award 
     year in which the determination of eligibility is made for a 
     grant under this section;'';
       (C) by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
       ``(2) is enrolled or accepted for enrollment in an 
     institution of higher education on not less than a half-time 
     basis; and''; and
       (D) in paragraph (3)--
       (i) by striking subparagraph (A) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(A) the first year of a program of undergraduate 
     education at a 2- or 4-year degree-granting institution of 
     higher education (including a program of not less than 1 year 
     for which the institution awards a certificate), has 
     successfully completed, after January 1, 2006, a rigorous 
     secondary school program of study established by a State or 
     local educational agency and recognized as such by the 
     Secretary;'';
       (ii) in subparagraph (B)--

[[Page 16733]]

       (I) in the matter preceding clause (i), by striking 
     ``academic'' and all that follows through ``higher 
     education'' and inserting ``year of a program of 
     undergraduate education at a 2- or 4-year degree-granting 
     institution of higher education (including a program of not 
     less than 2 years for which the institution awards a 
     certificate)''; and
       (II) in clause (ii)--

       (aa) by striking ``academic''; and
       (bb) by striking ``or'' after the semicolon at the end;
       (iii) in subparagraph (C)--

       (I) by striking ``academic'';
       (II) by striking ``four'' and inserting ``4'';
       (III) by striking clause (i)(II) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(II) a critical foreign language; and''; and
       (IV) in clause (ii), by striking the period at the end and 
     inserting a semicolon; and

       (iv) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(D) the third or fourth year of a program of 
     undergraduate education at an institution of higher education 
     (as defined in section 101(a)) that demonstrates, to the 
     satisfaction of the Secretary, that the institution--
       ``(i) offers a single liberal arts curriculum leading to a 
     baccalaureate degree, under which students are not permitted 
     by the institution to declare a major in a particular subject 
     area, and those students--

       ``(I) study, in such years, a subject described in 
     subparagraph (C)(i) that is at least equal to the 
     requirements for an academic major at an institution of 
     higher education that offers a baccalaureate degree in such 
     subject, as certified by an appropriate official from the 
     institution; or
       ``(II) are required, as part of their degree program, to 
     undertake a rigorous course of study in mathematics, biology, 
     chemistry, and physics, which consists of at least--

       ``(aa) 4 years of study in mathematics; and
       ``(bb) 3 years of study in the sciences, with a laboratory 
     component in each of those years; and
       ``(ii) offered such curriculum prior to February 8, 2006; 
     or
       ``(E) the fifth year of a program of undergraduate 
     education that requires 5 full years of coursework for which 
     a baccalaureate degree is awarded by a degree-granting 
     institution of higher education, as certified by the 
     appropriate official of such institution--
       ``(i) is pursuing a major in--

       ``(I) the physical, life, or computer sciences, 
     mathematics, technology, or engineering (as determined by the 
     Secretary pursuant to regulations); or
       ``(II) a critical foreign language; and

       ``(ii) has obtained a cumulative grade point average of at 
     least 3.0 (or the equivalent, as determined under regulations 
     prescribed by the Secretary) in the coursework required for 
     the major described in clause (i).'';
       (4) in subsection (d)--
       (A) in paragraph (1)--
       (i) in subparagraph (A)--

       (I) by striking ``The'' and inserting ``In general.--The'';
       (II) in clause (ii), by striking ``or'' after the semicolon 
     at the end;
       (III) in clause (iii), by striking ``subsection 
     (c)(3)(C).'' and inserting ``subparagraph (C) or (D) of 
     subsection (c)(3), for each of the 2 years described in such 
     subparagraphs; or''; and
       (IV) by adding at the end the following:

       ``(iv) $4,000 for an eligible student under subsection 
     (c)(3)(E).''; and
       (ii) in subparagraph (B)--

       (I) by striking ``Notwithstanding'' and inserting 
     ``Limitation; ratable reduction.--Notwithstanding'';
       (II) by redesignating clauses (i), (ii), and (iii), as 
     clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv), respectively; and
       (III) by inserting before clause (ii), as redesignated 
     under subclause (II), the following:

       ``(i) in any case in which a student attends an institution 
     of higher education on less than a full-time basis, the 
     amount of the grant that such student may receive shall be 
     reduced in the same manner as a Federal Pell Grant is reduced 
     under section 401(b)(2)(B);'';
       (B) by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
       ``(2) Limitations.--
       ``(A) No grants for previous credit.--The Secretary may not 
     award a grant under this section to any student for any year 
     of a program of undergraduate education for which the student 
     received credit before the date of enactment of the Higher 
     Education Reconciliation Act of 2005.
       ``(B) Number of grants.--
       ``(i) First year.--In the case of a student described in 
     subsection (c)(3)(A), the Secretary may not award more than 1 
     grant to such student for such first year of study.
       ``(ii) Second year.--In the case of a student described in 
     subsection (c)(3)(B), the Secretary may not award more than 1 
     grant to such student for such second year of study.
       ``(iii) Third and fourth years.--In the case of a student 
     described in subparagraph (C) or (D) of subsection (c)(3), 
     the Secretary may not award more than 1 grant to such student 
     for each of the third and fourth years of study.
       ``(iv) Fifth year.--In the case of a student described in 
     subsection (c)(3)(E), the Secretary may not award more than 1 
     grant to such student for such fifth year of study.''; and
       (C) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(3) Calculation of grant payments.--An institution of 
     higher education shall make payments of a grant awarded under 
     this section in the same manner, using the same payment 
     periods, as such institution makes payments for Federal Pell 
     Grants under section 401.'';
       (5) by striking subsection (e)(2) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(2) Availability of funds.--Funds made available under 
     paragraph (1) for a fiscal year shall remain available for 
     the succeeding fiscal year.'';
       (6) in subsection (f)--
       (A) by striking ``at least one'' and inserting ``not less 
     than 1''; and
       (B) by striking ``subsection (c)(3)(A) and (B)'' and 
     inserting ``subparagraphs (A) and (B) of subsection (c)(3)''; 
     and
       (7) in subsection (g), by striking ``academic'' and 
     inserting ``award''.

     SEC. 403. FEDERAL TRIO PROGRAMS.

       (a) Program Authority; Authorization of Appropriations.--
     Section 402A (20 U.S.C. 1070a-11) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in paragraph (2)--
       (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking 
     ``4'' and inserting ``5'';
       (ii) by striking subparagraph (A); and
       (iii) by redesignating subparagraphs (B) and (C) as 
     subparagraphs (A) and (B), respectively; and
       (B) by striking paragraph (3) and inserting the following:
       ``(3) Minimum grants.--Unless the institution or agency 
     requests a smaller amount, an individual grant authorized 
     under this chapter shall be awarded in an amount that is not 
     less than $200,000, except that an individual grant 
     authorized under section 402G shall be awarded in an amount 
     that is not less than $170,000.'';
       (2) in subsection (c)--
       (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``service delivery'' and 
     inserting ``high quality service delivery, as determined 
     under subsection (f),'';
       (B) in paragraph (3)(B), by striking ``is not required to'' 
     and inserting ``shall not''; and
       (C) in paragraph (5), by striking ``campuses'' and 
     inserting ``different campuses'';
       (3) in subsection (e), by striking ``(g)(2)'' each place 
     the term occurs and inserting ``(h)(4)'';
       (4) by redesignating subsections (f) and (g) as subsections 
     (g) and (h), respectively;
       (5) by inserting after subsection (e) the following:
       ``(f) Outcome Criteria.--
       ``(1) Use for prior experience determination.--The 
     Secretary shall use the outcome criteria described in 
     paragraphs (2) and (3) to evaluate the programs provided by a 
     recipient of a grant under this chapter, and the Secretary 
     shall determine an eligible entity's prior experience of high 
     quality service delivery, as required under subsection 
     (c)(2), based on the outcome criteria.
       ``(2) Disaggregation of relevant data.--The outcome 
     criteria under this subsection shall be disaggregated by low-
     income students, first generation college students, and 
     individuals with disabilities, in the schools and 
     institutions of higher education served by the program to be 
     evaluated.
       ``(3) Contents of outcome criteria.--The outcome criteria 
     under this subsection shall measure, annually and for longer 
     periods, the quality and effectiveness of programs authorized 
     under this chapter and shall include the following:
       ``(A) For programs authorized under section 402B, the 
     extent to which the eligible entity met or exceeded the 
     entity's objectives established in the entity's application 
     for such program regarding--
       ``(i) the delivery of service to a total number of students 
     served by the program;
       ``(ii) the continued secondary school enrollment of such 
     students;
       ``(iii) the graduation of such students from secondary 
     school;
       ``(iv) the enrollment of such students in an institution of 
     higher education; and
       ``(v) to the extent practicable, the postsecondary 
     education completion of such students.
       ``(B) For programs authorized under section 402C, the 
     extent to which the eligible entity met or exceeded the 
     entity's objectives for such program regarding--
       ``(i) the delivery of service to a total number of students 
     served by the program, as agreed upon by the entity and the 
     Secretary for the period;
       ``(ii) such students' school performance, as measured by 
     the grade point average, or its equivalent;
       ``(iii) such students' academic performance, as measured by 
     standardized tests, including tests required by the students' 
     State;
       ``(iv) the retention in, and graduation from, secondary 
     school of such students; and
       ``(v) the enrollment of such students in an institution of 
     higher education.
       ``(C) For programs authorized under section 402D--
       ``(i) the extent to which the eligible entity met or 
     exceeded the entity's objectives regarding the retention in 
     postsecondary education of the students served by the 
     program;

[[Page 16734]]

       ``(ii)(I) in the case of an entity that is an institution 
     of higher education offering a baccalaureate degree, the 
     extent to which the entity met or exceeded the entity's 
     objectives regarding such students' completion of the degree 
     programs in which such students were enrolled; or
       ``(II) in the case of an entity that is an institution of 
     higher education that does not offer a baccalaureate degree, 
     the extent to which the entity met or exceeded the entity's 
     objectives regarding--

       ``(aa) the completion of a degree or certificate by such 
     students; and
       ``(bb) the transfer of such students to institutions of 
     higher education that offer baccalaureate degrees;

       ``(iii) the extent to which the entity met or exceeded the 
     entity's objectives regarding the delivery of service to a 
     total number of students, as agreed upon by the entity and 
     the Secretary for the period; and
       ``(iv) the extent to which the entity met or exceeded the 
     entity's objectives regarding such students remaining in good 
     academic standing.
       ``(D) For programs authorized under section 402E, the 
     extent to which the entity met or exceeded the entity's 
     objectives for such program regarding--
       ``(i) the delivery of service to a total number of 
     students, as agreed upon by the entity and the Secretary for 
     the period;
       ``(ii) the provision of appropriate scholarly and research 
     activities for the students served by the program;
       ``(iii) the acceptance and enrollment of such students in 
     graduate programs; and
       ``(iv) the continued enrollment of such students in 
     graduate study and the attainment of doctoral degrees by 
     former program participants.
       ``(E) For programs authorized under section 402F, the 
     extent to which the entity met or exceeded the entity's 
     objectives for such program regarding--
       ``(i) the enrollment of students without a secondary school 
     diploma or its recognized equivalent, who were served by the 
     program, in programs leading to such diploma or equivalent;
       ``(ii) the enrollment of secondary school graduates who 
     were served by the program in programs of postsecondary 
     education;
       ``(iii) the delivery of service to a total number of 
     students, as agreed upon by the entity and the Secretary for 
     the period; and
       ``(iv) the provision of assistance to students served by 
     the program in completing financial aid applications and 
     college admission applications.
       ``(4) Measurement of progress.--In order to determine the 
     extent to which an outcome criterion described in paragraphs 
     (2) or (3) is met or exceeded, an eligible entity receiving 
     assistance under this chapter shall compare the eligible 
     entity's target for the criterion, as established in the 
     eligible entity's application, with the results for the 
     criterion, measured as of the last day of the applicable time 
     period for the determination.'';
       (6) in subsection (g) (as redesignated by paragraph (4))--
       (A) in the first sentence, by striking ``$700,000,000 for 
     fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows through the period 
     and inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
     2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''; and
       (B) by striking the fourth sentence; and
       (7) in subsection (h) (as redesignated by paragraph (4))--
       (A) by redesignating paragraphs (1) through (4) as 
     paragraphs (3) through (6), respectively;
       (B) by inserting before paragraph (3) (as redesignated by 
     subparagraph (A)) the following:
       ``(1) Different campus.--The term `different campus' means 
     a site of an institution of higher education that--
       ``(A) is geographically apart from the main campus of the 
     institution;
       ``(B) is permanent in nature; and
       ``(C) offers courses in educational programs leading to a 
     degree, certificate, or other recognized educational 
     credential.
       ``(2) Different population.--The term `different 
     population' means a group of individuals, with respect to 
     whom an eligible entity desires to serve through an 
     application for a grant under this chapter, that--
       ``(A) is separate and distinct from any other population 
     that the entity has applied for a grant under this chapter to 
     serve; or
       ``(B) while sharing some of the same needs as another 
     population that the eligible entity has applied for a grant 
     under this chapter to serve, has distinct needs for 
     specialized services.'';
       (C) in paragraph (5) (as redesignated by subparagraph 
     (A))--
       (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``or'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking the period at the end 
     and inserting ``; or''; and
       (iii) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(C) was a member of a reserve component of the Armed 
     Forces called to active duty for a period of more than 180 
     days.''; and
       (D) in paragraph (6), by striking ``subparagraph (A) or (B) 
     of paragraph (3)'' and inserting ``subparagraph (A), (B), or 
     (C) of paragraph (5)''.
       (b) Talent Search.--Section 402B (20 U.S.C. 1070a-12) is 
     amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``to identify qualified 
     youths with potential for education at the postsecondary 
     level and to encourage such youths'' and inserting ``to 
     encourage eligible youths'';
       (B) in paragraph (2), by inserting ``, and facilitate the 
     application for,'' after ``the availability of''; and
       (C) in paragraph (3), by striking ``, but who have the 
     ability to complete such programs, to reenter'' and inserting 
     ``to enter or reenter, and complete'';
       (2) by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (d);
       (3) by striking subsection (b) and inserting the following:
       ``(b) Required Services.--Any project assisted under this 
     section shall provide--
       ``(1) academic tutoring, or connections to high quality 
     academic tutoring services, to enable students to complete 
     secondary or postsecondary courses, which may include 
     instruction in reading, writing, study skills, mathematics, 
     science, and other subjects;
       ``(2) advice and assistance in secondary course selection 
     and, if applicable, initial postsecondary course selection;
       ``(3) assistance in preparing for college entrance 
     examinations and completing college admission applications;
       ``(4)(A) information on both the full range of Federal 
     student financial aid programs (including Federal Pell Grant 
     awards and loan forgiveness) and resources for locating 
     public and private scholarships; and
       ``(B) assistance in completing financial aid applications, 
     including the Free Application for Federal Student Aid 
     described in section 483(a);
       ``(5) guidance on and assistance in--
       ``(A) secondary school reentry;
       ``(B) alternative education programs for secondary school 
     dropouts that lead to the receipt of a regular secondary 
     school diploma;
       ``(C) entry into general educational development (GED) 
     programs; or
       ``(D) postsecondary education; and
       ``(6) education or counseling services designed to improve 
     the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or 
     the students' parents, including financial planning for 
     postsecondary education.
       ``(c) Permissible Services.--Any project assisted under 
     this section may provide services such as--
       ``(1) personal and career counseling or activities;
       ``(2) information and activities designed to acquaint 
     youths with the range of career options available to the 
     youths;
       ``(3) exposure to the campuses of institutions of higher 
     education, as well as cultural events, academic programs, and 
     other sites or activities not usually available to 
     disadvantaged youth;
       ``(4) workshops and counseling for families of students 
     served;
       ``(5) mentoring programs involving elementary or secondary 
     school teachers or counselors, faculty members at 
     institutions of higher education, students, or any 
     combination of such persons; and
       ``(6) programs and activities as described in subsection 
     (b) or paragraphs (1) through (5) of this subsection that are 
     specially designed for students who are limited English 
     proficient, students with disabilities, students who are 
     homeless children and youths (as such term is defined in 
     section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 
     U.S.C. 11434a)), or students who are in foster care or are 
     aging out of the foster care system.''; and
       (4) in the matter preceding paragraph (1) of subsection (d) 
     (as redesignated by paragraph (2)), by striking ``talent 
     search projects under this chapter'' and inserting ``projects 
     under this section''.
       (c) Upward Bound.--Section 402C (20 U.S.C. 1070a-13) is 
     amended--
       (1) by striking subsection (b) and inserting the following:
       ``(b) Required Services.--Any project assisted under this 
     section shall provide--
       ``(1) academic tutoring to enable students to complete 
     secondary or postsecondary courses, which may include 
     instruction in reading, writing, study skills, mathematics, 
     science, and other subjects;
       ``(2) advice and assistance in secondary and postsecondary 
     course selection;
       ``(3) assistance in preparing for college entrance 
     examinations and completing college admission applications;
       ``(4)(A) information on both the full range of Federal 
     student financial aid programs (including Federal Pell Grant 
     awards and loan forgiveness) and resources for locating 
     public and private scholarships; and
       ``(B) assistance in completing financial aid applications, 
     including the Free Application for Federal Student Aid 
     described in section 483(a);
       ``(5) guidance on and assistance in--
       ``(A) secondary school reentry;
       ``(B) alternative education programs for secondary school 
     dropouts that lead to the receipt of a regular secondary 
     school diploma;
       ``(C) entry into general educational development (GED) 
     programs; or
       ``(D) postsecondary education; and
       ``(6) education or counseling services designed to improve 
     the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or 
     the students' parents, including financial planning for 
     postsecondary education.'';

[[Page 16735]]

       (2) in subsection (c)--
       (A) in the subsection heading, by striking ``Required 
     Services'' and inserting ``Additional Required Services for 
     Multiple-Year Grant Recipients''; and
       (B) by striking ``upward bound project assisted under this 
     chapter'' and inserting ``project assisted under this 
     section'';
       (3) by redesignating subsections (d) and (e) as subsections 
     (f) and (g), respectively;
       (4) by inserting after subsection (c) the following:
       ``(d) Permissible Services.--Any project assisted under 
     this section may provide such services as--
       ``(1) exposure to cultural events, academic programs, and 
     other activities not usually available to disadvantaged 
     youth;
       ``(2) information, activities and instruction designed to 
     acquaint youths participating in the project with the range 
     of career options available to the youths;
       ``(3) on-campus residential programs;
       ``(4) mentoring programs involving elementary school or 
     secondary school teachers or counselors, faculty members at 
     institutions of higher education, students, or any 
     combination of such persons;
       ``(5) work-study positions where youth participating in the 
     project are exposed to careers requiring a postsecondary 
     degree;
       ``(6) special services to enable veterans to make the 
     transition to postsecondary education; and
       ``(7) programs and activities as described in subsection 
     (b), subsection (c), or paragraphs (1) through (6) of this 
     subsection that are specially designed for students who are 
     limited English proficient, students with disabilities, 
     students who are homeless children and youths (as such term 
     is defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
     Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a)), or students who are in 
     foster care or are aging out of the foster care system.
       ``(e) Priority.--In providing assistance under this section 
     the Secretary--
       ``(1) shall give priority to projects assisted under this 
     section that select not less than 30 percent of all first-
     time participants in the projects from students who have a 
     high academic risk for failure; and
       ``(2) shall not deny participation in a project assisted 
     under this section to a student because the student will 
     enter the project after the 9th grade.'';
       (5) in the matter preceding paragraph (1) of subsection (f) 
     (as redesignated by paragraph (3)), by striking ``upward 
     bound projects under this chapter'' and inserting ``projects 
     under this section''; and
       (6) in subsection (g) (as redesignated by paragraph (3))--
       (A) by striking ``during June, July, and August'' each 
     place the term occurs and inserting ``during the summer 
     school recess, for a period not to exceed 3 months''; and
       (B) by striking ``(b)(10)'' and inserting ``(d)(5)''.
       (7) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(h) Additional Funds.--
       ``(1) Authorization.--There are authorized to be 
     appropriated for the upward bound program under this chapter, 
     in addition to any amounts appropriated under section 
     402A(g), $57,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2008 
     through 2011 for the Secretary to carry out paragraph (2), 
     except that any amounts that remain unexpended for such 
     purpose for each of such fiscal years may be available for 
     technical assistance and administration costs for the upward 
     bound program under this chapter.
       ``(2) Use of funds.--
       ``(A) In general.--The amounts made available by paragraph 
     (1) for a fiscal year shall be available to provide 
     assistance to applicants for an upward bound project under 
     this chapter for such fiscal year that--
       ``(i) did not apply for assistance, or applied but did not 
     receive assistance, under this section in fiscal year 2007; 
     and
       ``(ii) receive a grant score above 70 on the applicant's 
     application.
       ``(B) 4-year grants.--The assistance described in 
     subparagraph (A) shall be made available in the form of 4-
     year grants.''.
       (d) Student Support Services.--Section 402D (20 U.S.C. 
     1070a-14) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (B) by striking paragraph (3) and inserting the following:
       ``(3) to foster an institutional climate supportive of the 
     success of low-income and first generation college students, 
     students with disabilities, students who are limited English 
     proficient, students who are homeless children and youths (as 
     such term is defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento 
     Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a)), and students who 
     are in foster care or are aging out of the foster care 
     system.''; and
       (C) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(4) to improve the financial literacy and economic 
     literacy of students, including--
       ``(A) basic personal income, household money management, 
     and financial planning skills; and
       ``(B) basic economic decisionmaking skills.'';
       (2) by redesignating subsections (c) and (d) as subsections 
     (d) and (e);
       (3) by striking subsection (b) and inserting the following:
       ``(b) Required Services.--A project assisted under this 
     section shall provide--
       ``(1) academic tutoring to enable students to complete 
     postsecondary courses, which may include instruction in 
     reading, writing, study skills, mathematics, science, and 
     other subjects;
       ``(2) advice and assistance in postsecondary course 
     selection;
       ``(3)(A) information on both the full range of Federal 
     student financial aid programs (including Federal Pell Grant 
     awards and loan forgiveness) and resources for locating 
     public and private scholarships; and
       ``(B) assistance in completing financial aid applications, 
     including the Free Application for Federal Student Aid 
     described in section 483(a);
       ``(4) education or counseling services designed to improve 
     the financial literacy and economic literacy of students, 
     including financial planning for postsecondary education;
       ``(5) activities designed to assist students participating 
     in the project in securing college admission and financial 
     assistance for enrollment in graduate and professional 
     programs; and
       ``(6) activities designed to assist students enrolled in 2-
     year institutions of higher education in securing admission 
     and financial assistance for enrollment in a 4-year program 
     of postsecondary education.
       ``(c) Permissible Services.--A project assisted under this 
     section may provide services such as--
       ``(1) consistent, individualized personal, career, and 
     academic counseling, provided by assigned counselors;
       ``(2) information, activities, and instruction designed to 
     acquaint youths participating in the project with the range 
     of career options available to the students;
       ``(3) exposure to cultural events and academic programs not 
     usually available to disadvantaged students;
       ``(4) activities designed to acquaint students 
     participating in the project with the range of career options 
     available to the students;
       ``(5) mentoring programs involving faculty or upper class 
     students, or a combination thereof;
       ``(6) securing temporary housing during breaks in the 
     academic year for students who are homeless children and 
     youths (as such term is defined in section 725 of the 
     McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a)) or 
     were formerly homeless children and youths and students who 
     are in foster care or are aging out of the foster care 
     system; and
       ``(7) programs and activities as described in subsection 
     (b) or paragraphs (1) through (5) of this subsection that are 
     specially designed for students who are limited English 
     proficient, students with disabilities, students who are 
     homeless children and youths (as such term is defined in 
     section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 
     U.S.C. 11434a)) or were formerly homeless children and 
     youths, or students who are in foster care or are aging out 
     of the foster care system.'';
       (4) in subsection (d)(1) (as redesignated by paragraph 
     (2)), by striking ``subsection (b)'' and inserting 
     ``subsection (c)''; and
       (5) in the matter preceding paragraph (1) of subsection (e) 
     (as redesignated by paragraph (2)), by striking ``student 
     support services projects under this chapter'' and inserting 
     ``projects under this section''.
       (e) Postbaccalaureate Achievement Program Authority.--
     Section 402E (20 U.S.C. 1070a-15) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in the subsection heading, by inserting ``Required'' 
     before ``Services'';
       (B) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking ``A 
     postbaccalaureate achievement project assisted under this 
     section may provide services such as--'' and inserting ``A 
     project assisted under this section shall provide--'';
       (C) in paragraph (5), by inserting ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (D) in paragraph (6), by striking the semicolon and 
     inserting a period; and
       (E) by striking paragraphs (7) and (8);
       (2) by redesignating subsections (c) through (f) as 
     subsections (d) through (g), respectively;
       (3) by inserting after subsection (b) the following:
       ``(c) Permissible Services.--A project assisted under this 
     section may provide services such as--
       ``(1) education or counseling services designed to improve 
     the financial literacy and economic literacy of students, 
     including financial planning for postsecondary education;
       ``(2) mentoring programs involving faculty members at 
     institutions of higher education, students, or any 
     combination of such persons; and
       ``(3) exposure to cultural events and academic programs not 
     usually available to disadvantaged students.'';
       (4) in the matter preceding paragraph (1) of subsection (d) 
     (as redesignated by paragraph (2)), by striking 
     ``postbaccalaureate achievement'';
       (5) in the matter preceding paragraph (1) of subsection (f) 
     (as redesignated by paragraph (2)), by striking 
     ``postbaccalaureate achievement project'' and inserting 
     ``project under this section''; and

[[Page 16736]]

       (6) in subsection (g) (as redesignated by paragraph (2))--
       (A) by striking ``402A(f)'' and inserting ``402A(g)''; and
       (B) by striking ``1993 through 1997'' and inserting ``2007 
     through 2012''.
       (f) Educational Opportunity Centers.--Section 402F (20 
     U.S.C. 1070a-16) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (B) in paragraph (2), by striking the period at the end and 
     inserting ``; and''; and
       (C) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(3) to improve the financial literacy and economic 
     literacy of students, including--
       ``(A) basic personal income, household money management, 
     and financial planning skills; and
       ``(B) basic economic decisionmaking skills.''; and
       (2) in subsection (b)--
       (A) by redesignating paragraphs (5) through (10) as 
     paragraphs (6) through (11), respectively;
       (B) by inserting after paragraph (4) the following:
       ``(5) education or counseling services designed to improve 
     the financial literacy and economic literacy of students;'';
       (C) by striking paragraph (7) (as redesignated by 
     subparagraph (A)) and inserting the following:
       ``(7) individualized personal, career, and academic 
     counseling;''; and
       (D) by striking paragraph (11) (as redesignated by 
     subparagraph (A)) and inserting the following:
       ``(11) programs and activities as described in paragraphs 
     (1) through (10) that are specially designed for students who 
     are limited English proficient, students with disabilities, 
     or students who are homeless children and youths (as such 
     term is defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
     Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a)), or programs and 
     activities for students who are in foster care or are aging 
     out of the foster care system.''.
       (g) Staff Development Activities.--Section 402G(b)(3) (20 
     U.S.C. 1070a-17(b)(3)) is amended by inserting ``, including 
     strategies for recruiting and serving students who are 
     homeless children and youths (as such term is defined in 
     section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 
     U.S.C. 11434a)) and students who are in foster care or are 
     aging out of the foster care system'' before the period at 
     the end.
       (h) Reports, Evaluations, and Grants for Project 
     Improvement and Dissemination.--Section 402H (20 U.S.C. 
     1070a-18) is amended--
       (1) by striking the section heading and inserting 
     ``REPORTS, EVALUATIONS, AND GRANTS FOR PROJECT IMPROVEMENT 
     AND DISSEMINATION.'';
       (2) by redesignating subsections (a) through (c) as 
     subsections (b) through (d), respectively;
       (3) by inserting before subsection (b) (as redesignated by 
     paragraph (2)) the following:
       ``(a) Reports to the Authorizing Committees.--The Secretary 
     shall submit annually, to the authorizing committees, a 
     report that documents the performance of all programs funded 
     under this chapter. The report shall--
       ``(1) be submitted not later than 24 months after the 
     eligible entities receiving funds under this chapter are 
     required to report their performance to the Secretary;
       ``(2) focus on the programs' performance on the relevant 
     outcome criteria determined under section 402A(f)(4);
       ``(3) aggregate individual project performance data on the 
     outcome criteria in order to provide national performance 
     data for each program;
       ``(4) include, when appropriate, descriptive data, multi-
     year data, and multi-cohort data; and
       ``(5) include comparable data on the performance nationally 
     of low-income students, first-generation students, and 
     students with disabilities.''; and
       (4) in subsection (b) (as redesignated by paragraph (2)), 
     by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
       ``(2) Practices.--
       ``(A) In general.--The evaluations described in paragraph 
     (1) shall identify institutional, community, and program or 
     project practices that are particularly effective in--
       ``(i) enhancing the access of low-income individuals and 
     first-generation college students to postsecondary education;
       ``(ii) the preparation of the individuals and students for 
     postsecondary education; and
       ``(iii) fostering the success of the individuals and 
     students in postsecondary education.
       ``(B) Primary purpose.--Any evaluation conducted under this 
     chapter shall have as its primary purpose the identification 
     of particular practices that further the achievement of the 
     outcome criteria determined under section 402A(f)(4).
       ``(C) Dissemination and use of evaluation findings.--The 
     Secretary shall disseminate to eligible entities and make 
     available to the public the practices identified under 
     subparagraph (B). The practices may be used by eligible 
     entities that receive assistance under this chapter after the 
     dissemination.
       ``(3) Recruitment.--The Secretary shall not require an 
     eligible entity desiring to receive assistance under this 
     chapter to recruit students to serve as a control group for 
     purposes of evaluating any program or project assisted under 
     this chapter.''.
       (i) Additional Amendment to Postbaccalaureate Achievement 
     Program.--Section 402E(d)(2) (as redesignated by subsection 
     (e)(2)) (20 U.S.C. 1070a-15(d)(2)) is further amended by 
     inserting ``, including Native Hawaiians, as defined in 
     section 7207 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 
     1965, and Pacific Islanders'' after ``graduate education''.

     SEC. 404. GAINING EARLY AWARENESS AND READINESS FOR 
                   UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS.

       (a) Early Intervention and College Awareness Program 
     Authorized.--Section 404A (20 U.S.C. 1070a-21) is amended--
       (1) by striking subsection (a) and inserting the following:
       ``(a) Program Authorized.--The Secretary is authorized, in 
     accordance with the requirements of this chapter, to 
     establish a program that encourages eligible entities to 
     provide support to eligible low-income students to assist the 
     students in obtaining a secondary school diploma (or its 
     recognized equivalent) and to prepare for and succeed in 
     postsecondary education, by providing--
       ``(1) financial assistance, academic support, additional 
     counseling, mentoring, outreach, and supportive services to 
     middle school and secondary school students to reduce--
       ``(A) the risk of such students dropping out of school; or
       ``(B) the need for remedial education for such students at 
     the postsecondary level; and
       ``(2) information to students and their parents about the 
     advantages of obtaining a postsecondary education and the 
     college financing options for the students and their 
     parents.'';
       (2) by striking subsection (b)(2)(A) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(A) give priority to eligible entities that have a prior, 
     demonstrated commitment to early intervention leading to 
     college access through collaboration and replication of 
     successful strategies;''; and
       (3) in subsection (b), by adding at the end the following:
       ``(3) Carry over.--An eligible entity that receives a grant 
     under this chapter may carry over any unspent grant funds 
     from the final year of the grant period into the following 
     year.'';
       (4) by striking subsection (c)(2) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(2) a partnership--
       ``(A) consisting of--
       ``(i) 1 or more local educational agencies; and
       ``(ii) 1 or more degree granting institutions of higher 
     education; and
       ``(B) which may include not less than 2 other community 
     organizations or entities, such as businesses, professional 
     organizations, State agencies, institutions or agencies 
     sponsoring programs authorized under subpart 4, or other 
     public or private agencies or organizations.''.
       (b) Requirements.--Section 404B (20 U.S.C. 1070a-22) is 
     amended--
       (1) by striking subsection (a) and inserting the following: 
     --
       ``(a) Funding Rules.--
       ``(1) Distribution.--In awarding grants from the amount 
     appropriated under section 404G for a fiscal year, the 
     Secretary shall take into consideration--
       ``(A) the geographic distribution of such awards; and
       ``(B) the distribution of such awards between urban and 
     rural applicants.
       ``(2) Special rule.--The Secretary shall annually 
     reevaluate the distribution of funds described in paragraph 
     (1) based on number, quality, and promise of the 
     applications.'';
       (2) by striking subsections (b), (e), and (f);
       (3) by redesignating subsections (c), (d), and (g) as 
     subsections (b), (c), and (d), respectively; and
       (4) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(e) Supplement, Not Supplant.--Grant funds awarded under 
     this chapter shall be used to supplement, and not supplant, 
     other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be 
     expended to carry out activities assisted under this 
     chapter.''.
       (c) Application.--Section 404C (20 U.S.C. 1070a-23) is 
     amended--
       (1) in the section heading, by striking ``ELIGIBLE ENTITY 
     PLANS'' and inserting ``APPLICATIONS'';
       (2) in subsection (a)--
       (A) in the subsection heading, by striking ``Plan'' and 
     inserting ``Application'';
       (B) in paragraph (1)--
       (i) by striking ``a plan'' and inserting ``an 
     application''; and
       (ii) by striking the second sentence; and
       (C) by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
       ``(2) Contents.--Each application submitted pursuant to 
     paragraph (1) shall be in such form, contain or be 
     accompanied by such information or assurances, and be 
     submitted at such time as the Secretary may require. Each 
     such application shall, at a minimum--
       ``(A) describe the activities for which assistance under 
     this chapter is sought, including how the eligible entity 
     will carry out the

[[Page 16737]]

     required activities described in section 404D(a);
       ``(B) describe how the eligible agency will meet the 
     requirements of section 404E;
       ``(C) provide assurances that adequate administrative and 
     support staff will be responsible for coordinating the 
     activities described in section 404D;
       ``(D) ensure that activities assisted under this chapter 
     will not displace an employee or eliminate a position at a 
     school assisted under this chapter, including a partial 
     displacement such as a reduction in hours, wages or 
     employment benefits;
       ``(E) describe, in the case of an eligible entity described 
     in section 404A(c)(2), how the eligible entity will define 
     the cohorts of the students served by the eligible entity 
     pursuant to section 404B(d), and how the eligible entity will 
     serve the cohorts through grade 12, including--
       ``(i) how vacancies in the program under this chapter will 
     be filled; and
       ``(ii) how the eligible entity will serve students 
     attending different secondary schools;
       ``(F) describe how the eligible entity will coordinate 
     programs with other existing Federal, State, or local 
     programs to avoid duplication and maximize the number of 
     students served;
       ``(G) provide such additional assurances as the Secretary 
     determines necessary to ensure compliance with the 
     requirements of this chapter; and
       ``(H) provide information about the activities that will be 
     carried out by the eligible entity to support systemic 
     changes from which future cohorts of students will 
     benefit.'';
       (3) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) of subsection 
     (b)(1)--
       (A) by striking ``a plan'' and inserting ``an 
     application''; and
       (B) by striking ``such plan'' and inserting ``such 
     application''; and
       (4) in subsection (c)(1), by striking ``paid to students 
     from State, local, institutional, or private funds under this 
     chapter'' and inserting ``obligated to students from State, 
     local, institutional, or private funds under this chapter, 
     including pre-existing non-Federal financial assistance 
     programs,'';
       (5) in subsection (c)(1), by striking the semicolon at the 
     end and inserting ``including--
       ``(A) the amount contributed to a student scholarship fund 
     established under section 404E; and
       ``(B) the amount of the costs of administering the 
     scholarship program under section 404E;''.
       (6) in subsection (c)--
       (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (B) in paragraph (3), by striking the period at the end and 
     inserting ``; and''; and
       (C) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(4) other resources recognized by the Secretary, 
     including equipment and supplies, cash contributions from 
     non-Federal sources, transportation expenses, in-kind or 
     discounted program services, indirect costs, and facility 
     usage.''.
       (d) Activities.--Section 404D (20 U.S.C. 1070a-24) is 
     amended to read as follows:

     ``SEC. 404D. ACTIVITIES.

       ``(a) Required Activities.--Each eligible entity receiving 
     a grant under this chapter shall carry out the following:
       ``(1) Provide information regarding financial aid for 
     postsecondary education to participating students in the 
     cohort described in subsection 404B(d)(1)(A).
       ``(2) Encourage student enrollment in rigorous and 
     challenging curricula and coursework, in order to reduce the 
     need for remedial coursework at the postsecondary level.
       ``(3) Support activities designed to improve the number of 
     participating students who--
       ``(A) obtain a secondary school diploma; and
       ``(B) complete applications for and enroll in a program of 
     postsecondary education.
       ``(4) In the case of an eligible entity described in 
     section 404A(c)(1), provide for the scholarships described in 
     section 404E.
       ``(b) Optional Activities for States and Partnerships.--An 
     eligible entity that receives a grant under this chapter may 
     use grant funds to carry out 1 or more of the following 
     activities:
       ``(1) Providing tutoring and supporting mentors, including 
     adults or former participants of a program under this 
     chapter, for eligible students.
       ``(2) Conducting outreach activities to recruit priority 
     students described in subsection (d) to participate in 
     program activities.
       ``(3) Providing supportive services to eligible students.
       ``(4) Supporting the development or implementation of 
     rigorous academic curricula, which may include college 
     preparatory, Advanced Placement, or International 
     Baccalaureate programs, and providing participating students 
     access to rigorous core courses that reflect challenging 
     State academic standards.
       ``(5) Supporting dual or concurrent enrollment programs 
     between the secondary school and institution of higher 
     education partners of an eligible entity described in section 
     404A(c)(2), and other activities that support participating 
     students in--
       ``(A) meeting challenging academic standards;
       ``(B) successfully applying for postsecondary education;
       ``(C) successfully applying for student financial aid; and
       ``(D) developing graduation and career plans.
       ``(6) Providing support for scholarships described in 
     section 404E.
       ``(7) Introducing eligible students to institutions of 
     higher education, through trips and school-based sessions.
       ``(8) Providing an intensive extended school day, school 
     year, or summer program that offers--
       ``(A) additional academic classes; or
       ``(B) assistance with college admission applications.
       ``(9) Providing other activities designed to ensure 
     secondary school completion and postsecondary education 
     enrollment of at-risk children, such as--
       ``(A) the identification of at-risk children;
       ``(B) after-school and summer tutoring;
       ``(C) assistance to at-risk children in obtaining summer 
     jobs;
       ``(D) academic counseling;
       ``(E) volunteer and parent involvement;
       ``(F) encouraging former or current participants of a 
     program under this chapter to serve as peer counselors;
       ``(G) skills assessments;
       ``(H) personal counseling;
       ``(I) family counseling and home visits;
       ``(J) staff development; and
       ``(K) programs and activities described in this subsection 
     that are specially designed for students who are limited 
     English proficient.
       ``(10) Enabling eligible students to enroll in Advanced 
     Placement or International Baccalaureate courses, or college 
     entrance examination preparation courses.
       ``(11) Providing services to eligible students in the 
     participating cohort described in section 404B(d)(1)(A), 
     through the first year of attendance at an institution of 
     higher education.
       ``(12) Fostering and improving parent and family 
     involvement in elementary and secondary education by 
     promoting the advantages of a college education, and 
     emphasizing academic admission requirements and the need to 
     take college preparation courses, through parent engagement 
     and leadership activities.
       ``(13) Disseminating information that promotes the 
     importance of higher education, explains college preparation 
     and admissions requirements, and raises awareness of the 
     resources and services provided by the eligible entities to 
     eligible students, their families, and communities.
       ``(c) Additional Optional Activities for States.--In 
     addition to the required activities described in subsection 
     (a) and the optional activities described in subsection (b), 
     an eligible entity described in section 404A(c)(1) receiving 
     funds under this chapter may use grant funds to carry out 1 
     or more of the following activities:
       ``(1) Providing technical assistance to--
       ``(A) middle schools or secondary schools that are located 
     within the State; or
       ``(B) partnerships described in section 404A(c)(2) that are 
     located within the State.
       ``(2) Providing professional development opportunities to 
     individuals working with eligible cohorts of students 
     described in section 404B(d)(1)(A).
       ``(3) Providing strategies and activities that align 
     efforts in the State to prepare eligible students for 
     attending and succeeding in postsecondary education, which 
     may include the development of graduation and career plans.
       ``(4) Disseminating information on the use of 
     scientifically based research and best practices to improve 
     services for eligible students.
       ``(5)(A) Disseminating information on effective coursework 
     and support services that assist students in obtaining the 
     goals described in subparagraph (B)(ii).
       ``(B) Identifying and disseminating information on best 
     practices with respect to--
       ``(i) increasing parental involvement; and
       ``(ii) preparing students, including students with 
     disabilities and students who are limited English proficient, 
     to succeed academically in, and prepare financially for, 
     postsecondary education.
       ``(6) Working to align State academic standards and 
     curricula with the expectations of postsecondary institutions 
     and employers.
       ``(7) Developing alternatives to traditional secondary 
     school that give students a head start on attaining a 
     recognized postsecondary credential (including an industry 
     certificate, an apprenticeship, or an associate's or a 
     bachelor's degree), including school designs that give 
     students early exposure to college-level courses and 
     experiences and allow students to earn transferable college 
     credits or an associate's degree at the same time as a 
     secondary school diploma.
       ``(8) Creating community college programs for drop-outs 
     that are personalized drop-out recovery programs that allow 
     drop-outs to complete a regular secondary school diploma and 
     begin college-level work.
       ``(d) Priority Students.--For eligible entities not using a 
     cohort approach, the eligible entity shall treat as priority 
     students any student in middle or secondary school who is 
     eligible--

[[Page 16738]]

       ``(1) to be counted under section 1124(c) of the Elementary 
     and Secondary Education Act of 1965;
       ``(2) for free or reduced price meals under the Richard B. 
     Russell National School Lunch Act;
       ``(3) for assistance under a State program funded under 
     part A or E of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 
     601 et seq., 670 et seq.); or
       ``(4) for assistance under subtitle B of title VII of the 
     McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11431 et 
     seq.).
       ``(e) Allowable Providers.--In the case of eligible 
     entities described in section 404A(c)(1), the activities 
     required by this section may be provided by service providers 
     such as community-based organizations, schools, institutions 
     of higher education, public and private agencies, nonprofit 
     and philanthropic organizations, businesses, institutions and 
     agencies sponsoring programs authorized under subpart 4, and 
     other organizations the State determines appropriate.''.
       (e) Scholarship Component.--Section 404E (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
     25) is amended--
       (1) by striking subsections (e) and (f);
       (2) by redesignating subsections (b), (c), and (d) as 
     subsections (d), (f), and (g), respectively;
       (3) by inserting after subsection (a) the following:
       ``(b) Limitation.--
       ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), each eligible 
     entity described in section 404A(c)(1) that receives a grant 
     under this chapter shall use not less than 25 percent and not 
     more than 50 percent of the grant funds for activities 
     described in section 404D (except for the activity described 
     in subsection (a)(4) of such section), with the remainder of 
     such funds to be used for a scholarship program under this 
     section in accordance with such subsection.
       ``(2) Exception.--Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the 
     Secretary may allow an eligible entity to use more than 50 
     percent of grant funds received under this chapter for such 
     activities, if the eligible entity demonstrates that the 
     eligible entity has another means of providing the students 
     with the financial assistance described in this section and 
     describes such means in the application submitted under 
     section 404C.
       ``(c) Notification of Eligibility.--Each eligible entity 
     providing scholarships under this section shall provide 
     information on the eligibility requirements for the 
     scholarships to all participating students upon the students' 
     entry into the programs assisted under this chapter.'';
       (4) in subsection (d) (as redesignated by paragraph (2)), 
     by striking ``the lesser of'' and all that follows through 
     the period at the end of paragraph (2) and inserting ``the 
     minimum Federal Pell Grant award under section 401 for such 
     award year.'';
       (5) by inserting after subsection (d) (as redesignated by 
     paragraph (2) and amended by paragraph (4)) the following:
       ``(e) Portability of Assistance.--
       ``(1) In general.--Each eligible entity described in 
     section 404A(c)(1) that receives a grant under this chapter 
     shall create or organize a trust for each cohort described in 
     section 404B(d)(1)(A) for which the grant is sought in the 
     application submitted by the entity, which trust shall be an 
     amount that is not less than the minimum scholarship amount 
     described in subsection (d), multiplied by the number of 
     students participating in the cohort.
       ``(2) Requirement for portability.--Funds contributed to 
     the trust for a cohort shall be available to a student in the 
     cohort when the student has--
       ``(A) completed a secondary school diploma, its recognized 
     equivalent, or other recognized alternative standard for 
     individuals with disabilities; and
       ``(B) enrolled in an institution of higher education.
       ``(3) Qualified educational expenses.--Funds available to 
     an eligible student from a trust may be used for--
       ``(A) tuition, fees, books, supplies, and equipment 
     required for the enrollment or attendance of the eligible 
     student at an institution of higher education; and
       ``(B) in the case of an eligible student with special 
     needs, expenses for special needs services which are incurred 
     in connection with such enrollment or attendance.
       ``(4) Return of funds.--
       ``(A) Redistribution.--
       ``(i) In general.--Trust funds that are not used by an 
     eligible student within 6 years of the student's scheduled 
     completion of secondary school may be redistributed by the 
     eligible entity to other eligible students.
       ``(ii) Return of excess to the secretary.--If, after 
     meeting the requirements of paragraph (1) and, if applicable, 
     redistributing excess funds in accordance with clause (i), an 
     eligible entity has funds remaining, the eligible entity 
     shall return excess funds to the Secretary for distribution 
     to other grantees under this chapter.
       ``(B) Nonparticipating entity.--Notwithstanding 
     subparagraph (A), in the case of an eligible entity described 
     in section 404A(c)(1)(A) that does not receive assistance 
     under this subpart for 6 fiscal years, the eligible entity 
     shall return any trust funds not awarded or obligated to 
     eligible students to the Secretary for distribution to other 
     grantees under this chapter.''; and
       (6) in subsection (g) (as redesignated by paragraph (2))--
       (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``1993'' and inserting 
     ``2001''; and
       (B) in paragraph (4), by striking ``early intervention 
     component required under section 404D'' and inserting 
     ``activities required under section 404D(a)''.
       (f) Repeal of 21st Century Scholar Certificates.--Chapter 2 
     of subpart 2 of part A of title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070a-21 et 
     seq.) is further amended--
       (1) by striking section 404F; and
       (2) by redesignating sections 404G and 404H as sections 
     404F and 404G, respectively.
       (g) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 404G (as 
     redesignated by subsection (f)) (20 U.S.C. 1070a-28) is 
     amended by striking ``$200,000,000 for fiscal year 1999'' and 
     all that follows through the period and inserting ``such sums 
     as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 
     succeeding fiscal years.''.
       (h) Conforming Amendments.--Chapter 2 of subpart 2 of part 
     A of title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070a-21 et seq.) is further 
     amended--
       (1) in section 404A(b)(1), by striking ``404H'' and 
     inserting ``404G'';
       (2) in section 404B(a)(1), by striking ``404H'' and 
     inserting ``404G''; and
       (3) in section 404F(c) (as redesignated by subsection 
     (f)(2)), by striking ``404H'' and inserting ``404G''.

     SEC. 405. ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT INCENTIVE SCHOLARSHIPS.

       Chapter 3 of subpart 2 of part A of title IV (20 U.S.C. 
     1070a-31 et seq.) is repealed.

     SEC. 406. FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY 
                   GRANTS.

       (a) Appropriations Authorized.--Section 413A(b)(1) (20 
     U.S.C. 1070b(b)(1)) is amended by striking ``$675,000,000 for 
     fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows through the period 
     and inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
     2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.
       (b) Allocation of Funds.--
       (1) Allocation of funds.--Section 413D (20 U.S.C. 1070b-3) 
     is amended--
       (A) by striking subsection (a)(4); and
       (B) in subsection (c)(3)(D), by striking ``$450'' and 
     inserting ``$600''.
       (2) Technical correction.--Section 413D(a)(1) (20 U.S.C. 
     1070b-3(a)(1)) is amended by striking ``such institution'' 
     and all that follows through the period and inserting ``such 
     institution received under subsections (a) and (b) of this 
     section for fiscal year 1999 (as such subsections were in 
     effect with respect to allocations for such fiscal year).''.

     SEC. 407. LEVERAGING EDUCATIONAL ASSISTANCE PARTNERSHIP 
                   PROGRAM.

       (a) Appropriations Authorized.--Section 415A(b)(1) (20 
     U.S.C. 1070c(b)(1)) is amended to read as follows:
       ``(1) In general.--There are authorized to be appropriated 
     to carry out this subpart such sums as may be necessary for 
     fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal 
     years.''.
       (b) Applications.--Section 415C(b) (20 U.S.C. 1070c-2(b)) 
     is amended--
       (1) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) of paragraph 
     (2), by striking ``not in excess of $5,000 per academic 
     year'' and inserting ``not to exceed the lesser of $12,500 or 
     the student's cost of attendance per academic year''; and
       (2) by striking paragraph (10) and inserting the following:
       ``(10) provides notification to eligible students that such 
     grants are--
       ``(A) Leveraging Educational Assistance Partnership grants; 
     and
       ``(B) funded by the Federal Government, the State, and 
     other contributing partners.''.
       (c) Grants for Access and Persistence.--Section 415E (20 
     U.S.C. 1070c-3a) is amended to read as follows:

     ``SEC. 415E. GRANTS FOR ACCESS AND PERSISTENCE.

       ``(a) Purpose.--It is the purpose of this section to expand 
     college access and increase college persistence by making 
     allotments to States to enable the States to--
       ``(1) expand and enhance partnerships with institutions of 
     higher education, early information and intervention, 
     mentoring, or outreach programs, private corporations, 
     philanthropic organizations, and other interested parties in 
     order to--
       ``(A) carry out activities under this section; and
       ``(B) provide coordination and cohesion among Federal, 
     State, and local governmental and private efforts that 
     provide financial assistance to help low-income students 
     attend an institution of higher education;
       ``(2) provide need-based grants for access and persistence 
     to eligible low-income students;
       ``(3) provide early notification to low-income students of 
     the students' eligibility for financial aid; and
       ``(4) encourage increased participation in early 
     information and intervention, mentoring, or outreach 
     programs.
       ``(b) Allotments to States.--
       ``(1) In general.--
       ``(A) Authorization.--From sums reserved under section 
     415A(b)(2) for each fiscal year, the Secretary shall make an 
     allotment to each State that submits an application for an 
     allotment in accordance with subsection

[[Page 16739]]

     (c) to enable the State to pay the Federal share, as 
     described in paragraph (2), of the cost of carrying out the 
     activities under subsection (d).
       ``(B) Determination of allotment.--In making allotments 
     under subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall consider the 
     following:
       ``(i) Continuation of award.--If a State continues to meet 
     the specifications established in such State's application 
     under subsection (c), the Secretary shall make an allotment 
     to such State that is not less than the allotment made to 
     such State for the previous fiscal year.
       ``(ii) Priority.--The Secretary shall give priority in 
     making allotments to States that meet the requirements 
     described in paragraph (2)(A)(ii).
       ``(2) Federal share.--
       ``(A) In general.--The Federal share under this section 
     shall be determined in accordance with the following:
       ``(i) If a State applies for an allotment under this 
     section in partnership with--

       ``(I) any number of degree granting institutions of higher 
     education in the State whose combined full-time enrollment 
     represents less than a majority of all students attending 
     institutions of higher education in the State; and
       ``(II)(aa) philanthropic organizations that are located in, 
     or that provide funding in, the State; or
       ``(bb) private corporations that are located in, or that do 
     business in, the State,

     then the Federal share of the cost of carrying out the 
     activities under subsection (d) shall be equal to 50 percent.
       ``(ii) If a State applies for an allotment under this 
     section in partnership with--

       ``(I) any number of degree granting institutions of higher 
     education in the State whose combined full-time enrollment 
     represents a majority of all students attending institutions 
     of higher education in the State; and
       ``(II)(aa) philanthropic organizations that are located in, 
     or that provide funding in, the State; or
       ``(bb) private corporations that are located in, or that do 
     business in, the State,

     then the Federal share of the cost of carrying out the 
     activities under subsection (d) shall be equal to 57 percent.
       ``(B) Non-federal share.--
       ``(i) In general.--The non-Federal share under this section 
     may be provided in cash or in kind, fully evaluated and in 
     accordance with this subparagraph.
       ``(ii) In kind contribution.--For the purpose of 
     calculating the non-Federal share under this section, an in 
     kind contribution is a non-cash award that has monetary 
     value, such as provision of room and board and transportation 
     passes, and that helps a student meet the cost of attendance.
       ``(iii) Effect on need analysis.--For the purpose of 
     calculating a student's need in accordance with part F of 
     this title, an in-kind contribution described in clause (ii) 
     shall not be considered an asset or income.
       ``(c) Application for Allotment.--
       ``(1) In general.--
       ``(A) Submission.--A State that desires to receive an 
     allotment under this section on behalf of a partnership 
     described in paragraph (3) shall submit an application to the 
     Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such 
     information as the Secretary may require.
       ``(B) Content.--An application submitted under subparagraph 
     (A) shall include the following:
       ``(i) A description of the State's plan for using the 
     allotted funds.
       ``(ii) Assurances that the State will provide the non-
     Federal share from State, institutional, philanthropic, or 
     private funds, of not less than the required share of the 
     cost of carrying out the activities under subsection (d), as 
     determined under subsection (b), in accordance with the 
     following:

       ``(I) The State shall specify the methods by which non-
     Federal share funds will be paid, and include provisions 
     designed to ensure that funds provided under this section 
     will be used to supplement, and not supplant, Federal and 
     non-Federal funds available for carrying out the activities 
     under this title.
       ``(II) A State that uses non-Federal funds to create or 
     expand existing partnerships with nonprofit organizations or 
     community-based organizations in which such organizations 
     match State funds for student scholarships, may apply such 
     matching funds from such organizations toward fulfilling the 
     State's non-Federal share obligation under this clause.

       ``(iii) Assurances that early information and intervention, 
     mentoring, or outreach programs exist within the State or 
     that there is a plan to make such programs widely available.
       ``(iv) A description of the organizational structure that 
     the State has in place to administer the activities under 
     subsection (d), including a description of the system the 
     State will use to track the participation of students who 
     receive grants under this section to degree completion.
       ``(v) Assurances that the State has a method in place, such 
     as acceptance of the automatic zero expected family 
     contribution determination described in section 479, to 
     identify eligible low-income students and award State grant 
     aid to such students.
       ``(vi) Assurances that the State will provide notification 
     to eligible low-income students that grants under this 
     section are--

       ``(I) Leveraging Educational Assistance Partnership Grants; 
     and
       ``(II) funded by the Federal Government, the State, and 
     other contributing partners.

       ``(2) State agency.--The State agency that submits an 
     application for a State under section 415C(a) shall be the 
     same State agency that submits an application under paragraph 
     (1) for such State.
       ``(3) Partnership.--In applying for an allotment under this 
     section, the State agency shall apply for the allotment in 
     partnership with--
       ``(A) not less than 1 public and 1 private degree granting 
     institution of higher education that are located in the 
     State, if applicable;
       ``(B) new or existing early information and intervention, 
     mentoring, or outreach programs located in the State; and
       ``(C) not less than 1--
       ``(i) philanthropic organization located in, or that 
     provides funding in, the State; or
       ``(ii) private corporation located in, or that does 
     business in, the State.
       ``(4) Roles of partners.--
       ``(A) State agency.--A State agency that is in a 
     partnership receiving an allotment under this section--
       ``(i) shall--

       ``(I) serve as the primary administrative unit for the 
     partnership;
       ``(II) provide or coordinate non-Federal share funds, and 
     coordinate activities among partners;
       ``(III) encourage each institution of higher education in 
     the State to participate in the partnership;
       ``(IV) make determinations and early notifications of 
     assistance as described under subsection (d)(2); and
       ``(V) annually report to the Secretary on the partnership's 
     progress in meeting the purpose of this section; and

       ``(ii) may provide early information and intervention, 
     mentoring, or outreach programs.
       ``(B) Degree granting institutions of higher education.--A 
     degree granting institution of higher education that is in a 
     partnership receiving an allotment under this section--
       ``(i) shall--

       ``(I) recruit and admit participating qualified students 
     and provide such additional institutional grant aid to 
     participating students as agreed to with the State agency;
       ``(II) provide support services to students who receive 
     grants for access and persistence under this section and are 
     enrolled at such institution; and
       ``(III) assist the State in the identification of eligible 
     students and the dissemination of early notifications of 
     assistance as agreed to with the State agency; and

       ``(ii) may provide funding for early information and 
     intervention, mentoring, or outreach programs or provide such 
     services directly.
       ``(C) Programs.--An early information and intervention, 
     mentoring, or outreach program that is in a partnership 
     receiving an allotment under this section shall provide 
     direct services, support, and information to participating 
     students.
       ``(D) Philanthropic organization or private corporation.--A 
     philanthropic organization or private corporation that is in 
     a partnership receiving an allotment under this section shall 
     provide funds for grants for access and persistence for 
     participating students, or provide funds or support for early 
     information and intervention, mentoring, or outreach 
     programs.
       ``(d) Authorized Activities.--
       ``(1) In general.--
       ``(A) Establishment of partnership.--Each State receiving 
     an allotment under this section shall use the funds to 
     establish a partnership to award grants for access and 
     persistence to eligible low-income students in order to 
     increase the amount of financial assistance such students 
     receive under this subpart for undergraduate education 
     expenses.
       ``(B) Amount of grants.--
       ``(i) Partnerships with institutions serving less than a 
     majority of students in the state.--

       ``(I) In general.--In the case where a State receiving an 
     allotment under this section is in a partnership described in 
     subsection (b)(2)(A)(i), the amount of a grant for access and 
     persistence awarded to a student by such State shall be not 
     less than the amount that is equal to the average 
     undergraduate tuition and mandatory fees at 4-year public 
     institutions of higher education in the State where the 
     student resides (less any amounts of other Federal or State 
     sponsored grants, work study, and scholarships received by 
     the student), and such grant for access and persistence shall 
     be used toward the cost of attendance at an institution of 
     higher education located in the State.
       ``(II) Cost of attendance.--A State that has a program, 
     apart from the partnership under this section, of providing 
     eligible low-income students with grants that are equal to 
     the average undergraduate tuition and mandatory fees at 4-
     year public institutions of higher education in the State, 
     may increase the amount of grants for access and persistence 
     awarded to students by such State up to an amount that is 
     equal to the

[[Page 16740]]

     average cost of attendance at 4-year public institutions of 
     higher education in the State (less any amounts of other 
     Federal or State sponsored grants, work study, and 
     scholarships received by the student).

       ``(ii) Partnerships with institutions serving the majority 
     of students in the state.--In the case where a State 
     receiving an allotment under this section is in a partnership 
     described in subsection (b)(2)(A)(ii), the amount of a grant 
     for access and persistence awarded to a student by such State 
     shall be not more than an amount that is equal to the average 
     cost of attendance at 4-year public institutions of higher 
     education in the State where the student resides (less any 
     amounts of other Federal or State sponsored grants, work 
     study, and scholarships received by the student), and such 
     grant for access and persistence shall be used by the student 
     to attend an institution of higher education located in the 
     State.
       ``(C) Special rules.--
       ``(i) Partnership institutions.--A State receiving an 
     allotment under this section may restrict the use of grants 
     for access and persistence under this section by awarding the 
     grants only to students attending institutions of higher 
     education that are participating in the partnership.
       ``(ii) Out-of-state institutions.--If a State provides 
     grants through another program under this subpart to students 
     attending institutions of higher education located in another 
     State, such agreement may also apply to grants awarded under 
     this section.
       ``(2) Early notification.--
       ``(A) In general.--Each State receiving an allotment under 
     this section shall annually notify low-income students, such 
     as students who are eligible to receive a free lunch under 
     the school lunch program established under the Richard B. 
     Russell National School Lunch Act, in grade 7 through grade 
     12 in the State, of the students' potential eligibility for 
     student financial assistance, including a grant for access 
     and persistence, to attend an institution of higher 
     education.
       ``(B) Content of notice.--The notification under 
     subparagraph (A)--
       ``(i) shall include--

       ``(I) information about early information and intervention, 
     mentoring, or outreach programs available to the student;
       ``(II) information that a student's eligibility for a grant 
     for access and persistence is enhanced through participation 
     in an early information and intervention, mentoring, or 
     outreach program;
       ``(III) an explanation that student and family eligibility 
     for, and participation in, other Federal means-tested 
     programs may indicate eligibility for a grant for access and 
     persistence and other student aid programs;
       ``(IV) a nonbinding estimate of the total amount of 
     financial aid that a low-income student with a similar income 
     level may expect to receive, including an estimate of the 
     amount of a grant for access and persistence and an estimate 
     of the amount of grants, loans, and all other available types 
     of aid from the major Federal and State financial aid 
     programs;
       ``(V) an explanation that in order to be eligible for a 
     grant for access and persistence, at a minimum, a student 
     shall--

       ``(aa) meet the requirement under paragraph (3);
       ``(bb) graduate from secondary school; and
       ``(cc) enroll at an institution of higher education that is 
     a partner in the partnership or qualifies under subsection 
     (d)(1)(C)(ii);

       ``(VI) information on any additional requirements (such as 
     a student pledge detailing student responsibilities) that the 
     State may impose for receipt of a grant for access and 
     persistence under this section; and
       ``(VII) instructions on how to apply for a grant for access 
     and persistence and an explanation that a student is required 
     to file a Free Application for Federal Student Aid authorized 
     under section 483(a) to be eligible for such grant and 
     assistance from other Federal and State financial aid 
     programs; and

       ``(ii) may include a disclaimer that grant awards for 
     access and persistence are contingent upon--

       ``(I) a determination of the student's financial 
     eligibility at the time of the student's enrollment at an 
     institution of higher education that is a partner in the 
     partnership or qualifies under subsection (d)(1)(C)(ii);
       ``(II) annual Federal and State appropriations; and
       ``(III) other aid received by the student at the time of 
     the student's enrollment at such institution of higher 
     education.

       ``(3) Eligibility.--In determining which students are 
     eligible to receive grants for access and persistence, the 
     State shall ensure that each such student meets not less than 
     1 of the following:
       ``(A) Meets not less than 2 of the following criteria, with 
     priority given to students meeting all of the following 
     criteria:
       ``(i) Has an expected family contribution equal to zero (as 
     described in section 479) or a comparable alternative based 
     upon the State's approved criteria in section 415C(b)(4).
       ``(ii) Has qualified for a free lunch, or at the State's 
     discretion a reduced price lunch, under the school lunch 
     program established under the Richard B. Russell National 
     School Lunch Act.
       ``(iii) Qualifies for the State's maximum undergraduate 
     award, as authorized under section 415C(b).
       ``(iv) Is participating in, or has participated in, a 
     Federal, State, institutional, or community early information 
     and intervention, mentoring, or outreach program, as 
     recognized by the State agency administering activities under 
     this section.
       ``(B) Is receiving, or has received, a grant for access and 
     persistence under this section, in accordance with paragraph 
     (5).
       ``(4) Grant award.--Once a student, including those 
     students who have received early notification under paragraph 
     (2) from the State, applies for admission to an institution 
     that is a partner in the partnership, files a Free 
     Application for Federal Student Aid and any related existing 
     State form, and is determined eligible by the State under 
     paragraph (3), the State shall--
       ``(A) issue the student a preliminary award certificate for 
     a grant for access and persistence with tentative award 
     amounts; and
       ``(B) inform the student that payment of the grant for 
     access and persistence award amounts is subject to 
     certification of enrollment and award eligibility by the 
     institution of higher education.
       ``(5) Duration of award.--An eligible student that receives 
     a grant for access and persistence under this section shall 
     receive such grant award for each year of such student's 
     undergraduate education in which the student remains eligible 
     for assistance under this title, including pursuant to 
     section 484(c), and remains financially eligible as 
     determined by the State, except that the State may impose 
     reasonable time limits to degree completion.
       ``(e) Use of Funds for Administrative Costs Prohibited.--A 
     State that receives an allotment under this section shall not 
     use any of the allotted funds to pay administrative costs 
     associated with any of the authorized activities described in 
     subsection (d).
       ``(f) Statutory and Regulatory Relief for Institutions of 
     Higher Education.--The Secretary may grant, upon the request 
     of an institution of higher education that is in a 
     partnership described in subsection (b)(2)(A)(ii) and that 
     receives an allotment under this section, a waiver for such 
     institution from statutory or regulatory requirements that 
     inhibit the ability of the institution to successfully and 
     efficiently participate in the activities of the partnership.
       ``(g) Applicability Rule.--The provisions of this subpart 
     which are not inconsistent with this section shall apply to 
     the program authorized by this section.
       ``(h) Maintenance of Effort Requirement.--Each State 
     receiving an allotment under this section for a fiscal year 
     shall provide the Secretary with an assurance that the 
     aggregate amount expended per student or the aggregate 
     expenditures by the State, from funds derived from non-
     Federal sources, for the authorized activities described in 
     subsection (d) for the preceding fiscal year were not less 
     than the amount expended per student or the aggregate 
     expenditure by the State for the activities for the second 
     preceding fiscal year.
       ``(i) Special Rule.--Notwithstanding subsection (h), for 
     purposes of determining a State's share of the cost of the 
     authorized activities described in subsection (d), the State 
     shall consider only those expenditures from non-Federal 
     sources that exceed the State's total expenditures for need-
     based grants, scholarships, and work-study assistance for 
     fiscal year 1999 (including any such assistance provided 
     under this subpart).
       ``(j) Continuation and Transition.--For the 2-year period 
     that begins on the date of enactment of the Higher Education 
     Amendments of 2007, the Secretary shall continue to award 
     grants under section 415E of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
     as such section existed on the day before the date of 
     enactment of such Act to States that choose to apply for 
     grants under such predecessor section.
       ``(k) Reports.--Not later than 3 years after the date of 
     enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007 and 
     annually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit a report 
     describing the activities and the impact of the partnerships 
     under this section to the authorizing committees.''.

     SEC. 408. SPECIAL PROGRAMS FOR STUDENTS WHOSE FAMILIES ARE 
                   ENGAGED IN MIGRANT AND SEASONAL FARMWORK.

       Section 418A (20 U.S.C. 1070d-2) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in paragraph (1)(B)(i), by striking ``parents'' and 
     inserting ``immediate family'';
       (B) in paragraph (3)(B), by inserting ``(including 
     preparation for college entrance examinations)'' after 
     ``college program'';
       (C) in paragraph (5), by striking ``weekly'';
       (D) in paragraph (7), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (E) in paragraph (8)--
       (i) by inserting ``(such as transportation and child 
     care)'' after ``services''; and
       (ii) by striking the period at the end and inserting ``; 
     and''; and
       (F) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(9) other activities to improve persistence and retention 
     in postsecondary education.'';
       (2) in subsection (c)--
       (A) in paragraph (1)--
       (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``parents'' and 
     inserting ``immediate family''; and

[[Page 16741]]

       (ii) in subparagraph (B)--

       (I) in the matter preceding clause (i), by inserting ``to 
     improve placement, persistence, and retention in 
     postsecondary education,'' after ``services''; and
       (II) in clause (i), by striking ``and career'' and 
     inserting ``career, and economic education or personal 
     finance'';

       (iii) in subparagraph (E), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (iv) by redesignating subparagraph (F) as subparagraph (G);
       (v) by inserting after subparagraph (E) the following:
       ``(F) internships; and''; and
       (vi) in subparagraph (G) (as redesignated by clause (iv)), 
     by striking ``support services'' and inserting ``essential 
     supportive services (such as transportation and child care)'' 
     ; and
       (B) in paragraph (2)--
       (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking the period at the end 
     and inserting ``, and coordinating such services, assistance, 
     and aid with other non-program services, assistance, and aid, 
     including services, assistance, and aid provided by 
     community-based organizations, which may include mentoring 
     and guidance; and''; and
       (iii) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(C) for students attending 2-year institutions of higher 
     education, encouraging the students to transfer to 4-year 
     institutions of higher education, where appropriate, and 
     monitoring the rate of transfer of such students.'';
       (3) in subsection (e), by striking ``section 402A(c)(1)'' 
     and inserting ``section 402A(c)(2)'';
       (4) in subsection (f)--
       (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``$150,000'' and 
     inserting ``$180,000''; and
       (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``$150,000'' and 
     inserting ``$180,000'';
       (5) by redesignating subsections (g) and (h) as subsections 
     (h) and (i), respectively;
       (6) by inserting after subsection (f) the following:
       ``(g) Reservation of Funds.--From the amounts made 
     available under subsection (i), the Secretary may reserve not 
     more than a total of \1/2\ of 1 percent for outreach 
     activities, technical assistance, and professional 
     development programs relating to the programs under 
     subsection (a).'';
       (7) by striking subsection (h) (as redesignated by 
     paragraph (5)) and inserting the following:
       ``(h) Data Collection.--The Commissioner for Education 
     Statistics shall--
       ``(1) annually collect data on persons receiving services 
     authorized under this subpart regarding such persons' rates 
     of secondary school graduation, entrance into postsecondary 
     education, and completion of postsecondary education;
       ``(2) not less often than once every 2 years, prepare and 
     submit a report based on the most recently available data 
     under paragraph (1) to the authorizing committees; and
       ``(3) make such report available to the public.''; and
       (8) in subsection (i) (as redesignated by paragraph (5))--
       (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``$15,000,000 for fiscal 
     year 1999'' and all that follows through the period and 
     inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
     2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''; and
       (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``$5,000,000 for fiscal 
     year 1999'' and all that follows through the period and 
     inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
     2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

     SEC. 409. ROBERT C. BYRD HONORS SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM.

       (a) Eligibility of Scholars.--Section 419F(a) (20 U.S.C. 
     1070d-36(a)) is amended by inserting ``(or a home school, 
     whether treated as a home school or a private school under 
     State law)'' after ``public or private secondary school''.
       (b) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 419K (20 
     U.S.C. 1070d-41) is amended by striking ``$45,000,000 for 
     fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows through the period 
     and inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
     2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

     SEC. 410. CHILD CARE ACCESS MEANS PARENTS IN SCHOOL.

       (a) Minimum Grant.--Section 419N(b)(2)(B) (20 U.S.C. 
     1070e(b)(2)(B)) is amended--
       (1) by striking ``A grant'' and inserting the following:
       ``(i) In general.--Except as provided in clause (ii), a 
     grant''; and
       (2) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(ii) Increase trigger.--For any fiscal year for which the 
     amount appropriated under the authority of subsection (g) is 
     equal to or greater than $20,000,000, a grant under this 
     section shall be awarded in an amount that is not less than 
     $30,000.''.
       (b) Definition of Low-Income Student.--Paragraph (7) of 
     section 419N(b) (20 U.S.C. 1070e(b)) is amended to read as 
     follows:
       ``(7) Definition of low-income student.--For the purpose of 
     this section, the term `low-income student' means a student 
     who--
       ``(A) is eligible to receive a Federal Pell Grant for the 
     award year for which the determination is made; or
       ``(B) would otherwise be eligible to receive a Federal Pell 
     Grant for the award year for which the determination is made, 
     except that the student fails to meet the requirements of--
       ``(i) section 401(c)(1) because the student is enrolled in 
     a graduate or first professional course of study; or
       ``(ii) section 484(a)(5) because the student is in the 
     United States for a temporary purpose.''.
       (c) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 419N(g) (20 
     U.S.C. 1070e(g)) is amended by striking ``$45,000,000 for 
     fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows through the period 
     and inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
     2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

     SEC. 411. LEARNING ANYTIME ANYWHERE PARTNERSHIPS.

       Subpart 8 of part A of title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070f et seq.) 
     is repealed.

             PART B--FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM

     SEC. 421. FEDERAL PAYMENTS TO REDUCE STUDENT INTEREST COSTS.

       Section 428 (as amended by this Act) (20 U.S.C. 1078) is 
     further amended--
       (1) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in paragraph (1)--
       (i) in subparagraph (X), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (ii) in subparagraph (Y)--

       (I) by striking clause (i) and inserting the following:

       ``(i) the lender shall determine the eligibility of a 
     borrower for a deferment described in subparagraph (M)(i) 
     based on--

       ``(I) receipt of a request for deferment from the borrower 
     and documentation of the borrower's eligibility for the 
     deferment;
       ``(II) receipt of a newly completed loan application that 
     documents the borrower's eligibility for a deferment;
       ``(III) receipt of student status information received by 
     the lender that the borrower is enrolled on at least a half-
     time basis; or
       ``(IV) the lender's confirmation of the borrower's half-
     time enrollment status through use of the National Student 
     Loan Data System, if the confirmation is requested by the 
     institution of higher education.''; and
       (II) in clause (ii), by striking the period at the end and 
     inserting ``; and''; and

       (iii) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(Z) provides that the lender shall, at the time the 
     lender grants a deferment to a borrower who received a loan 
     under section 428H and is eligible for a deferment under 
     section 428(b)(1)(M), provide information to the borrower to 
     enable the borrower to understand the impact of 
     capitalization of interest on the borrower's loan principal 
     and total amount of interest to be paid during the life of 
     the loan.'';
       (B) in paragraph (2)(F)--
       (i) in clause (i)--

       (I) in subclause (III), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (II) in subclause (IV), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon; and
       (III) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(V) the effective date of the transfer;
       ``(VI) the date the current servicer will stop accepting 
     payments; and
       ``(VII) the date at which the new servicer will begin 
     accepting payments.''; and

       (C) by striking paragraph (3) and inserting the following:
       ``(3) Restrictions on inducements, payments, mailings, and 
     advertising.--A guaranty agency shall not--
       ``(A) offer, directly or indirectly, premiums, payments, 
     stock or other securities, prizes, travel, entertainment 
     expenses, tuition repayment, or other inducements to--
       ``(i) any institution of higher education or the employees 
     of an institution of higher education in order to secure 
     applicants for loans made under this part; or
       ``(ii) any lender, or any agent, employee, or independent 
     contractor of any lender or guaranty agency, in order to 
     administer or market loans made under this part (other than a 
     loan made under section 428H or a loan made as part of the 
     guaranty agency's lender-of-last-resort program pursuant to 
     section 439(q)) for the purpose of securing the designation 
     of the guaranty agency as the insurer of such loans;
       ``(B) conduct unsolicited mailings, by postal or electronic 
     means, of educational loan application forms to students 
     enrolled in secondary school or postsecondary educational 
     institutions, or to the parents of such students, except that 
     applications may be mailed, by postal or electronic means, to 
     students or borrowers who have previously received loans 
     guaranteed under this part by the guaranty agency;
       ``(C) perform, for an institution of higher education 
     participating in a program under this title, any function 
     that the institution is required to perform under part B, D, 
     or G;
       ``(D) pay, on behalf of the institution of higher 
     education, another person to perform any function that the 
     institution of higher education is required to perform under 
     part B, D, or G; or
       ``(E) conduct fraudulent or misleading advertising 
     concerning loan availability, terms, or conditions.

     It shall not be a violation of this paragraph for a guaranty 
     agency to provide technical

[[Page 16742]]

     assistance to institutions of higher education comparable to 
     the technical assistance provided to institutions of higher 
     education by the Department.''; and
       (2) in subsection (c)--
       (A) in paragraph (2)(H)(i), by striking ``preclaims'' and 
     inserting ``default aversion''; and
       (B) in paragraph (3)(D)--
       (i) in clause (i), by striking ``and'' after the comma at 
     the end;
       (ii) in clause (ii), by striking the period and inserting a 
     semicolon; and
       (iii) by inserting after clause (ii) the following:
       ``(iii) the lender shall, at the time of granting a 
     borrower forbearance, provide information to the borrower to 
     enable the borrower to understand the impact of 
     capitalization of interest on the borrower's loan principal 
     and total amount of interest to be paid during the life of 
     the loan; and
       ``(iv) the lender shall contact the borrower not less often 
     than once every 180 days during the period of forbearance to 
     inform the borrower of--

       ``(I) the amount of unpaid principal and the amount of 
     interest that has accrued since the last statement of such 
     amounts provided to the borrower by the lender;
       ``(II) the fact that interest will accrue on the loan for 
     the period of forbearance;
       ``(III) the amount of interest that will be capitalized, 
     and the date on which capitalization will occur;
       ``(IV) the ability of the borrower to pay the interest that 
     has accrued before the interest is capitalized; and
       ``(V) the borrower's option to discontinue the forbearance 
     at any time.''.

     SEC. 422. FEDERAL CONSOLIDATION LOANS.

       (a) Amendments.--Section 428C(b)(1) (20 U.S.C. 1078-
     3(b)(1)) is amended--
       (1) in subparagraph (E), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (2) by redesignating subparagraph (F) as subparagraph (H); 
     and
       (3) by inserting after subparagraph (E) the following:
       ``(F) that the lender will disclose, in a clear and 
     conspicuous manner, to borrowers who consolidate loans made 
     under part E of this title--
       ``(i) that once the borrower adds the borrower's Federal 
     Perkins Loan to a Federal Consolidation Loan, the borrower 
     will lose all interest-free periods that would have been 
     available, such as those periods when no interest accrues on 
     the Federal Perkins Loan while the borrower is enrolled in 
     school at least half-time, during the grace period, and 
     during periods when the borrower's student loan repayments 
     are deferred;
       ``(ii) that the borrower will no longer be eligible for 
     loan cancellation of Federal Perkins Loans under any 
     provision of section 465; and
       ``(iii) the occupations described in section 465(a)(2), 
     individually and in detail, for which the borrower will lose 
     eligibility for Federal Perkins Loan cancellation; and
       ``(G) that the lender shall, upon application for a 
     consolidation loan, provide the borrower with information 
     about the possible impact of loan consolidation, including--
       ``(i) the total interest to be paid and fees to be paid on 
     the consolidation loan, and the length of repayment for the 
     loan;
       ``(ii) whether consolidation would result in a loss of loan 
     benefits under this part or part D, including loan 
     forgiveness, cancellation, and deferment;
       ``(iii) in the case of a borrower that plans to include a 
     Federal Perkins Loan under part E in the consolidation loan, 
     that once the borrower adds the borrower's Federal Perkins 
     Loan to a consolidation loan--

       ``(I) the borrower will lose all interest-free periods that 
     would have been available for such loan under part E, such as 
     the periods during which no interest accrues on the Federal 
     Perkins Loan while the borrower is enrolled in school at 
     least half-time, the grace period, and the periods during 
     which the borrower's student loan repayments are deferred 
     under section 464(c)(2); and
       ``(II) the borrower will no longer be eligible for 
     cancellation of part or all of a Federal Perkins loan under 
     section 465(a);

       ``(iv) the ability of the borrower to prepay the 
     consolidation loan, pay such loan on a shorter schedule, and 
     to change repayment plans;
       ``(v) that borrower benefit programs for a consolidation 
     loan may vary among different lenders;
       ``(vi) the consequences of default on the consolidation 
     loan; and
       ``(vii) that by applying for a consolidation loan, the 
     borrower is not obligated to agree to take the consolidation 
     loan; and''.
       (b) Conforming Amendment.--Section 455(g) (20 U.S.C. 
     1087e(g)) is amended by striking ``428C(b)(1)(F)'' and 
     inserting ``428C(b)(1)(H)''.

     SEC. 423. DEFAULT REDUCTION PROGRAM.

       Section 428F (20 U.S.C. 1078-6) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) in paragraph (1)(A), by adding at the end the 
     following: ``Upon the sale of the loan to an eligible lender, 
     the guaranty agency, and any prior holder of the loan, shall 
     request any consumer reporting agency to which the guaranty 
     agency or holder, as applicable, reported the default of the 
     loan, to remove the record of default from the borrower's 
     credit history.''; and
       (B) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(5) Limitation.--A borrower may obtain the benefits 
     available under this subsection with respect to 
     rehabilitating a loan only one time per loan.''; and
       (2) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(c) Financial and Economic Literacy.--Where appropriate 
     as determined by the institution of higher education in which 
     a borrower is enrolled, each program described in subsection 
     (b) shall include making available financial and economic 
     education materials for the borrower, including making the 
     materials available before, during, or after rehabilitation 
     of a loan.''.

     SEC. 424. REPORTS TO CONSUMER REPORTING AGENCIES AND 
                   INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION.

       Section 430A (20 U.S.C. 1080a) is amended--
       (1) in the section heading, by striking ``credit bureaus'' 
     and inserting ``CONSUMER REPORTING AGENCIES''; and
       (2) in subsection (a)--
       (A) in the first sentence, by striking ``with credit bureau 
     organizations'' and inserting ``with each consumer reporting 
     agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers on a 
     nationwide basis (as defined in section 603(p) of the Fair 
     Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681a(p))'';
       (B) by redesignating paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) as 
     paragraphs (2), (4), and (5), respectively;
       (C) by inserting before paragraph (2) (as redesignated by 
     subparagraph (B)), the following:
       ``(1) the type of loan made, insured, or guaranteed under 
     this title;'';
       (D) by inserting after paragraph (2) (as redesignated by 
     subparagraph (B)), the following:
       ``(3) information concerning the repayment status of the 
     loan, which information shall be included in the file of the 
     borrower, except that nothing in this subsection shall be 
     construed to affect any otherwise applicable provision of the 
     Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.)'';
       (E) in paragraph (4) (as redesignated by subparagraph (B)), 
     by striking ``and'' after the semicolon;
       (F) in paragraph (5) (as redesignated by subparagraph (B)), 
     by striking the period and inserting ``; and''; and
       (G) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(6) any other information required to be reported by 
     Federal law.''.

     SEC. 425. COMMON FORMS AND FORMATS.

       Section 432(m)(1)(D)(i) (20 U.S.C. 1082(m)(1)(D)(i)) is 
     amended by adding at the end the following: ``Unless 
     otherwise notified by the Secretary, each institution of 
     higher education that participates in the program under this 
     part or part D may use a master promissory note for loans 
     under this part and part D.''.

     SEC. 426. STUDENT LOAN INFORMATION BY ELIGIBLE LENDERS.

       Section 433 (20 U.S.C. 1083) is amended by adding at the 
     end the following:
       ``(f) Borrower Information and Privacy.--Each entity 
     participating in a program under this part that is subject to 
     subtitle A of title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (15 
     U.S.C. 6801 et seq.) shall only use, release, disclose, sell, 
     transfer, or give student information, including the name, 
     address, social security number, or amount borrowed by a 
     borrower or a borrower's parent, in accordance with the 
     provisions of such subtitle.
       ``(g) Loan Benefit Disclosures.--
       ``(1) In general.--Each eligible lender, holder, or 
     servicer of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this 
     part shall provide the borrower with information on the loan 
     benefit repayment options the lender, holder, or servicer 
     offer, including information on reductions in interest 
     rates--
       ``(A) by repaying the loan by automatic payroll or checking 
     account deduction;
       ``(B) by completing a program of on-time repayment; and
       ``(C) under any other interest rate reduction program.
       ``(2) Information.--Such borrower information shall 
     include--
       ``(A) any limitations on such options;
       ``(B) explicit information on the reasons a borrower may 
     lose eligibility for such an option;
       ``(C) examples of the impact the interest rate reductions 
     will have on a borrower's time for repayment and amount of 
     repayment;
       ``(D) upon the request of the borrower, the effect the 
     reductions in interest rates will have with respect to the 
     borrower's payoff amount and time for repayment; and
       ``(E) information on borrower recertification 
     requirements.''.

     SEC. 427. CONSUMER EDUCATION INFORMATION.

       Part B (20 U.S.C. 1071 et seq.) is amended by inserting 
     after section 433 (20 U.S.C. 1083) the following:

     ``SEC. 433A. CONSUMER EDUCATION INFORMATION.

       ``Each guaranty agency participating in a program under 
     this part, working with the institutions of higher education 
     served by such guaranty agency (or in the case of an 
     institution of higher education that provides loans 
     exclusively through part D, the institution working with a 
     guaranty agency or

[[Page 16743]]

     with the Secretary), shall develop and make available a high-
     quality educational program and materials to provide training 
     for students in budgeting and financial management, including 
     debt management and other aspects of financial literacy, such 
     as the cost of using very high interest loans to pay for 
     postsecondary education, particularly as budgeting and 
     financial management relates to student loan programs 
     authorized by this title. Nothing in this section shall be 
     construed to prohibit a guaranty agency from using an 
     existing program or existing materials to meet the 
     requirement of this section. The activities described in this 
     section shall be considered default reduction activities for 
     the purposes of section 422.''.

     SEC. 428. DEFINITION OF ELIGIBLE LENDER.

       Section 435(d) (20 U.S.C. 1085(d)) is amended--
       (1) in paragraph (5)--
       (A) by redesignating subparagraphs (C) and (D) as 
     subparagraphs (H) and (I), respectively; and
       (B) by striking subparagraphs (A) and (B) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(A) offered, directly or indirectly, points, premiums, 
     payments (including payments for referrals and for processing 
     or finder fees), prizes, stock or other securities, travel, 
     entertainment expenses, tuition repayment, the provision of 
     information technology equipment at below-market value, 
     additional financial aid funds, or other inducements to any 
     institution of higher education or any employee of an 
     institution of higher education in order to secure applicants 
     for loans under this part;
       ``(B) conducted unsolicited mailings, by postal or 
     electronic means, of student loan application forms to 
     students enrolled in secondary school or postsecondary 
     institutions, or to parents of such students, except that 
     applications may be mailed, by postal or electronic means, to 
     students or borrowers who have previously received loans 
     under this part from such lender;
       ``(C) entered into any type of consulting arrangement, or 
     other contract to provide services to a lender, with an 
     employee who is employed in the financial aid office of an 
     institution of higher education, or who otherwise has 
     responsibilities with respect to student loans or other 
     financial aid of the institution;
       ``(D) compensated an employee who is employed in the 
     financial aid office of an institution of higher education, 
     or who otherwise has responsibilities with respect to 
     educational loans or other financial aid of the institution, 
     and who is serving on an advisory board, commission, or group 
     established by a lender or group of lenders for providing 
     such service, except that the eligible lender may reimburse 
     such employee for reasonable expenses incurred in providing 
     such service;
       ``(E) performed for an institution of higher education any 
     function that the institution of higher education is required 
     to carry out under part B, D, or G;
       ``(F) paid, on behalf of an institution of higher 
     education, another person to perform any function that the 
     institution of higher education is required to perform under 
     part B, D, or G;
       ``(G) provided payments or other benefits to a student at 
     an institution of higher education to act as the lender's 
     representative to secure applications under this title from 
     individual prospective borrowers, unless such student--
       ``(i) is also employed by the lender for other purposes; 
     and
       ``(ii) made all appropriate disclosures regarding such 
     employment;''; and
       (2) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(8) Sunset of authority for school as lender program.--
       ``(A) Sunset.--The authority provided under subsection 
     (d)(1)(E) for an institution to serve as an eligible lender, 
     and under paragraph (7) for an eligible lender to serve as a 
     trustee for an institution of higher education or an 
     organization affiliated with an institution of higher 
     education, shall expire on June 30, 2012.
       ``(B) Application to existing institutional lenders.--An 
     institution that was an eligible lender under this 
     subsection, or an eligible lender that served as a trustee 
     for an institution of higher education or an organization 
     affiliated with an institution of higher education under 
     paragraph (7), before June 30, 2012, shall--
       ``(i) not issue any new loans in such a capacity under part 
     B after June 30, 2012; and
       ``(ii) continue to carry out the institution's 
     responsibilities for any loans issued by the institution 
     under part B on or before June 30, 2012, except that, 
     beginning on June 30, 2011, the eligible institution or 
     trustee may, notwithstanding any other provision of this Act, 
     sell or otherwise dispose of such loans if all profits from 
     the divestiture are used for need-based grant programs at the 
     institution.
       ``(C) Audit requirement.--All institutions serving as an 
     eligible lender under subsection (d)(1)(E) and all eligible 
     lenders serving as a trustee for an institution of higher 
     education or an organization affiliated with an institution 
     of higher education shall annually complete and submit to the 
     Secretary a compliance audit to determine whether--
       ``(i) the institution or lender is using all proceeds from 
     special allowance payments and interest payments from 
     borrowers, interest subsidies received from the Department, 
     and any proceeds from the sale or other disposition of loans, 
     for need-based aid programs, in accordance with section 
     435(d)(2)(A)(viii);
       ``(ii) the institution or lender is using no more than a 
     reasonable portion of the proceeds described in section 
     435(d)(2)(A)(viii) for direct administrative expenses; and
       ``(iii) the institution or lender is ensuring that the 
     proceeds described in section 435(d)(2)(A)(viii) are being 
     used to supplement, and not to supplant, non-Federal funds 
     that would otherwise be used for need-based grant 
     programs.''.

     SEC. 429. DISCHARGE AND CANCELLATION RIGHTS IN CASES OF 
                   DISABILITY.

       (a) FFEL and Direct Loans.--Section 437(a) (20 U.S.C. 1087) 
     is amended--
       (1) by inserting ``, or if a student borrower who has 
     received such a loan is unable to engage in any substantial 
     gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable 
     physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result 
     in death, has lasted for a continuous period of not less than 
     60 months, or can be expected to last for a continuous period 
     of not less than 60 months'' after ``of the Secretary),''; 
     and
       (2) by adding at the end the following: ``The Secretary may 
     develop such safeguards as the Secretary determines necessary 
     to prevent fraud and abuse in the discharge of liability 
     under this subsection. Notwithstanding any other provision of 
     this subsection, the Secretary may promulgate regulations to 
     resume collection on loans discharged under this subsection 
     in any case in which--
       ``(1) a borrower received a discharge of liability under 
     this subsection and after the discharge the borrower--
       ``(A) receives a loan made, insured or guaranteed under 
     this title; or
       ``(B) has earned income in excess of the poverty line; or
       ``(2) the Secretary determines necessary.''.
       (b) Perkins.--Section 464(c) (20 U.S.C. 1087dd(c)) is 
     amended--
       (1) in paragraph (1)(F)--
       (A) by striking ``or if he'' and inserting ``if the 
     borrower''; and
       (B) by inserting ``, or if the borrower is unable to engage 
     in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any 
     medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can 
     be expected to result in death, has lasted for a continuous 
     period of not less than 60 months, or can be expected to last 
     for a continuous period of not less than 60 months'' after 
     ``the Secretary''; and
       (2) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(8) The Secretary may develop such additional safeguards 
     as the Secretary determines necessary to prevent fraud and 
     abuse in the cancellation of liability under paragraph 
     (1)(F). Notwithstanding paragraph (1)(F), the Secretary may 
     promulgate regulations to resume collection on loans 
     cancelled under paragraph (1)(F) in any case in which--
       ``(A) a borrower received a cancellation of liability under 
     paragraph (1)(F) and after the cancellation the borrower--
       ``(i) receives a loan made, insured or guaranteed under 
     this title; or
       ``(ii) has earned income in excess of the poverty line; or
       ``(B) the Secretary determines necessary.''.
       (c) Effective Date.--The amendments made by subsections (a) 
     and (b) shall take effect on July 1, 2008.

                  PART C--FEDERAL WORK-STUDY PROGRAMS

     SEC. 441. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

       Section 441(b) (42 U.S.C. 2751(b)) is amended by striking 
     ``$1,000,000,000 for fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows 
     through the period and inserting ``such sums as may be 
     necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding 
     fiscal years.''.

     SEC. 442. ALLOWANCE FOR BOOKS AND SUPPLIES.

       Section 442(c)(4)(D) (42 U.S.C. 2752(c)(4)(D)) is amended 
     by striking ``$450'' and inserting ``$600''.

     SEC. 443. GRANTS FOR FEDERAL WORK-STUDY PROGRAMS.

       Section 443(b)(2) (42 U.S.C. 2753(b)(2)) is amended--
       (1) by striking subparagraph (A);
       (2) by redesignating subparagraphs (B) and (C) as 
     subparagraphs (A) and (B), respectively; and
       (3) in subparagraph (A) (as redesignated by paragraph (2)), 
     by striking ``this subparagraph if'' and all that follows 
     through ``institution;'' and inserting ``this subparagraph 
     if--
       ``(i) the Secretary determines that enforcing this 
     subparagraph would cause hardship for students at the 
     institution; or
       ``(ii) the institution certifies to the Secretary that 15 
     percent or more of its total full-time enrollment 
     participates in community service activities described in 
     section 441(c) or tutoring and literacy activities described 
     in subsection (d) of this section;''.

     SEC. 444. JOB LOCATION AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS.

       Section 446(a)(1) (42 U.S.C. 2756(a)(1)) is amended by 
     striking ``$50,000'' and inserting ``$75,000''.

     SEC. 445. WORK COLLEGES.

       Section 448 (42 U.S.C. 2756b) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``work-learning'' and 
     inserting ``work-learning-service'';

[[Page 16744]]

       (2) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``under subsection (f)'' 
     and inserting ``for this section under section 441(b)''; and
       (B) in paragraph (2)--
       (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking 
     ``pursuant to subsection (f)'' and inserting ``for this 
     section under section 441(b)'';
       (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``work-learning 
     program'' and inserting ``comprehensive work-learning-service 
     program'';
       (iii) by redesignating subparagraphs (C) through (F) as 
     subparagraphs (D) through (G), respectively;
       (iv) by inserting after subparagraph (B) the following:
       ``(C) support existing and new model student volunteer 
     community service projects associated with local institutions 
     of higher education, such as operating drop-in resource 
     centers that are staffed by students and that link people in 
     need with the resources and opportunities necessary to become 
     self-sufficient; and'';
       (v) in subparagraph (E) (as redesignated by clause (iii)), 
     by striking ``work-learning'' each place the term occurs and 
     inserting ``work-learning-service''; and
       (vi) in subparagraph (F) (as redesignated by clause (iii)), 
     by striking ``work service learning'' and inserting ``work-
     learning-service'';
       (3) in subsection (c), by striking ``by subsection (f) to 
     use funds under subsection (b)(1)'' and inserting ``for this 
     section under section 441(b) or to use funds under subsection 
     (b)(1),'';
       (4) in subsection (e)--
       (A) in paragraph (1)--
       (i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting ``4-year, degree-
     granting'' after ``nonprofit'';
       (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``work-learning'' and 
     inserting ``work-learning-service'';
       (iii) by striking subparagraph (C) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(C) requires all resident students, including at least 
     \1/2\ of all resident students who are enrolled on a full-
     time basis, to participate in a comprehensive work-learning-
     service program for not less than 5 hours each week, or not 
     less than 80 hours during each period of enrollment except 
     summer school, unless the student is engaged in a study 
     abroad or externship program that is organized or approved by 
     the institution; and''; and
       (iv) in subparagraph (D), by striking ``work-learning'' and 
     inserting ``work-learning-service''; and
       (B) by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
       ``(2) the term `comprehensive work-learning-service 
     program' means a student work-learning-service program that--
       ``(A) is an integral and stated part of the institution's 
     educational philosophy and program;
       ``(B) requires participation of all resident students for 
     enrollment and graduation;
       ``(C) includes learning objectives, evaluation, and a 
     record of work performance as part of the student's college 
     record;
       ``(D) provides programmatic leadership by college personnel 
     at levels comparable to traditional academic programs;
       ``(E) recognizes the educational role of work-learning-
     service supervisors; and
       ``(F) includes consequences for nonperformance or failure 
     in the work-learning-service program similar to the 
     consequences for failure in the regular academic program.''; 
     and
       (5) by striking subsection (f).

                     PART D--FEDERAL PERKINS LOANS

     SEC. 451. PROGRAM AUTHORITY.

       Section 461(b)(1) (20 U.S.C. 1087aa(b)(1)) is amended by 
     striking ``$250,000,000 for fiscal year 1999'' and all that 
     follows through the period and inserting ``such sums as may 
     be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2008 through 
     2012.''.

     SEC. 451A. ALLOWANCE FOR BOOKS AND SUPPLIES.

       Section 462(c)(4)(D) (20 U.S.C. 1087bb(c)(4)(D)) is amended 
     by striking ``$450'' and inserting ``$600''.

     SEC. 451B. PERKINS LOAN FORBEARANCE.

       Section 464 (20 U.S.C. 1087dd) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (e)--
       (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking ``, 
     upon written request,'' and inserting ``, as documented in 
     accordance with paragraph (2),'';
       (B) by redesignating paragraphs (1) through (3) as 
     subparagraphs (A) through (C), respectively;
       (C) by inserting ``(1)'' after ``Forbearance.--''; and
       (D) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(2) For the purpose of paragraph (1), the terms of 
     forbearance agreed to by the parties shall be documented by--
       ``(A) confirming the agreement of the borrower by notice to 
     the borrower from the institution of higher education; and
       ``(B) recording the terms in the borrower's file.''; and
       (2) in subsection (j), by striking ``(e)(3)'' and inserting 
     ``(e)(1)(C)''.

     SEC. 452. CANCELLATION OF LOANS FOR CERTAIN PUBLIC SERVICE.

       Section 465(a) (20 U.S.C. 1087ee(a)) is amended--
       (1) in paragraph (2)--
       (A) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``Head Start Act 
     which'' and inserting ``Head Start Act, or in a 
     prekindergarten or child care program that is licensed or 
     regulated by the State, that'';
       (B) in subparagraph (H), by striking ``or'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (C) in subparagraph (I), by striking the period and 
     inserting a semicolon; and
       (D) by inserting before the matter following subparagraph 
     (I) (as amended by subparagraph (C)) the following:
       ``(J) as a full-time faculty member at a Tribal College or 
     University, as that term is defined in section 316;
       ``(K) as a librarian, if the librarian has a master's 
     degree in library science and is employed in--
       ``(i) an elementary school or secondary school that is 
     eligible for assistance under title I of the Elementary and 
     Secondary Education Act of 1965; or
       ``(ii) a public library that serves a geographic area that 
     contains 1 or more schools eligible for assistance under 
     title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 
     1965; or
       ``(L) as a full-time speech language therapist, if the 
     therapist has a master's degree and is working exclusively 
     with schools that are eligible for assistance under title I 
     of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.''; and
       (2) in paragraph (3)(A)--
       (A) in clause (i)--
       (i) by inserting ``(D),'' after ``(C),''; and
       (ii) by striking ``or (I)'' and inserting ``(I), (J), (K), 
     or (L)'';
       (B) in clause (ii), by inserting ``or'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (C) by striking clause (iii); and
       (D) by redesignating clause (iv) as clause (iii).

                         PART E--NEED ANALYSIS

     SEC. 461. COST OF ATTENDANCE.

       (a) Amendments.--Section 472(3) (20 U.S.C. 1087kk(3)) is 
     amended--
       (1) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (2) by redesignating subparagraph (C) as subparagraph (D); 
     and
       (3) by inserting after subparagraph (B), as amended by 
     paragraph (1), the following:
       ``(C) for students who live in housing located on a 
     military base or for which a basic allowance is provided 
     under section 403(b) of title 37, United States Code, shall 
     be an allowance based on the expenses reasonably incurred by 
     such students for board but not for room; and''.
       (b) Effective Date.--The amendments made by subsection (a) 
     shall take effect on July 1, 2008.

     SEC. 462. DEFINITIONS.

       (a) Amendment.--Section 480(b)(6) (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(b)(6)) 
     is amended by inserting ``, except that the value of on-base 
     military housing or the value of basic allowance for housing 
     determined under section 403(b) of title 37, United States 
     Code, received by the parents, in the case of a dependent 
     student, or the student or student's spouse, in the case of 
     an independent student, shall be excluded'' before the 
     semicolon.
       (b) Effective Date.--The amendment made by subsection (a) 
     shall take effect on July 1, 2008.

       PART F--GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO STUDENT ASSISTANCE

     SEC. 471. DEFINITIONS.

       Section 481(a)(2)(B) (20 U.S.C. 1088(a)(2)(B)) is amended 
     by inserting ``and that measures program length in credit 
     hours or clock hours'' after ``baccalaureate degree''.

     SEC. 472. COMPLIANCE CALENDAR.

       Section 482 (20 U.S.C. 1089) is amended by adding at the 
     end the following:
       ``(e) Compliance Calendar.--Prior to the beginning of each 
     award year, the Secretary shall provide to institutions of 
     higher education a list of all the reports and disclosures 
     required under this Act. The list shall include--
       ``(1) the date each report or disclosure is required to be 
     completed and to be submitted, made available, or 
     disseminated;
       ``(2) the required recipients of each report or disclosure;
       ``(3) any required method for transmittal or dissemination 
     of each report or disclosure;
       ``(4) a description of the content of each report or 
     disclosure sufficient to allow the institution to identify 
     the appropriate individuals to be assigned the responsibility 
     for such report or disclosure;
       ``(5) references to the statutory authority, applicable 
     regulations, and current guidance issued by the Secretary 
     regarding each report or disclosure; and
       ``(6) any other information which is pertinent to the 
     content or distribution of the report or disclosure.''.

     SEC. 473. FORMS AND REGULATIONS.

       Section 483 (20 U.S.C. 1090) is amended--
       (1) by striking subsections (a) and (b) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(a) Common Financial Aid Form Development and 
     Processing.--
       ``(1) In general.--
       ``(A) Common forms.--The Secretary, in cooperation with 
     representatives of agencies and organizations involved in 
     student financial assistance, shall produce, distribute, and

[[Page 16745]]

     process free of charge common financial reporting forms as 
     described in this subsection to be used to determine the need 
     and eligibility of a student for financial assistance under 
     parts A through E of this title (other than under subpart 4 
     of part A). The forms shall be made available to applicants 
     in both paper and electronic formats.
       ``(B) FAFSA.--The common financial reporting forms 
     described in this subsection (excluding the form described in 
     paragraph (2)(B)), shall be referred to collectively as the 
     `Free Application for Federal Student Aid', or `FAFSA'.
       ``(2) Paper format.--
       ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall encourage applicants 
     to file the electronic versions of the forms described in 
     paragraph (3), but shall develop, make available, and 
     process--
       ``(i) a paper version of EZ FAFSA, as described in 
     subparagraph (B); and
       ``(ii) a paper version of the other forms described in this 
     subsection, in accordance with subparagraph (C), for any 
     applicant who does not meet the requirements of or does not 
     wish to use the process described in subparagraph (B).
       ``(B) EZ fafsa.--
       ``(i) In general.--The Secretary shall develop and use, 
     after appropriate field testing, a simplified paper 
     application form for applicants meeting the requirements of 
     section 479(c), which form shall be referred to as the `EZ 
     FAFSA'.
       ``(ii) Required federal data elements.--The Secretary shall 
     include on the EZ FAFSA only the data elements required to 
     determine student eligibility and whether the applicant meets 
     the requirements of section 479(c).
       ``(iii) Required state data elements.--The Secretary shall 
     include on the EZ FAFSA such data items as may be necessary 
     to award State financial assistance, as provided under 
     paragraph (5), except the Secretary shall not include a 
     State's data if that State does not permit its applicants for 
     State assistance to use the EZ FAFSA.
       ``(iv) Free availability and data distribution.--The 
     provisions of paragraphs (6) and (10) shall apply to the EZ 
     FAFSA.
       ``(C) Phase-out of full paper fafsa.--
       ``(i) Phase-out of printing of full paper fafsa.--At such 
     time as the Secretary determines that it is not cost-
     effective to print the full paper version of FAFSA, the 
     Secretary shall--

       ``(I) phase out the printing of the full paper version of 
     FAFSA;
       ``(II) maintain on the Internet easily accessible, 
     downloadable formats of the full paper version of FAFSA; and
       ``(III) provide a printed copy of the full paper version of 
     FAFSA upon request.

       ``(ii) Use of savings.--The Secretary shall utilize any 
     savings realized by phasing out the printing of the full 
     paper version of FAFSA and moving applicants to the 
     electronic versions of FAFSA, to improve access to the 
     electronic versions for applicants meeting the requirements 
     of section 479(c).
       ``(3) Electronic versions.--
       ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall produce, make 
     available through a broadly available website, and process 
     electronic versions of the FAFSA and the EZ FAFSA.
       ``(B) Minimum questions.--The Secretary shall use all 
     available technology to ensure that a student using an 
     electronic version of the FAFSA under this paragraph answers 
     only the minimum number of questions necessary.
       ``(C) Reduced requirements.--The Secretary shall enable 
     applicants who meet the requirements of subsection (b) or (c) 
     of section 479 to provide information on the electronic 
     version of the FAFSA only for the data elements required to 
     determine student eligibility and whether the applicant meets 
     the requirements of subsection (b) or (c) of section 479.
       ``(D) State data.--The Secretary shall include on the 
     electronic version of the FAFSA the questions needed to 
     determine whether the applicant is eligible for State 
     financial assistance, as provided under paragraph (5), except 
     that the Secretary shall not--
       ``(i) require applicants to complete data required by any 
     State other than the applicant's State of residence; and
       ``(ii) include a State's data if such State does not permit 
     its applicants for State assistance to use the electronic 
     version of the FAFSA described in this paragraph.
       ``(E) Free availability and data distribution.--The 
     provisions of paragraphs (6) and (10) shall apply to the 
     electronic version of the FAFSA.
       ``(F) Use of forms.--Nothing in this subsection shall be 
     construed to prohibit the use of the electronic versions of 
     the forms developed by the Secretary pursuant to this 
     paragraph by an eligible institution, eligible lender, a 
     guaranty agency, a State grant agency, a private computer 
     software provider, a consortium of such entities, or such 
     other entity as the Secretary may designate. Data collected 
     by the electronic versions of such forms shall be used only 
     for the application, award, and administration of aid awarded 
     under this title, State aid, or aid awarded by eligible 
     institutions or such entities as the Secretary may designate. 
     No data collected by such electronic versions of the forms 
     shall be used for making final aid awards under this title 
     until such data have been processed by the Secretary or a 
     contractor or designee of the Secretary, except as may be 
     permitted under this title.
       ``(G) Privacy.--The Secretary shall ensure that data 
     collection under this paragraph complies with section 552a of 
     title 5, United States Code, and that any entity using an 
     electronic version of a form developed by the Secretary under 
     this paragraph shall maintain reasonable and appropriate 
     administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to ensure 
     the integrity and confidentiality of the information, and to 
     protect against security threats, or unauthorized uses or 
     disclosures of the information provided on the electronic 
     version of the form.
       ``(H) Signature.--Notwithstanding any other provision of 
     this Act, the Secretary may permit an electronic version of a 
     form developed under this paragraph to be submitted without a 
     signature, if a signature is subsequently submitted by the 
     applicant or if the applicant uses a personal identification 
     number provided by the Secretary under subparagraph (I).
       ``(I) Personal identification numbers authorized.--The 
     Secretary is authorized to assign to an applicant a personal 
     identification number--
       ``(i) to enable the applicant to use such number as a 
     signature for purposes of completing an electronic version of 
     a form developed under this paragraph; and
       ``(ii) for any purpose determined by the Secretary to 
     enable the Secretary to carry out this title.
       ``(J) Personal identification number improvement.--Not 
     later than 180 days after the date of enactment of the Higher 
     Education Amendments of 2007, the Secretary shall implement a 
     real-time data match between the Social Security 
     Administration and the Department to minimize the time 
     required for an applicant to obtain a personal identification 
     number when applying for aid under this title through an 
     electronic version of a form developed under this paragraph.
       ``(4) Streamlined reapplication process.--
       ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall develop streamlined 
     paper and electronic reapplication forms and processes for an 
     applicant who applies for financial assistance under this 
     title in the next succeeding academic year subsequent to an 
     academic year for which such applicant applied for financial 
     assistance under this title.
       ``(B) Updating of data elements.--The Secretary shall 
     determine, in cooperation with States, institutions of higher 
     education, agencies, and organizations involved in student 
     financial assistance, the data elements that may be 
     transferred from the previous academic year's application and 
     those data elements that shall be updated.
       ``(C) Reduced data authorized.--Nothing in this title shall 
     be construed as limiting the authority of the Secretary to 
     reduce the number of data elements required of reapplicants.
       ``(D) Zero family contribution.--Applicants determined to 
     have a zero family contribution pursuant to section 479(c) 
     shall not be required to provide any financial data in a 
     reapplication form, except data that are necessary to 
     determine eligibility under such section.
       ``(5) State requirements.--
       ``(A) In general.--Except as provided in paragraphs 
     (2)(B)(iii), (3)(D), and (4)(B), the Secretary shall include 
     on the forms developed under this subsection, such State-
     specific data items as the Secretary determines are necessary 
     to meet State requirements for need-based State aid. Such 
     items shall be selected in consultation with State agencies 
     in order to assist in the awarding of State financial 
     assistance in accordance with the terms of this subsection. 
     The number of such data items shall not be less than the 
     number included on the common financial reporting form for 
     the 2005-2006 award year unless a State notifies the 
     Secretary that the State no longer requires those data items 
     for the distribution of State need-based aid.
       ``(B) Annual review.--The Secretary shall conduct an annual 
     review to determine--
       ``(i) which data items each State requires to award need-
     based State aid; and
       ``(ii) if the State will permit an applicant to file a form 
     described in paragraph (2)(B) or (3)(C).
       ``(C) Use of simplified application forms encouraged.--The 
     Secretary shall encourage States to take such steps as are 
     necessary to encourage the use of simplified forms under this 
     subsection, including those forms described in paragraphs 
     (2)(B) and (3)(C), for applicants who meet the requirements 
     of subsection (b) or (c) of section 479.
       ``(D) Consequences if state does not accept simplified 
     forms.--If a State does not permit an applicant to file a 
     form described in paragraph (2)(B) or (3)(C) for purposes of 
     determining eligibility for State need-based financial aid, 
     the Secretary may determine that State-specific questions for 
     such State will not be included on a form described in 
     paragraph (2)(B) or (3)(B). If the Secretary makes such 
     determination, the Secretary shall advise the State of the 
     Secretary's determination.

[[Page 16746]]

       ``(E) Lack of state response to request for information.--
     If a State does not respond to the Secretary's request for 
     information under subparagraph (B), the Secretary shall--
       ``(i) permit residents of that State to complete simplified 
     forms under paragraphs (2)(B) and (3)(B); and
       ``(ii) not require any resident of such State to complete 
     any data items previously required by that State under this 
     section.
       ``(F) Restriction.--The Secretary shall not require 
     applicants to complete any financial or non-financial data 
     items that are not required--
       ``(i) by the applicant's State; or
       ``(ii) by the Secretary.
       ``(6) Charges to students and parents for use of forms 
     prohibited.--The need and eligibility of a student for 
     financial assistance under parts A through E (other than 
     under subpart 4 of part A) may be determined only by using a 
     form developed by the Secretary under this subsection. Such 
     forms shall be produced, distributed, and processed by the 
     Secretary, and no parent or student shall be charged a fee by 
     the Secretary, a contractor, a third-party servicer or 
     private software provider, or any other public or private 
     entity for the collection, processing, or delivery of 
     financial aid through the use of such forms. No data 
     collected on a paper or electronic version of a form 
     developed under this subsection, or other document that was 
     created to replace, or used to complete, such a form, and for 
     which a fee was paid, shall be used.
       ``(7) Restrictions on use of pin.--No person, commercial 
     entity, or other entity shall request, obtain, or utilize an 
     applicant's personal identification number assigned under 
     paragraph (3)(I) for purposes of submitting a form developed 
     under this subsection on an applicant's behalf.
       ``(8) Application processing cycle.--The Secretary shall 
     enable students to submit forms developed under this 
     subsection and initiate the processing of such forms under 
     this subsection, as early as practicable prior to January 1 
     of the student's planned year of enrollment.
       ``(9) Early estimates of expected family contributions.--
     The Secretary shall permit an applicant to complete a form 
     described in this subsection in the years prior to enrollment 
     in order to obtain from the Secretary a nonbinding estimate 
     of the applicant's expected family contribution, computed in 
     accordance with part F. Such applicant shall be permitted to 
     update information submitted on a form described in this 
     subsection using the process required under paragraph (4).
       ``(10) Distribution of data.--Institutions of higher 
     education, guaranty agencies, and States shall receive, 
     without charge, the data collected by the Secretary using a 
     form developed under this subsection for the purposes of 
     processing loan applications and determining need and 
     eligibility for institutional and State financial aid awards. 
     Entities designated by institutions of higher education, 
     guaranty agencies, or States to receive such data shall be 
     subject to all the requirements of this section, unless such 
     requirements are waived by the Secretary.
       ``(11) Third party servicers and private software 
     providers.--To the extent practicable and in a timely manner, 
     the Secretary shall provide, to private organizations and 
     consortia that develop software used by institutions of 
     higher education for the administration of funds under this 
     title, all the necessary specifications that the 
     organizations and consortia must meet for the software the 
     organizations and consortia develop, produce, and distribute 
     (including any diskette, modem, or network communications) 
     which are so used. The specifications shall contain record 
     layouts for required data. The Secretary shall develop in 
     advance of each processing cycle an annual schedule for 
     providing such specifications. The Secretary, to the extent 
     practicable, shall use multiple means of providing such 
     specifications, including conferences and other meetings, 
     outreach, and technical support mechanisms (such as training 
     and printed reference materials). The Secretary shall, from 
     time to time, solicit from such organizations and consortia 
     means of improving the support provided by the Secretary.
       ``(12) Parent's social security number and birth date.--The 
     Secretary is authorized to include space on the forms 
     developed under this subsection for the social security 
     number and birth date of parents of dependent students 
     seeking financial assistance under this title.'';
       (2) by redesignating subsections (c) through (e) (as 
     amended by section 101(b)(11)) as subsections (b) through 
     (d), respectively;
       (3) in subsection (c) (as redesignated by paragraph (2)), 
     by striking ``that is authorized'' and all that follows 
     through the period at the end and inserting ``or other 
     appropriate provider of technical assistance and information 
     on postsecondary educational services that is authorized 
     under section 663(a) of the Individuals with Disabilities 
     Education Act. Not later than 2 years after the date of 
     enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, the 
     Secretary shall test and implement, to the extent 
     practicable, a toll-free telephone based system to permit 
     applicants who meet the requirements of 479(c) to submit an 
     application over such system.'';
       (4) by striking subsection (d) (as redesignated by 
     paragraph (2)) and inserting the following:
       ``(d) Assistance in Preparation of Financial Aid 
     Application.--
       ``(1) Preparation authorized.--Notwithstanding any 
     provision of this Act, an applicant may use a preparer for 
     consultative or preparation services for the completion of a 
     form developed under subsection (a) if the preparer satisfies 
     the requirements of this subsection.
       ``(2) Preparer identification required.--If an applicant 
     uses a preparer for consultative or preparation services for 
     the completion of a form developed under subsection (a), the 
     preparer shall include the name, signature, address or 
     employer's address, social security number or employer 
     identification number, and organizational affiliation of the 
     preparer on the applicant's form.
       ``(3) Additional requirements.--A preparer that provides 
     consultative or preparation services pursuant to this 
     subsection shall--
       ``(A) clearly inform each individual upon initial contact, 
     including contact through the Internet or by telephone, that 
     the FAFSA and EZ FAFSA may be completed for free via paper or 
     electronic versions of the forms that are provided by the 
     Secretary;
       ``(B) include in any advertising clear and conspicuous 
     information that the FAFSA and EZ FAFSA may be completed for 
     free via paper or electronic versions of the forms that are 
     provided by the Secretary;
       ``(C) if advertising or providing any information on a 
     website, or if providing services through a website, include 
     on the website a link to the website described in subsection 
     (a)(3) that provides the electronic versions of the forms 
     developed under subsection (a);
       ``(D) refrain from producing or disseminating any form 
     other than the forms developed by the Secretary under 
     subsection (a); and
       ``(E) not charge any fee to any individual seeking services 
     who meets the requirements of subsection (b) or (c) of 
     section 479.
       ``(4) Special rule.--Nothing in this Act shall be construed 
     to limit preparers of the financial reporting forms required 
     to be made under this title that meet the requirements of 
     this subsection from collecting source information from a 
     student or parent, including Internal Revenue Service tax 
     forms, in providing consultative and preparation services in 
     completing the forms.''; and
       (5) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(e) Early Application and Award Demonstration Program.--
       ``(1) Purpose.--The purpose of the demonstration program 
     implemented under this subsection is to determine the 
     feasibility of implementing a comprehensive early application 
     and notification system for all dependent students and to 
     measure the benefits and costs of such a system.
       ``(2) Program authorized.--Not later than 2 years after the 
     date of enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, 
     the Secretary shall implement an early application 
     demonstration program enabling dependent students who wish to 
     participate in the program--
       ``(A) to complete an application under this subsection 
     during the academic year that is 2 years prior to the year 
     such students plan to enroll in an institution of higher 
     education; and
       ``(B) based on the application described in subparagraph 
     (A), to obtain, not later than 1 year prior to the year of 
     the students' planned enrollment, information on eligibility 
     for Federal Pell Grants, Federal student loans under this 
     title, and State and institutional financial aid for the 
     student's first year of enrollment in an the institution of 
     higher education.
       ``(3) Early application and award.--For all dependent 
     students selected for participation in the demonstration 
     program who submit a completed FAFSA, or, as appropriate, an 
     EZ FAFSA, 2 years prior to the year such students plan to 
     enroll in an institution of higher education, the Secretary 
     shall, not later than 1 year prior to the year of such 
     planned enrollment--
       ``(A) provide each student who meets the requirements under 
     section 479(c) with a determination of such student's--
       ``(i) expected family contribution for the first year of 
     the student's enrollment in an institution of higher 
     education; and
       ``(ii) Federal Pell Grant award for the first such year, 
     based on the maximum Federal Pell Grant award at the time of 
     application;
       ``(B) provide each student who does not meet the 
     requirements under section 479(c) with an estimate of such 
     student's--
       ``(i) expected family contribution for the first year of 
     the student's planned enrollment; and
       ``(ii) Federal Pell Grant award for the first such year, 
     based on the maximum Federal Pell Grant award at the time of 
     application; and
       ``(C) remind the students of the need to update the 
     students' information during the calendar year of enrollment 
     using the expedited reapplication process provided for in 
     subsection (a)(4).

[[Page 16747]]

       ``(4) Participants.--The Secretary shall include, as 
     participants in the demonstration program--
       ``(A) States selected through the application process 
     described in paragraph (5);
       ``(B) institutions of higher education within the selected 
     States that are interested in participating in the 
     demonstration program, and that can make estimates or 
     commitments of institutional student financial aid, as 
     appropriate, to students the year before the students' 
     planned enrollment date; and
       ``(C) secondary schools within the selected States that are 
     interested in participating in the demonstration program, and 
     can commit resources to--
       ``(i) advertising the availability of the program;
       ``(ii) identifying students who might be interested in 
     participating in the program;
       ``(iii) encouraging such students to apply; and
       ``(iv) participating in the evaluation of the program.
       ``(5) Applications.--States that are interested in 
     participating in the demonstration program shall submit an 
     application, to the Secretary at such time, in such form, and 
     containing such information as the Secretary shall require. 
     The application shall include--
       ``(A) information on the amount of the State's need-based 
     student financial assistance available, and the eligibility 
     criteria for receiving such assistance;
       ``(B) a commitment to make, not later than the year before 
     the dependent students participating in the demonstration 
     program plan to enroll in an institution of higher 
     education--
       ``(i) determinations of State financial aid awards to 
     dependent students participating in the program who meet the 
     requirements of section 479(c); and
       ``(ii) estimates of State financial aid awards to other 
     dependent students participating in the program;
       ``(C) a plan for recruiting institutions of higher 
     education and secondary schools with different demographic 
     characteristics to participate in the program;
       ``(D) a plan for selecting institutions of higher education 
     and secondary schools to participate in the program that--
       ``(i) demonstrate a commitment to encouraging students to 
     submit a FAFSA, or, as appropriate, an EZ FAFSA, 2 years 
     before the students' planned date of enrollment in an 
     institution of higher education;
       ``(ii) serve different populations of students;
       ``(iii) in the case of institutions of higher education--

       ``(I) to the extent possible, are of varying types and 
     control; and
       ``(II) commit to making, not later than the year prior to 
     the year that dependent students participating in the 
     demonstration program plan to enroll in the institution--

       ``(aa) institutional awards to participating dependent 
     students who meet the requirements of section 479(c);
       ``(bb) estimates of institutional awards to other 
     participating dependent students; and
       ``(cc) expected or tentative awards of grants or other 
     financial aid available under this title (including 
     supplemental grants under subpart 3 of part A), for all 
     participating dependent students, along with information on 
     State awards, as provided to the institution by the State;
       ``(E) a commitment to participate in the evaluation 
     conducted by the Secretary; and
       ``(F) such other information as the Secretary may require.
       ``(6) Special provisions.--
       ``(A) Discretion of student financial aid administrators.--
     A financial aid administrator at an institution of higher 
     education participating in a demonstration program under this 
     subsection may use the discretion provided under section 479A 
     as necessary in awarding financial aid to students 
     participating in the demonstration program.
       ``(B) Waivers.--The Secretary is authorized to waive, for 
     an institution participating in the demonstration program, 
     any requirements under the title, or regulations prescribed 
     under this title, that would make the demonstration program 
     unworkable, except that the Secretary shall not waive any 
     provisions with respect to the maximum award amounts for 
     grants and loans under this title.
       ``(7) Outreach.--The Secretary shall make appropriate 
     efforts in order to notify States, institutions of higher 
     education, and secondary schools of the demonstration 
     program.
       ``(8) Evaluation.--The Secretary shall conduct a rigorous 
     evaluation of the demonstration program to measure the 
     program's benefits and adverse effects, as the benefits and 
     effects relate to the purpose of the program described in 
     paragraph (1). In conducting the evaluation, the Secretary 
     shall--
       ``(A) identify whether receiving financial aid awards or 
     estimates, as applicable, 1 year prior to the year in which 
     the student plans to enroll in an institution of higher 
     education, has a positive impact on the higher education 
     aspirations and plans of such student;
       ``(B) measure the extent to which using a student's income 
     information from the year that is 2 years prior to the 
     student's planned enrollment date had an impact on the 
     ability of States and institutions to make financial aid 
     awards and commitments;
       ``(C) determine what operational changes would be required 
     to implement the program on a larger scale;
       ``(D) identify any changes to Federal law that would be 
     necessary to implement the program on a permanent basis; and
       ``(E) identify the benefits and adverse effects of 
     providing early awards or estimates on program costs, program 
     operations, program integrity, award amounts, distribution, 
     and delivery of aid.
       ``(9) Consultation.--The Secretary shall consult, as 
     appropriate, with the Advisory Committee on Student Financial 
     Assistance established under section 491 on the design, 
     implementation, and evaluation of the demonstration program.
       ``(f) Use of IRS Data and Reduced Income and Asset 
     Information To Determine Eligibility for Student Financial 
     Aid.--
       ``(1) Formation of study group.--Not later than 90 days 
     after the date of enactment of the Higher Education 
     Amendments of 2007, the Comptroller General of the United 
     States and the Secretary of Education shall convene a study 
     group whose membership shall include the Secretary of the 
     Treasury, the Director of the Office of Management and 
     Budget, the Director of the Congressional Budget Office, 
     representatives of institutions of higher education with 
     expertise in Federal and State financial aid assistance, 
     State chief executive officers of higher education with a 
     demonstrated commitment to simplifying the FAFSA, and such 
     other individuals as the Comptroller General and the 
     Secretary of Education may designate.
       ``(2) Study required.--The Comptroller General and the 
     Secretary, in consultation with the study group convened 
     under paragraph (1), shall design and conduct a study to 
     identify and evaluate the means of simplifying the process of 
     applying for Federal financial aid available under this 
     title. The study shall focus on developing alternative 
     approaches for calculating the expected family contribution 
     that use substantially less income and asset data than the 
     methodology currently used, as of the time of the study, for 
     determining the expected family contribution.
       ``(3) Objectives of study.--The objectives of the study 
     required under paragraph (2) are--
       ``(A) to shorten the FAFSA and make it easier and less 
     time-consuming to complete, thereby increasing higher 
     education access for low-income students;
       ``(B) to examine the feasibility, and evaluate the costs 
     and benefits, of using income data from the Internal Revenue 
     Service to pre-populate the electronic version of the FAFSA;
       ``(C) to determine ways in which to provide reliable 
     information on the amount of Federal grant aid and financial 
     assistance a student can expect to receive, assuming constant 
     income, 2 to 3 years before the student's enrollment; and
       ``(D) to simplify the process for determining eligibility 
     for student financial aid without causing significant 
     redistribution of Federal grants and subsidized loans under 
     this title.
       ``(4) Required subjects of study.--The study required under 
     paragraph (2) shall consider--
       ``(A) how the expected family contribution of a student 
     could be calculated using substantially less income and asset 
     information than the approach currently used, as of the time 
     of the study, to calculate the expected family contribution 
     without causing significant redistribution of Federal grants 
     and subsidized loans under this title, State aid, or 
     institutional aid, or change in the composition of the group 
     of recipients of such aid, which alternative approaches for 
     calculating the expected family contribution shall, to the 
     extent practicable--
       ``(i) rely mainly, in the case of students and parents who 
     file income tax returns, on information available on the 
     1040, 1040EZ, and 1040A; and
       ``(ii) include formulas for adjusting income or asset 
     information to produce similar results to the existing 
     approach with less data;
       ``(B) how the Internal Revenue Service can provide income 
     and other data needed to compute an expected family 
     contribution for taxpayers and dependents of taxpayers to the 
     Secretary of Education, and when in the application cycle the 
     data can be made available;
       ``(C) whether data provided by the Internal Revenue could 
     be used to--
       ``(i) prepopulate the electronic version of the FAFSA with 
     student and parent taxpayer data; or
       ``(ii) generate an expected family contribution without 
     additional action on the part of the student and taxpayer;
       ``(D) the extent to which the use of income data from 2 
     years prior to a student's planned enrollment date would 
     change the expected family contribution computed in 
     accordance with part F, and potential adjustments to the need 
     analysis formula that would minimize the change;
       ``(E) the extent to which States and institutions would 
     accept the data provided by the Internal Revenue Service to 
     prepopulate the electronic version of the FAFSA in 
     determining the distribution of State and institutional 
     student financial aid funds;

[[Page 16748]]

       ``(F) the changes to the electronic version of the FAFSA 
     and verification processes that would be needed or could be 
     made if Internal Revenue Service data were used to 
     prepopulate such electronic version;
       ``(G) the data elements currently collected, as of the time 
     of the study, on the FAFSA that are needed to determine 
     eligibility for student aid, or to administer Federal student 
     financial aid programs, but are not needed to compute an 
     expected family contribution, such as whether information 
     regarding the student's citizenship or permanent residency 
     status, registration for selective service, or driver's 
     license number could be reduced without adverse effects;
       ``(H) additional steps that can be taken to simplify the 
     financial aid application process for students who (or, in 
     the case of dependent students, whose parents) are not 
     required to file an income tax return for the prior taxable 
     year;
       ``(I) information on the State need for and usage of the 
     full array of income, asset, and other information currently 
     collected, as of the time of the study, on the FAFSA, 
     including analyses of--
       ``(i) what data are currently used by States to determine 
     eligibility for State student financial aid, and whether the 
     data are used for merit or need-based aid;
       ``(ii) the extent to which the full array of income and 
     asset information currently collected on the FAFSA play an 
     important role in the awarding of need-based State financial 
     aid, and whether the State could use income and asset 
     information that was more limited to support determinations 
     of eligibility for such State aid programs;
       ``(iii) whether data are required by State law, State 
     regulations, or policy directives;
       ``(iv) what State official has the authority to advise the 
     Department on what the State requires to calculate need-based 
     State student financial aid;
       ``(v) the extent to which any State-specific information 
     requirements could be met by completion of a State 
     application linked to the electronic version of the FAFSA; 
     and
       ``(vi) whether the State can use, as of the time of the 
     study, or could use, a student's expected family contribution 
     based on data from 2 years prior to the student's planned 
     enrollment date and a calculation with reduced data elements 
     and, if not, what additional information would be needed or 
     what changes would be required; and
       ``(J) information on institutional needs, including the 
     extent to which institutions of higher education are already 
     using supplemental forms to collect additional data from 
     students and their families to determine eligibility for 
     institutional funds.
       ``(5) Use of data from the internal revenue service to 
     prepopulate fafsa forms.--After the study required under this 
     subsection has been completed, the Secretary may use Internal 
     Revenue Service data to prepopulate the electronic version of 
     the FAFSA if the Secretary, in a joint decision with the 
     Secretary of Treasury, determines that such use will not 
     significantly negatively impact students, institutions of 
     higher education, States, or the Federal Government based on 
     each of the following criteria:
       ``(A) Program costs.
       ``(B) Redistributive effects on students.
       ``(C) Accuracy of aid determinations.
       ``(D) Reduction of burden to the FAFSA filers.
       ``(E) Whether all States and institutions that currently 
     accept the Federal aid formula accept the use of data from 2 
     years prior to the date of a student's planned enrollment in 
     an institution of higher education to award Federal, State, 
     and institutional aid, and as a result will not require 
     students to complete any additional forms to receive this 
     aid.
       ``(6) Consultation.--The Secretary shall consult with the 
     Advisory Committee on Student Financial Assistance 
     established under section 491 as appropriate in carrying out 
     this subsection.
       ``(7) Report.--Not later than 1 year after the date of 
     enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, the 
     Comptroller General and the Secretary shall prepare and 
     submit a report on the results of the study required under 
     this subsection to the authorizing committees.''.

     SEC. 474. STUDENT ELIGIBILITY.

       (a) Amendments.--Section 484 (20 U.S.C. 1091) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (d), by adding at the end the following:
       ``(4) The student shall be determined by the institution of 
     higher education as having the ability to benefit from the 
     education or training offered by the institution of higher 
     education, upon satisfactory completion of 6 credit hours or 
     the equivalent coursework that are applicable toward a degree 
     or certificate offered by the institution of higher 
     education.'';
       (2) by striking subsection (l) and inserting the following:
       ``(l) Courses Offered Through Distance Education.--
       ``(1) Relation to correspondence courses.--
       ``(A) In general.--A student enrolled in a course of 
     instruction at an institution of higher education that is 
     offered principally through distance education and leads to a 
     recognized certificate, or associate, baccalaureate, or 
     graduate degree, conferred by such institution, shall not be 
     considered to be enrolled in correspondence courses.
       ``(B) Exception.--An institution of higher education 
     referred to in subparagraph (A) shall not include an 
     institution or school described in section 3(3)(C) of the 
     Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006.
       ``(2) Restriction or reductions of financial aid.--A 
     student's eligibility to receive grants, loans, or work 
     assistance under this title shall be reduced if a financial 
     aid officer determines under the discretionary authority 
     provided in section 479A that distance education results in a 
     substantially reduced cost of attendance to such student.
       ``(3) Special rule.--For award years prior to July 1, 2008, 
     the Secretary shall not take any compliance, disallowance, 
     penalty, or other action against a student or an eligible 
     institution when such action arises out of such institution's 
     prior award of student assistance under this title if the 
     institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary 
     that its course of instruction would have been in conformance 
     with the requirements of this subsection.''; and
       (3) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(s) Students With Intellectual Disabilities.--
     Notwithstanding subsection (a), in order to receive any grant 
     or work assistance under subparts 1 and 3 of part A and part 
     C of this title, a student with an intellectual disability 
     shall--
       ``(1) be an individual with an intellectual disability 
     whose mental retardation or other significant cognitive 
     impairment substantially impacts the individual's 
     intellectual and cognitive functioning;
       ``(2)(A) be a student eligible for assistance under the 
     Individuals with Disabilities Education Act who has completed 
     secondary school; or
       ``(B) be an individual who is no longer eligible for 
     assistance under the Individuals with Disabilities Education 
     Act because the individual has exceeded the maximum age for 
     which the State provides a free appropriate public education;
       ``(3) be enrolled or accepted for enrollment in a 
     comprehensive transition and postsecondary education program 
     that--
       ``(A) is designed for students with an intellectual 
     disability who are seeking to continue academic, vocational, 
     and independent living instruction at the institution in 
     order to prepare for gainful employment and independent 
     living;
       ``(B) includes an advising and curriculum structure;
       ``(C) requires students to participate on at least a half-
     time basis, as determined by the institution; or
       ``(D) includes--
       ``(i) regular enrollment in courses offered by the 
     institution;
       ``(ii) auditing or participating in courses offered by the 
     institution for which the student does not receive regular 
     academic credit;
       ``(iii) enrollment in noncredit, nondegree courses;
       ``(iv) participation in internships; or
       ``(v) a combination of 2 or more of the activities 
     described in clauses (i) through (iv);
       ``(4) be maintaining satisfactory progress in the program 
     as determined by the institution, in accordance with 
     standards established by the institution; and
       ``(5) meet the requirements of paragraphs (3), (4), (5), 
     and (6) of subsection (a).''.
       (b) Effective Date.--The amendments made by subsection (a) 
     shall take affect on July 1, 2008.

     SEC. 475. STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS AND STATE COURT JUDGMENTS.

       Section 484A (20 U.S.C. 1091a) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (B) in paragraph (2), by striking the period and inserting 
     ``; and''; and
       (C) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(3) in collecting any obligation arising from a loan made 
     under part E of this title, an institution of higher 
     education that has an agreement with the Secretary pursuant 
     to section 463(a) shall not be subject to a defense raised by 
     any borrower based on a claim of infancy.''; and
       (2) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(d) Special Rule.--This section shall not apply in the 
     case of a student who is deceased or to a deceased student's 
     estate or the estate of such student's family. If a student 
     is deceased, then the student's estate or the estate of the 
     student's family shall not be required to repay any financial 
     assistance under this title, including interest paid on the 
     student's behalf, collection costs, or other charges 
     specified in this title.''.

     SEC. 476. INSTITUTIONAL REFUNDS.

       (a) Amendment.--Section 484B(c)(2) (20 U.S.C. 1091B(c)(2)) 
     is amended by striking ``may determine the appropriate 
     withdrawal date.'' and inserting ``may determine--
       ``(A) the appropriate withdrawal date; and
       ``(B) that the requirements of subsection (b)(2) do not 
     apply to the student.''.
       (b) Effective Date.--The amendment made by subsection (a) 
     shall take effect on July 1, 2008.

     SEC. 477. INSTITUTIONAL AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE INFORMATION 
                   FOR STUDENTS.

       Section 485 (20 U.S.C. 1092) is amended--

[[Page 16749]]

       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) in paragraph (1)--
       (i) in subparagraph (G)--

       (I) by striking ``program, and'' and inserting 
     ``program,''; and
       (II) by inserting ``, and (iv) any plans by the institution 
     for improving the academic program of the institution'' after 
     ``instructional personnel''; and

       (ii) by striking subparagraph (M) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(M) the terms and conditions of the loans that students 
     receive under parts B, D, and E;'';
       (iii) in subparagraph (N), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (iv) in subparagraph (O), by striking the period and 
     inserting a semicolon; and
       (v) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(P) institutional policies and sanctions related to 
     copyright infringement, including--
       ``(i) an annual disclosure that explicitly informs students 
     that unauthorized distribution of copyrighted material, 
     including unauthorized peer-to-peer file sharing, may subject 
     the students to civil and criminal liabilities;
       ``(ii) a summary of the penalties for violation of Federal 
     copyright laws;
       ``(iii) a description of the institution's policies with 
     respect to unauthorized peer-to-peer file sharing, including 
     disciplinary actions that are taken against students who 
     engage in unauthorized distribution of copyrighted materials 
     using the institution's information technology system; and
       ``(iv) a description of actions that the institution takes 
     to prevent and detect unauthorized distribution of 
     copyrighted material on the institution's information 
     technology system;
       ``(Q) student body diversity at the institution, including 
     information on the percentage of enrolled, full-time students 
     who are--
       ``(i) male;
       ``(ii) female;
       ``(iii) from a low-income background; and
       ``(iv) a self-identified member of a major racial or ethnic 
     group;
       ``(R) the placement in employment of, and types of 
     employment obtained by, graduates of the institution's degree 
     or certificate programs, gathered from such sources as alumni 
     surveys, student satisfaction surveys, the National Survey of 
     Student Engagement, the Community College Survey of Student 
     Engagement, State data systems, or other relevant sources;
       ``(S) the types of graduate and professional education in 
     which graduates of the institution's 4-year degree programs 
     enrolled, gathered from such sources as alumni surveys, 
     student satisfaction surveys, the National Survey of Student 
     Engagement, State data systems, or other relevant sources;
       ``(T) the fire safety report prepared by the institution 
     pursuant to subsection (i); and
       ``(U) the retention rate of certificate- or degree-seeking, 
     full-time, undergraduate students entering such 
     institution.'';
       (B) by striking paragraph (4) and inserting the following:
       ``(4) For purposes of this section, institutions may--
       ``(A) exclude from the information disclosed in accordance 
     with subparagraph (L) of paragraph (1) the completion or 
     graduation rates of students who leave school to serve in the 
     Armed Forces, on official church missions, or with a 
     recognized foreign aid service of the Federal Government; or
       ``(B) in cases where the students described in subparagraph 
     (A) represent 20 percent or more of the certificate- or 
     degree-seeking, full-time, undergraduate students at the 
     institution, the institution may recalculate the completion 
     or graduation rates of such students by excluding from the 
     calculation described in paragraph (3) the time period such 
     students were not enrolled due to their service in the Armed 
     Forces, on official church missions, or with a recognized 
     foreign aid service of the Federal Government.''; and
       (C) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(7) The information disclosed under subparagraph (L) of 
     paragraph (1), or reported under subsection (e), shall 
     include information disaggregated by gender, by each major 
     racial and ethnic subgroup, by recipients of a Federal Pell 
     Grant, by recipients of a loan made under this part or part D 
     (other than a loan made under section 428H or a Federal 
     Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan) who did not receive a 
     Federal Pell Grant, and by recipients of neither a Federal 
     Pell Grant nor a loan made under this part or part D (other 
     than a loan made under section 428H or a Federal Direct 
     Unsubsidized Stafford Loan), if the number of students in 
     such subgroup or with such status is sufficient to yield 
     statistically reliable information and reporting would not 
     reveal personally identifiable information about an 
     individual student. If such number is not sufficient for such 
     purposes, then the institution shall note that the 
     institution enrolled too few of such students to so disclose 
     or report with confidence and confidentiality.'';
       (2) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in paragraph (1)(A), by striking the subparagraph 
     designation and all that follows through ``465.'' and 
     inserting the following:
       ``(A) Each eligible institution shall, through financial 
     aid offices or otherwise, provide counseling to borrowers of 
     loans that are made, insured, or guaranteed under part B 
     (other than loans made pursuant to section 428C or loans made 
     to parents pursuant to section 428B), or made under part D 
     (other than Federal Direct Consolidation Loans or Federal 
     Direct PLUS Loans made to parents) or E, prior to the 
     completion of the course of study for which the borrower 
     enrolled at the institution or at the time of departure from 
     such institution. The counseling required by this subsection 
     shall include--
       ``(i) information on the repayment plans available, 
     including a discussion of the different features of each plan 
     and sample information showing the difference in interest 
     paid and total payments under each plan;
       ``(ii) the average anticipated monthly repayments under the 
     standard repayment plan and, at the borrower's request, the 
     other repayment plans for which the borrower is eligible;
       ``(iii) such debt and management strategies as the 
     institution determines are designed to facilitate the 
     repayment of such indebtedness;
       ``(iv) an explanation that the borrower has the ability to 
     prepay each such loan, pay the loan on a shorter schedule, 
     and change repayment plans;
       ``(v) the terms and conditions under which the student may 
     obtain full or partial forgiveness or cancellation of 
     principal or interest under sections 428J, 460, and 465 (to 
     the extent that such sections are applicable to the student's 
     loans);
       ``(vi) the terms and conditions under which the student may 
     defer repayment of principal or interest or be granted 
     forbearance under subsections (b)(1)(M) and (o) of section 
     428, 428H(e)(7), subsections (f) and (l) of section 455, and 
     section 464(c)(2), and the potential impact of such deferment 
     or forbearance;
       ``(vii) the consequences of default on such loans;
       ``(viii) information on the effects of using a 
     consolidation loan to discharge the borrower's loans under 
     parts B, D, and E, including, at a minimum--

       ``(I) the effects of consolidation on total interest to be 
     paid, fees to be paid, and length of repayment;
       ``(II) the effects of consolidation on a borrower's 
     underlying loan benefits, including all grace periods, loan 
     forgiveness, cancellation, and deferment opportunities;
       ``(III) the ability of the borrower to prepay the loan or 
     change repayment plans; and
       ``(IV) that borrower benefit programs may vary among 
     different loan holders; and

       ``(ix) a notice to borrowers about the availability of the 
     National Student Loan Data System and how the system can be 
     used by a borrower to obtain information on the status of the 
     borrower's loans.''; and
       (B) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(3) Each eligible institution shall, during the exit 
     interview required by this subsection, provide to a borrower 
     of a loan made under part B, D, or E a clear and conspicuous 
     notice describing the general effects of using a 
     consolidation loan to discharge the borrower's student loans, 
     including--
       ``(A) the effects of consolidation on total interest to be 
     paid, fees to be paid, and length of repayment;
       ``(B) the effects of consolidation on a borrower's 
     underlying loan benefits, including loan forgiveness, 
     cancellation, and deferment;
       ``(C) the ability for the borrower to prepay the loan, pay 
     on a shorter schedule, and to change repayment plans, and 
     that borrower benefit programs may vary among different loan 
     holders;
       ``(D) a general description of the types of tax benefits 
     which may be available to borrowers of student loans; and
       ``(E) the consequences of default.'';
       (3) in subsection (d)(2)--
       (A) by inserting ``grant assistance, as well as State'' 
     after ``describing State''; and
       (B) by inserting ``and other means, including through the 
     Internet'' before the period at the end;
       (4) in subsection (e), by striking paragraph (3) and 
     inserting the following:
       ``(3) For purposes of this subsection, institutions may--
       ``(A) exclude from the reporting requirements under 
     paragraphs (1) and (2) the completion or graduation rates of 
     students and student athletes who leave school to serve in 
     the Armed Forces, on official church missions, or with a 
     recognized foreign aid service of the Federal Government; or
       ``(B) in cases where the students described in subparagraph 
     (A) represent 20 percent or more of the certificate- or 
     degree-seeking, full-time, undergraduate students at the 
     institution, the institution may calculate the completion or 
     graduation rates of such students by excluding from the 
     calculations described in paragraph (1) the time period such 
     students were not enrolled due to their service in the Armed 
     Forces, on official church missions, or with a recognized 
     foreign aid service of the Federal Government.'';
       (5) in subsection (f)--
       (A) in paragraph (1)--
       (i) the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by inserting ``, 
     other than a foreign institution of higher education,'' after 
     ``under this title''; and
       (ii) by adding at the end the following:

[[Page 16750]]

       ``(J) A statement of current campus policies regarding 
     immediate emergency response and evacuation procedures, 
     including the use of electronic and cellular communication 
     (if appropriate), which policies shall include procedures--
       ``(i) to notify the campus community in a reasonable and 
     timely manner in the event of a significant emergency or 
     dangerous situation, involving an immediate threat to the 
     health or safety of students or staff, occurring on the 
     campus;
       ``(ii) to publicize emergency response and evacuation 
     procedures on an annual basis in a manner designed to reach 
     students and staff; and
       ``(iii) to test emergency response and evacuation 
     procedures on an annual basis.'';
       (B) by redesignating paragraph (15) as paragraph (17); and
       (C) by inserting after paragraph (14) the following:
       ``(15) Compliance report.--The Secretary shall annually 
     report to the authorizing committees regarding compliance 
     with this subsection by institutions of higher education, 
     including an up-to-date report on the Secretary's monitoring 
     of such compliance.
       ``(16) Best practices.--The Secretary may seek the advice 
     and counsel of the Attorney General concerning the 
     development, and dissemination to institutions of higher 
     education, of best practices information about campus safety 
     and emergencies.''; and
       (6) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(h) Transfer of Credit Policies.--
       ``(1) Disclosure.--Each institution of higher education 
     participating in any program under this title shall publicly 
     disclose in a readable and comprehensible manner the transfer 
     of credit policies established by the institution which shall 
     include a statement of the institution's current transfer of 
     credit policies that includes, at a minimum--
       ``(A) any established criteria the institution uses 
     regarding the transfer of credit earned at another 
     institution of higher education; and
       ``(B) a list of institutions of higher education with which 
     the institution has established an articulation agreement.
       ``(2) Rule of construction.--Nothing in this subsection 
     shall be construed to--
       ``(A) authorize the Secretary or the Accreditation and 
     Institutional Quality and Integrity Advisory Committee to 
     require particular policies, procedures, or practices by 
     institutions of higher education with respect to transfer of 
     credit;
       ``(B) authorize an officer or employee of the Department to 
     exercise any direction, supervision, or control over the 
     curriculum, program of instruction, administration, or 
     personnel of any institution of higher education, or over any 
     accrediting agency or association;
       ``(C) limit the application of the General Education 
     Provisions Act; or
       ``(D) create any legally enforceable right on the part of a 
     student to require an institution of higher education to 
     accept a transfer of credit from another institution.
       ``(i) Disclosure of Fire Safety Standards and Measures.--
       ``(1) Annual fire safety reports on student housing 
     required.--Each eligible institution participating in any 
     program under this title shall, on an annual basis, publish a 
     fire safety report, which shall contain information with 
     respect to the campus fire safety practices and standards of 
     that institution, including--
       ``(A) statistics concerning the following in each on-campus 
     student housing facility during the most recent calendar 
     years for which data are available--
       ``(i) the number of fires and the cause of each fire;
       ``(ii) the number of injuries related to a fire that result 
     in treatment at a medical facility;
       ``(iii) the number of deaths related to a fire; and
       ``(iv) the value of property damage caused by a fire;
       ``(B) a description of each on-campus student housing 
     facility fire safety system, including the fire sprinkler 
     system;
       ``(C) the number of regular mandatory supervised fire 
     drills;
       ``(D) policies or rules on portable electrical appliances, 
     smoking, and open flames (such as candles), procedures for 
     evacuation, and policies regarding fire safety education and 
     training programs provided to students, faculty, and staff; 
     and
       ``(E) plans for future improvements in fire safety, if 
     determined necessary by such institution.
       ``(2) Report to the secretary.--Each eligible institution 
     participating in any program under this title shall, on an 
     annual basis submit to the Secretary a copy of the statistics 
     required to be made available under subparagraph (A).
       ``(3) Current information to campus community.--Each 
     institution participating in any program under this title 
     shall--
       ``(A) make, keep, and maintain a log, recording all fires 
     in on-campus student housing facilities, including the 
     nature, date, time, and general location of each fire; and
       ``(B) make annual reports to the campus community on such 
     fires.
       ``(4) Responsibilities of the secretary.--The Secretary 
     shall--
       ``(A) make such statistics submitted to the Secretary 
     available to the public; and
       ``(B) in coordination with nationally recognized fire 
     organizations and representatives of institutions of higher 
     education, representatives of associations of institutions of 
     higher education, and other organizations that represent and 
     house a significant number of students--
       ``(i) identify exemplary fire safety policies, procedures, 
     programs, and practices;
       ``(ii) disseminate information to the Administrator of the 
     United States Fire Administration;
       ``(iii) make available to the public information concerning 
     those policies, procedures, programs, and practices that have 
     proven effective in the reduction of fires; and
       ``(iv) develop a protocol for institutions to review the 
     status of their fire safety systems.
       ``(5) Rules of construction.--Nothing in this subsection 
     shall be construed to--
       ``(A) authorize the Secretary to require particular 
     policies, procedures, programs, or practices by institutions 
     of higher education with respect to fire safety, other than 
     with respect to the collection, reporting, and dissemination 
     of information required by this subsection;
       ``(B) affect the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act 
     of 1974 or the regulations issued under section 264 of the 
     Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 
     (42 U.S.C. 1320d-2 note);
       ``(C) create a cause of action against any institution of 
     higher education or any employee of such an institution for 
     any civil liability; and
       ``(D) establish any standard of care.
       ``(6) Compliance report.--The Secretary shall annually 
     report to the authorizing committees regarding compliance 
     with this subsection by institutions of higher education, 
     including an up-to-date report on the Secretary's monitoring 
     of such compliance.
       ``(7) Evidence.--Notwithstanding any other provision of 
     law, evidence regarding compliance or noncompliance with this 
     subsection shall not be admissible as evidence in any 
     proceeding of any court, agency, board, or other entity, 
     except with respect to an action to enforce this 
     subsection.''.

     SEC. 478. ENTRANCE COUNSELING REQUIRED.

       Section 485 (as amended by section 477) is further 
     amended--
       (1) by redesignating subsections (b) through (i) as 
     subsections (c) through (j), respectively; and
       (2) by inserting after subsection (a) the following:
       ``(b) Entrance Counseling for Borrowers.--
       ``(1) Disclosure required prior to disbursement.--
       ``(A) In general.--Each eligible institution shall, at or 
     prior to the time of a disbursement to a first-time student 
     borrower of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part B 
     or D, ensure that the borrower receives comprehensive 
     information on the terms and conditions of the loan and the 
     responsibilities the borrower has with respect to such loan. 
     Such information shall be provided in simple and 
     understandable terms and may be provided--
       ``(i) during an entrance counseling session conducted in 
     person;
       ``(ii) on a separate written form provided to the borrower 
     that the borrower signs and returns to the institution; or
       ``(iii) online, with the borrower acknowledging receipt and 
     understanding of the information.
       ``(B) Use of interactive programs.--The Secretary shall 
     encourage institutions to carry out the requirements of 
     subparagraph (A) through the use of interactive programs that 
     test the borrowers' understanding of the terms and conditions 
     of the borrowers' loans under part B or D, using 
     comprehensible language and displays with clear formatting.
       ``(2) Information to be provided.--The information provided 
     to the borrower under paragraph (1)(A) shall include--
       ``(A) an explanation of the use of the Master Promissory 
     Note;
       ``(B) in the case of a loan made under section 428B or 
     428H, a Federal Direct PLUS Loan, or a Federal Direct 
     Unsubsidized Stafford Loan--
       ``(i) the ability of the borrower to pay the interest while 
     the borrower is in school; and
       ``(ii) how often interest is capitalized;
       ``(C) the definition of half-time enrollment at the 
     institution, during regular terms and summer school, if 
     applicable, and the consequences of not maintaining half-time 
     enrollment;
       ``(D) an explanation of the importance of contacting the 
     appropriate institutional offices if the borrower withdraws 
     prior to completing the borrower's program of study so that 
     the institution can provide exit counseling, including 
     information regarding the borrower's repayment options and 
     loan consolidation;
       ``(E) the obligation of the borrower to repay the full 
     amount of the loan even if the borrower does not complete the 
     program in which the borrower is enrolled;
       ``(F) information on the National Student Loan Data System 
     and how the borrower can access the borrower's records; and
       ``(G) the name of an individual the borrower may contact if 
     the borrower has any

[[Page 16751]]

     questions about the borrower's rights and responsibilities or 
     the terms and conditions of the loan.''.

     SEC. 479. NATIONAL STUDENT LOAN DATA SYSTEM.

       Section 485B (20 U.S.C. 1092b) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) by redesignating paragraphs (6) through (10) as 
     paragraphs (7) through (11), respectively;
       (B) in paragraph (5) (as added by Public Law 101-610), by 
     striking ``effectiveness.'' and inserting ``effectiveness;''; 
     and
       (C) by redesignating paragraph (5) (as added by Public Law 
     101-234) as paragraph (6);
       (2) by redesignating subsections (d) through (g) as 
     subsections (e) through (h), respectively; and
       (3) by inserting after subsection (c) the following:
       ``(d) Principles for Administering the Data System.--In 
     managing the National Student Loan Data System, the Secretary 
     shall take actions necessary to maintain confidence in the 
     data system, including, at a minimum--
       ``(1) ensuring that the primary purpose of access to the 
     data system by guaranty agencies, eligible lenders, and 
     eligible institutions of higher education is for legitimate 
     program operations, such as the need to verify the 
     eligibility of a student, potential student, or parent for 
     loans under part B, D, or E;
       ``(2) prohibiting nongovernmental researchers and policy 
     analysts from accessing personally identifiable information;
       ``(3) creating a disclosure form for students and potential 
     students that is distributed when such students complete the 
     common financial reporting form under section 483, and as a 
     part of the exit counseling process under section 485(b), 
     that--
       ``(A) informs the students that any title IV grant or loan 
     the students receive will be included in the National Student 
     Loan Data System, and instructs the students on how to access 
     that information;
       ``(B) describes the categories of individuals or entities 
     that may access the data relating to such grant or loan 
     through the data system, and for what purposes access is 
     allowed;
       ``(C) defines and explains the categories of information 
     included in the data system;
       ``(D) provides a summary of the provisions of the Family 
     Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 and other 
     applicable Federal privacy statutes, and a statement of the 
     students' rights and responsibilities with respect to such 
     statutes;
       ``(E) explains the measures taken by the Department to 
     safeguard the students' data; and
       ``(F) includes other information as determined appropriate 
     by the Secretary;
       ``(4) requiring guaranty agencies, eligible lenders, and 
     eligible institutions of higher education that enter into an 
     agreement with a potential student, student, or parent of 
     such student regarding a loan under part B, D, or E, to 
     inform the student or parent that such loan shall be--
       ``(A) submitted to the data system; and
       ``(B) accessible to guaranty agencies, eligible lenders, 
     and eligible institutions of higher education determined by 
     the Secretary to be authorized users of the data system;
       ``(5) regularly reviewing the data system to--
       ``(A) delete inactive users from the data system;
       ``(B) ensure that the data in the data system are not being 
     used for marketing purposes; and
       ``(C) monitor the use of the data system by guaranty 
     agencies and eligible lenders to determine whether an agency 
     or lender is accessing the records of students in which the 
     agency or lender has no existing financial interest; and
       ``(6) developing standardized protocols for limiting access 
     to the data system that include--
       ``(A) collecting data on the usage of the data system to 
     monitor whether access has been or is being used contrary to 
     the purposes of the data system;
       ``(B) defining the steps necessary for determining whether, 
     and how, to deny or restrict access to the data system; and
       ``(C) determining the steps necessary to reopen access to 
     the data system following a denial or restriction of 
     access.''; and
       (4) by striking subsection (e) (as redesignated by 
     paragraph (1)) and inserting the following:
       ``(e) Reports to Congress.--
       ``(1) Annual report.--Not later than September 30 of each 
     fiscal year, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the 
     appropriate committees of Congress a report describing--
       ``(A) the results obtained by the establishment and 
     operation of the National Student Loan Data System authorized 
     by this section;
       ``(B) the effectiveness of existing privacy safeguards in 
     protecting student and parent information in the data system;
       ``(C) the success of any new authorization protocols in 
     more effectively preventing abuse of the data system;
       ``(D) the ability of the Secretary to monitor how the 
     system is being used, relative to the intended purposes of 
     the data system; and
       ``(E) any protocols developed under subsection (d)(6) 
     during the preceding fiscal year.
       ``(2) Study.--
       ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall conduct a study 
     regarding--
       ``(i) available mechanisms for providing students and 
     parents with the ability to opt in or opt out of allowing 
     eligible lenders to access their records in the National 
     Student Loan Data System; and
       ``(ii) appropriate protocols for limiting access to the 
     data system, based on the risk assessment required under 
     subchapter III of chapter 35 of title 44, United States Code.
       ``(B) Submission of study.--Not later than 3 years after 
     the date of enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 
     2007, the Secretary shall prepare and submit a report on the 
     findings of the study to the appropriate committees of 
     Congress.''.

     SEC. 480. EARLY AWARENESS OF FINANCIAL AID ELIGIBILITY.

       Part G of title IV (20 U.S.C. 1088 et seq.) is further 
     amended by inserting after section 485D (20 U.S.C. 1092c) the 
     following:

     ``SEC. 485E. EARLY AWARENESS OF FINANCIAL AID ELIGIBILITY.

       ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall implement, in 
     cooperation with States, institutions of higher education, 
     secondary schools, middle schools, early intervention and 
     outreach programs under this title, other agencies and 
     organizations involved in student financial assistance and 
     college access, public libraries, community centers, 
     employers, and businesses, a comprehensive system of early 
     financial aid information in order to provide students and 
     families with early information about financial aid and early 
     estimates of such students' eligibility for financial aid 
     from multiple sources. Such system shall include the 
     activities described in subsections (b) and (c).
       ``(b) Communication of Availability of Aid and Aid 
     Eligibility.--
       ``(1) Students who receive benefits.--The Secretary shall--
       ``(A) make special efforts to notify students, who receive 
     or are eligible to receive benefits under a Federal means-
     tested benefit program (including the food stamp program 
     under the Food Stamp Act of 1977 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.)) or 
     another such benefit program as determined by the Secretary, 
     of such students' potential eligibility for a maximum Federal 
     Pell Grant under subpart 1 of part A; and
       ``(B) disseminate such informational materials as the 
     Secretary determines necessary.
       ``(2) Middle school students.--The Secretary, in 
     cooperation with States, institutions of higher education, 
     other organizations involved in college access and student 
     financial aid, middle schools, and programs under this title 
     that serve middle school students, shall make special efforts 
     to notify students and their parents of the availability of 
     financial aid under this title and, in accordance with 
     subsection (c), shall provide nonbinding estimates of grant 
     and loan aid that an individual may be eligible for under 
     this title upon completion of an application form under 
     section 483(a). The Secretary shall ensure that such 
     information is as accurate as possible and that such 
     information is provided in an age-appropriate format using 
     dissemination mechanisms suitable for students in middle 
     school.
       ``(3) Secondary school students.--The Secretary, in 
     cooperation with States, institutions of higher education, 
     other organizations involved in college access and student 
     financial aid, secondary schools, and programs under this 
     title that serve secondary school students, shall make 
     special efforts to notify students in secondary school and 
     their parents, as early as possible but not later than such 
     students' junior year of secondary school, of the 
     availability of financial aid under this title and, in 
     accordance with subsection (c), shall provide nonbinding 
     estimates of the amounts of grant and loan aid that an 
     individual may be eligible for under this title upon 
     completion of an application form under section 483(a). The 
     Secretary shall ensure that such information is as accurate 
     as possible and that such information is provided in an age-
     appropriate format using dissemination mechanisms suitable 
     for students in secondary school.
       ``(4) Adult learners.--The Secretary, in cooperation with 
     States, institutions of higher education, other organizations 
     involved in college access and student financial aid, 
     employers, workforce investment boards and public libraries, 
     shall make special efforts to provide individuals who would 
     qualify as independent students, as defined in section 
     480(d), with information regarding the availability of 
     financial aid under this title and, in accordance with 
     subsection (c), with nonbinding estimates of the amounts of 
     grant and loan aid that an individual may be eligible for 
     under this title upon completion of an application form under 
     section 483(a). The Secretary shall ensure that such 
     information--
       ``(A) is as accurate as possible;
       ``(B) includes specific information regarding the 
     availability of financial aid for students qualified as 
     independent students, as defined in section 480(d); and
       ``(C) uses dissemination mechanisms suitable for adult 
     learners.
       ``(5) Public awareness campaign.--Not later than 2 years 
     after the date of enactment of the Higher Education 
     Amendments

[[Page 16752]]

     of 2007, the Secretary, in coordination with States, 
     institutions of higher education, early intervention and 
     outreach programs under this title, other agencies and 
     organizations involved in student financial aid, local 
     educational agencies, public libraries, community centers, 
     businesses, employers, employment services, workforce 
     investment boards, and movie theaters, shall implement a 
     public awareness campaign in order to increase national 
     awareness regarding the availability of financial aid under 
     this title. The public awareness campaign shall disseminate 
     accurate information regarding the availability of financial 
     aid under this title and shall be implemented, to the extent 
     practicable, using a variety of media, including print, 
     television, radio and the Internet. The Secretary shall 
     design and implement the public awareness campaign based upon 
     relevant independent research and the information and 
     dissemination strategies found most effective in implementing 
     paragraphs (1) through (4).
       ``(c) Availability of Nonbinding Estimates of Federal 
     Financial Aid Eligibility.--
       ``(1) In general.--The Secretary, in cooperation with 
     States, institutions of higher education, and other agencies 
     and organizations involved in student financial aid, shall 
     provide, via a printed form and the Internet or other 
     electronic means, the capability for individuals to determine 
     easily, by entering relevant data, nonbinding estimates of 
     amounts of grant and loan aid an individual may be eligible 
     for under this title upon completion and processing of an 
     application and enrollment in an institution of higher 
     education.
       ``(2) Data elements.--The Secretary, in cooperation with 
     States, institutions of higher education, and other agencies 
     and organizations involved in student financial aid, shall 
     determine the data elements that are necessary to create a 
     simplified form that individuals can use to obtain easily 
     nonbinding estimates of the amounts of grant and loan aid an 
     individual may be eligible for under this title.
       ``(3) Qualification to use simplified application.--The 
     capability provided under this paragraph shall include the 
     capability to determine whether the individual is eligible to 
     submit a simplified application form under paragraph (2)(B) 
     or (3)(B) of section 483(a).''.

     SEC. 481. PROGRAM PARTICIPATION AGREEMENTS.

       Section 487 (20 U.S.C. 1094) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) by redesignating paragraphs (21), (22), and (23) as 
     paragraphs (22), (23), and (24), respectively;
       (B) by inserting after paragraph (20) the following:
       ``(21) Code of conduct.--
       ``(A) In general.--The institution will establish, follow, 
     and enforce a code of conduct regarding student loans that 
     includes not less than the following:
       ``(i) Revenue sharing prohibition.--The institution is 
     prohibited from receiving anything of value from any lender 
     in exchange for any advantage sought by the lender to make 
     educational loans to a student enrolled, or who is expected 
     to be enrolled, at the institution, except that an 
     institution shall not be prohibited from receiving a 
     philanthropic contribution from a lender if the contribution 
     is not made in exchange for any such advantage.
       ``(ii) Gift and trip prohibition.--Any employee who is 
     employed in the financial aid office of the institution, or 
     who otherwise has responsibilities with respect to 
     educational loans or other financial aid of the institution, 
     is prohibited from taking from any lender any gift or trip 
     worth more than nominal value, except for reasonable expenses 
     for professional development that will improve the efficiency 
     and effectiveness of programs under this title and for 
     domestic travel to such professional development.
       ``(iii) Contracting arrangements.--Any employee who is 
     employed in the financial aid office of the institution, or 
     who otherwise has responsibilities with respect to 
     educational loans or other financial aid of the institution, 
     shall be prohibited from entering into any type of consulting 
     arrangement or other contract to provide services to a 
     lender.
       ``(iv) Advisory board compensation.--Any employee who is 
     employed in the financial aid office of the institution, or 
     who otherwise has responsibilities with respect to 
     educational loans or other student financial aid of the 
     institution, and who serves on an advisory board, commission, 
     or group established by a lender or group of lenders shall be 
     prohibited from receiving anything of value from the lender 
     or group of lenders, except that the employee may be 
     reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in serving on 
     such advisory board, commission or group.
       ``(v) Interaction with borrowers.--The institution will 
     not--

       ``(I) for any first-time borrower, assign, through award 
     packaging or other methods, the borrower's loan to a 
     particular lender; and
       ``(II) refuse to certify, or, delay certification of, any 
     loan in accordance with paragraph (6) based on the borrower's 
     selection of a particular lender or guaranty agency.

       ``(B) Designation.--The institution will designate an 
     individual who shall be responsible for signing an annual 
     attestation on behalf of the institution that the institution 
     agrees to, and is in compliance with, the requirements of the 
     code of conduct described in this paragraph. Such individual 
     shall be the chief executive officer, chief operating 
     officer, chief financial officer, or comparable official, of 
     the institution, and shall annually submit the signed 
     attestation to the Secretary.
       ``(C) Availability.--The institution will make the code of 
     conduct widely available to the institution's faculty 
     members, students, and parents through a variety of means, 
     including the institution's website.'';
       (C) in paragraph (24) (as redesignated by subparagraph 
     (A)), by adding at the end the following:
       ``(D) In the case of a proprietary institution of higher 
     education as defined in section 102(b), the institution shall 
     be considered in compliance with the requirements of 
     subparagraph (A) for any student to whom the institution 
     electronically transmits a message containing a voter 
     registration form acceptable for use in the State in which 
     the institution is located, or an Internet address where such 
     a form can be downloaded, if such information is in an 
     electronic message devoted solely to voter registration.''; 
     and
       (D) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(25) In the case of a proprietary institution of higher 
     education as defined in section 102(b), the institution will, 
     as calculated in accordance with subsection (h)(1), have not 
     less than 10 percent of its revenues from sources other than 
     funds provided under this title, or will be subject to the 
     sanctions described in subsection (h)(2).
       ``(26) Preferred lender lists.--
       ``(A) In general.--In the case of an institution (including 
     an employee or agent of an institution) that maintains a 
     preferred lender list, in print or any other medium, through 
     which the institution recommends one or more specific lenders 
     for loans made under part B to the students attending the 
     institution (or the parents of such students), the 
     institution will--
       ``(i) clearly and fully disclose on the preferred lender 
     list--

       ``(I) why the institution has included each lender as a 
     preferred lender, especially with respect to terms and 
     conditions favorable to the borrower; and
       ``(II) that the students attending the institution (or the 
     parents of such students) do not have to borrow from a lender 
     on the preferred lender list;

       ``(ii) ensure, through the use of the list provided by the 
     Secretary under subparagraph (C), that--

       ``(I) there are not less than 3 lenders named on the 
     preferred lending list that are not affiliates of each other; 
     and
       ``(II) the preferred lender list--

       ``(aa) specifically indicates, for each lender on the list, 
     whether the lender is or is not an affiliate of each other 
     lender on the list; and
       ``(bb) if the lender is an affiliate of another lender on 
     the list, describes the specifics of such affiliation; and
       ``(iii) establish a process to ensure that lenders are 
     placed upon the preferred lender list on the basis of the 
     benefits provided to borrowers, including --

       ``(I) highly competitive interest rates, terms, or 
     conditions for loans made under part B;
       ``(II) high-quality customer service for such loans; or
       ``(III) additional benefits beyond the standard terms and 
     conditions for such loans.

       ``(B) Definition of affiliate; control.--
       ``(i) Definition of affiliate.--For the purposes of 
     subparagraph (A)(ii) the term `affiliate' means a person that 
     controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, 
     another person.
       ``(ii) Control.--For purposes of subparagraph (A)(ii), a 
     person has control over another person if--

       ``(I) the person directly or indirectly, or acting through 
     1 or more others, owns, controls, or has the power to vote 5 
     percent or more of any class of voting securities of such 
     other person;
       ``(II) the person controls, in any manner, the election of 
     a majority of the directors or trustees of such other person; 
     or
       ``(III) the Secretary determines (after notice and 
     opportunity for a hearing) that the person directly or 
     indirectly exercises a controlling interest over the 
     management or policies of such other person.

       ``(C) List of lender affiliates.--The Secretary, in 
     consultation with the Director of the Federal Deposit 
     Insurance Corporation, shall maintain and update a list of 
     lender affiliates of all eligible lenders, and shall provide 
     such list to the eligible institutions for use in carrying 
     out subparagraph (A).'';
       (2) in subsection (c)(1)(A)(i), by inserting ``, except 
     that the Secretary may modify the requirements of this clause 
     with regard to an institution outside the United States'' 
     before the semicolon at the end;
       (3) by redesignating subsections (d) and (e) as subsection 
     (f) and (g), respectively;
       (4) by inserting after subsection (c) the following:
       ``(d) Institutional Requirements for Teach-Outs.--
       ``(1) In general.--In the event the Secretary initiates the 
     limitation, suspension,

[[Page 16753]]

     or termination of the participation of an institution of 
     higher education in any program under this title under the 
     authority of subsection (c)(1)(F) or initiates an emergency 
     action under the authority of subsection (c)(1)(G) and its 
     prescribed regulations, the Secretary shall require that 
     institution to prepare a teach-out plan for submission to the 
     institution's accrediting agency or association in compliance 
     with section 496(c)(4), the Secretary's regulations on teach-
     out plans, and the standards of the institution's accrediting 
     agency or association.
       ``(2) Teach-out plan defined.--In this subsection, the term 
     `teach-out plan' means a written plan that provides for the 
     equitable treatment of students if an institution of higher 
     education ceases to operate before all students have 
     completed their program of study, and may include, if 
     required by the institution's accrediting agency or 
     association, an agreement between institutions for such a 
     teach-out plan.
       ``(e) Violation of Code of Conduct Regarding Student 
     Loans.--
       ``(1) In general.--Upon a finding by the Secretary, after 
     reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing, that an 
     institution of higher education that has entered into a 
     program participation agreement with the Secretary under 
     subsection (a) willfully contravened the institution's 
     attestation of compliance with the provisions of subsection 
     (a)(21), the Secretary may impose a penalty described in 
     paragraph (2).
       ``(2) Penalties.--A violation of paragraph (1) shall result 
     in the limitation, suspension, or termination of the 
     eligibility of the institution for the loan programs under 
     this title.''; and
       (5) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(h) Implementation of Nontitle IV Revenue Requirement.--
       ``(1) Calculation.--In carrying out subsection (a)(27), a 
     proprietary institution of higher education (as defined in 
     section 102(b)) shall use the cash basis of accounting and 
     count the following funds as from sources of funds other than 
     funds provided under this title:
       ``(A) Funds used by students from sources other than funds 
     received under this title to pay tuition, fees, and other 
     institutional charges to the institution, provided the 
     institution can reasonably demonstrate that such funds were 
     used for such purposes.
       ``(B) Funds used by the institution to satisfy matching-
     fund requirements for programs under this title.
       ``(C) Funds used by a student from savings plans for 
     educational expenses established by or on behalf of the 
     student and which qualify for special tax treatment under the 
     Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
       ``(D) Funds paid by a student, or on behalf of a student by 
     a party other than the institution, to the institution for an 
     education or training program that is not eligible for funds 
     under this title, provided that the program is approved or 
     licensed by the appropriate State agency or an accrediting 
     agency recognized by the Secretary.
       ``(E) Funds generated by the institution from institutional 
     activities that are necessary for the education and training 
     of the institution's students, if such activities are--
       ``(i) conducted on campus or at a facility under the 
     control of the institution;
       ``(ii) performed under the supervision of a member of the 
     institution's faculty; and
       ``(iii) required to be performed by all students in a 
     specific educational program at the institution.
       ``(F) Institutional aid, as follows:
       ``(i) In the case of loans made by the institution, only 
     the amount of loan repayments received by the institution 
     during the fiscal year for which the determination is made.
       ``(ii) In the case of scholarships provided by the 
     institution, only those scholarship funds provided by the 
     institution that are--

       ``(I) in the form of monetary aid based upon the academic 
     achievements or financial need of students; and
       ``(II) disbursed during the fiscal year for which the 
     determination is made from an established restricted account 
     and only to the extent that the funds in that account 
     represent designated funds from an outside source or income 
     earned on those funds.

       ``(iii) In the case of tuition discounts, only those 
     tuition discounts based upon the academic achievement or 
     financial need of students.
       ``(2) Sanctions.--
       ``(A) Failure to meet requirement for 1 year.--In addition 
     to such other means of enforcing the requirements of this 
     title as may be available to the Secretary, if an institution 
     fails to meet the requirements of subsection (a)(27) in any 
     year, the Secretary may impose 1 or both of the following 
     sanctions on the institution:
       ``(i) Place the institution on provisional certification in 
     accordance with section 498(h) until the institution 
     demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the Secretary, that it 
     is in compliance with subsection (a)(27).
       ``(ii) Require such other increased monitoring and 
     reporting requirements as the Secretary determines necessary 
     until the institution demonstrates, to the satisfaction of 
     the Secretary, that it is in compliance with subsection 
     (a)(27).
       ``(B) Failure to meet requirement for 2 years.--An 
     institution that fails to meet the requirements of subsection 
     (a)(27) for 2 consecutive years shall be ineligible to 
     participate in the programs authorized under this title until 
     the institution demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the 
     Secretary, that it is in compliance with subsection (a)(27).
       ``(3) Public availability of information.--The Secretary 
     shall make publicly available, through the means described in 
     subsection (b) of section 131, any institution that fails to 
     meet the requirements of subsection (a)(27) in any year as an 
     institution that is failing to meet the minimum non-Federal 
     source of revenue requirements of such subsection (a)(27).''.

     SEC. 482. REGULATORY RELIEF AND IMPROVEMENT.

       Section 487A(b) (20 U.S.C. 1094a(b)) is amended--
       (1) in paragraph (1)--
       (A) by striking ``1998'' and inserting ``2007'' ; and
       (B) by striking ``1999'' and inserting ``2008''; and
       (2) by striking the matter preceding paragraph (2)(A) and 
     inserting the following:
       ``(2) Report.--The Secretary shall review and evaluate the 
     experience of institutions participating as experimental 
     sites and shall, on a biennial basis, submit a report based 
     on the review and evaluation to the authorizing committees. 
     Such report shall include--''; and
       (3) in paragraph (3)--
       (A) in subparagraph (A)--
       (i) by striking ``Upon the submission of the report 
     required by paragraph (2), the'' and inserting ``The''; and
       (ii) by inserting ``periodically'' after ``authorized to'';
       (B) by striking subparagraph (B);
       (C) by redesignating subparagraph (C) as subparagraph (B); 
     and
       (D) in subparagraph (B) (as redesignated by subparagraph 
     (C))--
       (i) by inserting ``, including requirements related to the 
     award process and disbursement of student financial aid (such 
     as innovative delivery systems for modular or compressed 
     courses, or other innovative systems), verification of 
     student financial aid application data, entrance and exit 
     interviews, or other management procedures or processes as 
     determined in the negotiated rulemaking process under section 
     492'' after ``requirements in this title'';
       (ii) by inserting ``(other than an award rule related to an 
     experiment in modular or compressed schedules)'' after 
     ``award rules''; and
       (iii) by inserting ``unless the waiver of such provisions 
     is authorized by another provision under this title'' before 
     the period at the end.

     SEC. 483. TRANSFER OF ALLOTMENTS.

       Section 488 (20 U.S.C. 1095) is amended in the first 
     sentence--
       (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (2) in paragraph (2), by striking ``413D.'' and inserting 
     ``413D; and''; and
       (3) by adding at the end ``(3) transfer 25 percent of the 
     institution's allotment under section 413D to the 
     institution's allotment under section 442.''.

     SEC. 484. PURPOSE OF ADMINISTRATIVE PAYMENTS.

       Section 489(b) (20 U.S.C. 1096(b)) is amended by striking 
     ``offsetting the administrative costs of'' and inserting 
     ``administering''.

     SEC. 485. ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.

       Section 491 (20 U.S.C. 1098) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)(2)--
       (A) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (B) in subparagraph (C), by striking the period and 
     inserting a semicolon; and
       (C) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(D) to provide knowledge and understanding of early 
     intervention programs, and to make recommendations that will 
     result in early awareness by low- and moderate-income 
     students and families--
       ``(i) of their eligibility for assistance under this title; 
     and
       ``(ii) to the extent practicable, of their eligibility for 
     other forms of State and institutional need-based student 
     assistance; and
       ``(E) to make recommendations that will expand and improve 
     partnerships among the Federal Government, States, 
     institutions of higher education, and private entities to 
     increase the awareness and the total amount of need-based 
     student assistance available to low- and moderate-income 
     students.'';
       (2) in subsection (c), by adding at the end the following:
       ``(3) The appointment of a member under subparagraph (A) or 
     (B) of paragraph (1) shall be effective upon confirmation of 
     the member by the Senate and publication of such appointment 
     in the Congressional Record.'';
       (3) in subsection (d)(6), by striking ``, but nothing'' and 
     all that follows through ``or analyses'';
       (4) in subsection (j)--
       (A) in paragraph (1)--
       (i) by inserting ``and simplification'' after 
     ``modernization'' each place the term appears; and
       (ii) by striking ``including'' and all that follows through 
     ``Department,''; and
       (B) by striking paragraphs (4) and (5) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(4) conduct a review and analysis of regulations in 
     accordance with subsection (l); and

[[Page 16754]]

       ``(5) conduct a study in accordance with subsection (m).'';
       (5) in subsection (k), by striking ``2004'' and inserting 
     ``2013''; and
       (6) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(l) Review and Analysis of Regulations.--
       ``(1) Recommendations.--The Advisory Committee shall make 
     recommendations to the Secretary and Congress for 
     consideration of future legislative action regarding 
     redundant or outdated regulations under this title, 
     consistent with the Secretary's requirements under section 
     498B.
       ``(2) Review and analysis of regulations.--The Advisory 
     Committee shall conduct a review and analysis of the 
     regulations issued under this title that are in effect at the 
     time of the review and that apply to the operations or 
     activities of participants in the programs assisted under 
     this title. The review and analysis may include a 
     determination of whether the regulation is duplicative, is no 
     longer necessary, is inconsistent with other Federal 
     requirements, or is overly burdensome. In conducting the 
     review, the Advisory Committee shall pay specific attention 
     to evaluating ways in which regulations under this title 
     affecting institutions of higher education (other than 
     institutions described in section 102(a)(1)(C)), that have 
     received in each of the 2 most recent award years prior to 
     the date of enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 
     2007 less than $200,000 in funds through this title, may be 
     improved, streamlined, or eliminated.
       ``(3) Consultation.--
       ``(A) In general.--In carrying out the review and analysis 
     under paragraph (2), the Advisory Committee shall consult 
     with the Secretary, relevant representatives of institutions 
     of higher education, and individuals who have expertise and 
     experience with the regulations issued under this title, in 
     accordance with subparagraph (B).
       ``(B) Review panels.--The Advisory Committee shall convene 
     not less than 2 review panels of representatives of the 
     groups involved in student financial assistance programs 
     under this title who have experience and expertise in the 
     regulations issued under this title to review the regulations 
     under this title, and to provide recommendations to the 
     Advisory Committee with respect to the review and analysis 
     under paragraph (2). The panels shall be made up of experts 
     in areas such as the operations of the financial assistance 
     programs, the institutional eligibility requirements for the 
     financial assistance programs, regulations not directly 
     related to the operations or the institutional eligibility 
     requirements of the financial assistance programs, and 
     regulations for dissemination of information to students 
     about the financial assistance programs.
       ``(4) Reports to congress.--The Advisory Committee shall 
     submit, not later than 2 years after the completion of the 
     negotiated rulemaking process required under section 492 
     resulting from the amendments to this Act made by the Higher 
     Education Amendments of 2007, a report to the authorizing 
     committees and the Secretary detailing the expert panels' 
     findings and recommendations with respect to the review and 
     analysis under paragraph (2).
       ``(5) Additional support.--The Secretary and the Inspector 
     General of the Department shall provide such assistance and 
     resources to the Advisory Committee as the Secretary and 
     Inspector General determine are necessary to conduct the 
     review required by this subsection.
       ``(m) Study of Innovative Pathways to Baccalaureate Degree 
     Attainment.--
       ``(1) Study required.--The Advisory Committee shall conduct 
     a study of the feasibility of increasing baccalaureate degree 
     attainment rates by reducing the costs and financial barriers 
     to attaining a baccalaureate degree through innovative 
     programs.
       ``(2) Scope of study.--The Advisory Committee shall examine 
     new and existing programs that promote baccalaureate degree 
     attainment through innovative ways, such as dual or 
     concurrent enrollment programs, changes made to the Federal 
     Pell Grant program, simplification of the needs analysis 
     process, compressed or modular scheduling, articulation 
     agreements, and programs that allow 2-year institutions of 
     higher education to offer baccalaureate degrees.
       ``(3) Required aspects of the study.--In performing the 
     study described in this subsection, the Advisory Committee 
     shall examine the following aspects of such innovative 
     programs:
       ``(A) The impact of such programs on baccalaureate 
     attainment rates.
       ``(B) The degree to which a student's total cost of 
     attaining a baccalaureate degree can be reduced by such 
     programs.
       ``(C) The ways in which low- and moderate-income students 
     can be specifically targeted by such programs.
       ``(D) The ways in which nontraditional students can be 
     specifically targeted by such programs.
       ``(E) The cost-effectiveness for the Federal Government, 
     States, and institutions of higher education to implement 
     such programs.
       ``(4) Consultation.--
       ``(A) In general.--In performing the study described in 
     this subsection the Advisory Committee shall consult with a 
     broad range of interested parties in higher education, 
     including parents, students, appropriate representatives of 
     secondary schools and institutions of higher education, 
     appropriate State administrators, administrators of dual or 
     concurrent enrollment programs, and appropriate Department 
     officials.
       ``(B) Congressional consultation.--The Advisory Committee 
     shall consult on a regular basis with the authorizing 
     committees in carrying out the study required by this 
     section.
       ``(5) Reports to congress.--
       ``(A) Interim report.--The Advisory Committee shall prepare 
     and submit to the authorizing committees and the Secretary an 
     interim report, not later than 1 year after the date of 
     enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, 
     describing the progress that has been made in conducting the 
     study required by this subsection and any preliminary 
     findings on the topics identified under paragraph (2).
       ``(B) Final report.--The Advisory Committee shall, not 
     later than 3 years after the date of enactment of the Higher 
     Education Amendments of 2007, prepare and submit to the 
     authorizing committees and the Secretary a final report on 
     the study, including recommendations for legislative, 
     regulatory, and administrative changes based on findings 
     related to the topics identified under paragraph (2).''.

     SEC. 486. REGIONAL MEETINGS.

       Section 492(a)(1) (20 U.S.C. 1098a(a)(1)) is amended by 
     inserting ``State student grant agencies,'' after 
     ``institutions of higher education,''.

     SEC. 487. YEAR 2000 REQUIREMENTS AT THE DEPARTMENT.

       (a) Repeal.--Section 493A (20 U.S.C. 1098c) is repealed.
       (b) Redesignation.--Section 493B (20 U.S.C. 1098d) is 
     redesignated as section 493A.

                       PART G--PROGRAM INTEGRITY

     SEC. 491. RECOGNITION OF ACCREDITING AGENCY OR ASSOCIATION.

       Section 496 (20 U.S.C. 1099b) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) by striking paragraph (4) and inserting the following:
       ``(4)(A) such agency or association consistently applies 
     and enforces standards that respect the stated mission of the 
     institution of higher education, including religious 
     missions, and that ensure that the courses or programs of 
     instruction, training, or study offered by the institution of 
     higher education, including distance education courses or 
     programs, are of sufficient quality to achieve, for the 
     duration of the accreditation period, the stated objective 
     for which the courses or the programs are offered; and
       ``(B) if such agency or association has or seeks to include 
     within its scope of recognition the evaluation of the quality 
     of institutions or programs offering distance education, such 
     agency or association shall, in addition to meeting the other 
     requirements of this subpart, demonstrate to the Secretary 
     that--
       ``(i) the agency or association's standards effectively 
     address the quality of an institution's distance education in 
     the areas identified in section 496(a)(5), except that the 
     agency or association shall not be required to have separate 
     standards, procedures or policies for the evaluation of 
     distance education institutions or programs in order to meet 
     the requirements of this subparagraph; and
       ``(ii) the agency or association requires an institution 
     that offers distance education to have processes through 
     which the institution establishes that the student who 
     registers in a distance education course or program is the 
     same student who participates in and completes the program 
     and receives the academic credit;'';
       (B) in paragraph (5), by striking subparagraph (A) and 
     inserting the following:
       ``(A) success with respect to student achievement in 
     relation to the institution's mission, which may include 
     different standards for different institutions or programs, 
     as established by the institution, including, as appropriate, 
     consideration of State licensing examinations and job 
     placement rates;'';
       (C) by striking paragraph (6) and inserting the following:
       ``(6) such an agency or association shall establish and 
     apply review procedures throughout the accrediting process, 
     including evaluation and withdrawal proceedings which comply 
     with due process procedures that provide for--
       ``(A) adequate specification of requirements and 
     deficiencies at the institution of higher education or 
     program examined;
       ``(B) an opportunity for a written response by any such 
     institution to be included, prior to final action, in the 
     evaluation and withdrawal proceedings;
       ``(C) upon the written request of an institution, an 
     opportunity for the institution to appeal any adverse action, 
     including denial, withdrawal, suspension, or termination of 
     accreditation, or placement on probation of an institution, 
     at a hearing prior to such action becoming final, before an 
     appeals panel that--
       ``(i) shall not include current members of the agency or 
     association's underlying decision-making body that made the 
     adverse decision; and
       ``(ii) is subject to a conflict of interest policy; and

[[Page 16755]]

       ``(D) the right to representation by counsel for such an 
     institution during an appeal of the adverse action;''; and
       (D) by striking paragraph (8) and inserting the following:
       ``(8) such agency or association shall make available to 
     the public and the State licensing or authorizing agency, and 
     submit to the Secretary, a summary of agency or association 
     actions, including--
       ``(A) the award of accreditation or reaccreditation of an 
     institution;
       ``(B) final denial, withdrawal, suspension, or termination 
     of accreditation, or placement on probation of an 
     institution, and any findings made in connection with the 
     action taken, together with the official comments of the 
     affected institution; and
       ``(C) any other adverse action taken with respect to an 
     institution.'';
       (2) in subsection (c)--
       (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``, including those 
     regarding distance education'' after ``their 
     responsibilities'';
       (B) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (6) as 
     paragraphs (5) through (9);
       (C) by inserting after paragraph (1) (as amended by 
     subparagraph (A)) the following:
       ``(2) ensures that the agency or association's on-site 
     evaluation for accreditation or reaccreditation includes 
     review of the Federally required information the institution 
     or program provides its current and prospective students;
       ``(3) monitors the growth of programs at institutions that 
     are experiencing significant enrollment growth;
       ``(4) requires an institution to submit a teach-out plan 
     for approval to the accrediting agency upon the occurrence of 
     any of the following events:
       ``(A) The Department notifies the accrediting agency of an 
     action against the institution pursuant to section 487(d).
       ``(B) The accrediting agency acts to withdraw, terminate, 
     or suspend the accreditation of an institution.
       ``(C) The institution notifies the accrediting agency that 
     the institution intends to cease operations.'';
       (D) in paragraph (8) (as redesignated by subparagraph (B)), 
     by striking ``and'' after the semicolon;
       (E) in subparagraph (9) (as redesignated by subparagraph 
     (B)), by striking the period and inserting ``; and''; and
       (F) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(10) confirms, as a part of the agency or association's 
     review for accreditation or reaccreditation, that the 
     institution has transfer of credit policies--
       ``(A) that are publicly disclosed; and
       ``(B) that include a statement of the criteria established 
     by the institution regarding the transfer of credit earned at 
     another institution of higher education.'';
       (3) in subsection (g), by adding at the end the following: 
     ``Nothing in this section shall be construed to permit the 
     Secretary to establish any criteria that specifies, defines, 
     or prescribes the standards that accrediting agencies or 
     associations shall use to assess any institution's success 
     with respect to student achievement.''; and
       (4) in subsection (o), by adding at the end the following: 
     ``Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary 
     shall not promulgate any regulation with respect to 
     subsection (a)(5).''.

     SEC. 492. ADMINISTRATIVE CAPACITY STANDARD.

       Section 498 (20 U.S.C. 1099c) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (d)(1)(B), by inserting ``and'' after the 
     semicolon; and
       (2) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(k) Treatment of Teach-Outs at Additional Locations.--
       ``(1) In general.--A location of a closed institution of 
     higher education shall be eligible as an additional location 
     of an eligible institution of higher education, as defined 
     pursuant to regulations of the Secretary, for the purposes of 
     a teach-out, if such teach-out has been approved by the 
     institution's accrediting agency.
       ``(2) Special rule.--An institution of higher education 
     that conducts a teach-out through the establishment of an 
     additional location described in paragraph (1) shall be 
     permitted to establish a permanent additional location at a 
     closed institution and shall not be required--
       ``(A) to meet the requirements of sections 102(b)(1)(E) and 
     102(c)(1)(C) for such additional location; or
       ``(B) to assume the liabilities of the closed 
     institution.''.

     SEC. 493. PROGRAM REVIEW AND DATA.

       Section 498A(b) (20 U.S.C. 1099c-1(b)) is amended--
       (1) in paragraph (4), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (2) in paragraph (5) by striking the period and inserting a 
     semicolon; and
       (3) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(6) provide to an institution of higher education an 
     adequate opportunity to review and respond to any program 
     review report and relevant materials related to the report 
     before any final program review report is issued;
       ``(7) review and take into consideration an institution of 
     higher education's response in any final program review 
     report or audit determination, and include in the report or 
     determination--
       ``(A) a written statement addressing the institution of 
     higher education's response;
       ``(B) a written statement of the basis for such report or 
     determination; and
       ``(C) a copy of the institution's response; and
       ``(8) maintain and preserve at all times the 
     confidentiality of any program review report until the 
     requirements of paragraphs (6) and (7) are met, and until a 
     final program review is issued, other than to the extent 
     required to comply with paragraph (5), except that the 
     Secretary shall promptly disclose any and all program review 
     reports to the institution of higher education under 
     review.''.

     SEC. 494. TIMELY INFORMATION ABOUT LOANS.

       (a) In General.--Title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) is 
     further amended by adding at the end the following:

     ``SEC. 499A. ACCESS TO TIMELY INFORMATION ABOUT LOANS.

       ``(a) Regular Bill Providing Pertinent Information About a 
     Loan.--A lender of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under 
     this title shall provide the borrower of such loan a bill 
     each month or, in the case of a loan payable less frequently 
     than monthly, a bill that corresponds to each payment 
     installment time period, including a clear and conspicuous 
     notice of--
       ``(1) the borrower's principal borrowed;
       ``(2) the borrower's current balance;
       ``(3) the interest rate on such loan;
       ``(4) the amount the borrower has paid in interest;
       ``(5) the amount of additional interest payments the 
     borrower is expected to pay over the life of the loan;
       ``(6) the total amount the borrower has paid for the loan, 
     including the amount the borrower has paid in interest, the 
     amount the borrower has paid in fees, and the amount the 
     borrower has paid against the balance, in a brief, borrower-
     friendly manner;
       ``(7) a description of each fee the borrower has been 
     charged for the current payment period;
       ``(8) the date by which the borrower needs to make a 
     payment in order to avoid additional fees;
       ``(9) the amount of such payment that will be applied to 
     the interest, the balance, and any fees on the loan; and
       ``(10) the lender's address and toll-free phone number for 
     payment and billing error purposes.
       ``(b) Information Provided Before Commencement of 
     Repayment.--A lender of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed 
     under this title shall provide to the borrower of such loan, 
     at least one month before the loan enters repayment, a clear 
     and conspicuous notice of not less than the following 
     information:
       ``(1) The borrower's options, including repayment plans, 
     deferments, forbearances, and discharge options to which the 
     borrower may be entitled.
       ``(2) The conditions under which a borrower may be charged 
     any fee, and the amount of such fee.
       ``(3) The conditions under which a loan may default, and 
     the consequences of default.
       ``(4) Resources, including nonprofit organizations, 
     advocates, and counselors (including the Office of the 
     Ombudsman at the Department), where borrowers can receive 
     advice and assistance, if such resources exist.
       ``(c) Information Provided During Delinquency.--In addition 
     to any other information required under law, a lender of a 
     loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this title shall 
     provide a borrower in delinquency with a clear and 
     conspicuous notice of the date on which the loan will default 
     if no payment is made, the minimum payment that must be made 
     to avoid default, discharge options to which the borrower may 
     be entitled, resources, including nonprofit organizations, 
     advocates, and counselors (including the Office of the 
     Ombudsman at the Department), where borrowers can receive 
     advice and assistance, if such resources exist.
       ``(d) Information Provided During Default.--A lender of a 
     loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this title shall 
     provide a borrower in default, on not less than 2 separate 
     occasions, with a clear and conspicuous notice of not less 
     than the following information:
       ``(1) The options available to the borrower to be removed 
     from default.
       ``(2) The relevant fees and conditions associated with each 
     option.''.

     SEC. 495. AUCTION EVALUATION AND REPORT.

       (a) Evaluation.--If Congress enacts an Act that authorizes 
     the Secretary of Education to carry out a pilot program under 
     which the Secretary establishes a mechanism for an auction of 
     Federal PLUS Loans, then the Comptroller General shall 
     evaluate such pilot program. The evaluation shall determine--
       (1) the extent of the savings to the Federal Government 
     that are generated through the pilot program, compared to the 
     cost the Federal Government would have incurred in operating 
     the parent loan program under section 428B of the Higher 
     Education Act of 1965 in the absence of the pilot program;
       (2) the number of lenders that participated in the pilot 
     program, and the extent to which the pilot program generated 
     competition among lenders to participate in the auctions 
     under the pilot program;

[[Page 16756]]

       (3) the effect of the transition to and operation of the 
     pilot program on the ability of--
       (A) lenders participating in the pilot program to originate 
     loans made through the pilot program smoothly and 
     efficiently;
       (B) institutions of higher education participating in the 
     pilot program to disburse loans made through the pilot 
     program smoothly and efficiently; and
       (C) the ability of parents to obtain loans made through the 
     pilot program in a timely and efficient manner;
       (4) the differential impact, if any, of the auction among 
     the States, including between rural and non-rural States; and
       (5) the feasibility of using the mechanism piloted to 
     operate the other loan programs under part B of title IV of 
     the Higher Education Act of 1965.
       (b) Reports.--The Comptroller General shall--
       (1) not later than September 1, 2010, submit to the 
     authorizing committees (as defined in section 103 of the 
     Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003)) a preliminary 
     report regarding the findings of the evaluation described in 
     subsection (a);
       (2) not later than September 1, 2012, submit to the 
     authorizing committees an interim report regarding such 
     findings; and
       (3) not later than September 1, 2014, submit to the 
     authorizing committees a final report regarding such 
     findings.

                    TITLE V--DEVELOPING INSTITUTIONS

     SEC. 501. AUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES.

       Section 503(b) (20 U.S.C. 1101b(b)) is amended--
       (1) by redesignating paragraphs (6) through (14) as 
     paragraphs (8) through (16), respectively;
       (2) in paragraph (5), by inserting ``, including 
     innovative, customized remedial education and English 
     language instruction courses designed to help retain students 
     and move the students rapidly into core courses and through 
     program completion'' before the period at the end;
       (3) by inserting after paragraph (5) the following:
       ``(6) Education or counseling services designed to improve 
     the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or 
     the students' parents.
       ``(7) Articulation agreements and student support programs 
     designed to facilitate the transfer from 2-year to 4-year 
     institutions.''; and
       (4) in paragraph (12) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)), 
     by striking ``distance learning academic instruction 
     capabilities'' and inserting ``distance education 
     technologies''.

     SEC. 502. POSTBACCALAUREATE OPPORTUNITIES FOR HISPANIC 
                   AMERICANS.

       (a) Establishment of Program.--Title V (20 U.S.C. 1101 et 
     seq.) is amended--
       (1) by redesignating part B as part C;
       (2) by redesignating sections 511 through 518 as sections 
     521 through 528, respectively; and
       (3) by inserting after section 505 the following:

   ``PART B--PROMOTING POSTBACCALAUREATE OPPORTUNITIES FOR HISPANIC 
                               AMERICANS

     ``SEC. 511. PROGRAM AUTHORITY AND ELIGIBILITY.

       ``(a) Program Authorized.--Subject to the availability of 
     funds appropriated to carry out this part, the Secretary 
     shall award grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible 
     institutions to enable the eligible institutions to carry out 
     the authorized activities described in section 512.
       ``(b) Eligibility.--For the purposes of this part, an 
     `eligible institution' means an institution of higher 
     education that--
       ``(1) is a Hispanic-serving institution (as defined in 
     section 502); and
       ``(2) offers a postbaccalaureate certificate or degree 
     granting program.

     ``SEC. 512. AUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES.

       ``Grants awarded under this part shall be used for 1 or 
     more of the following activities:
       ``(1) Purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or 
     laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including 
     instructional and research purposes.
       ``(2) Construction, maintenance, renovation, and 
     improvement in classroom, library, laboratory, and other 
     instructional facilities, including purchase or rental of 
     telecommunications technology equipment or services.
       ``(3) Purchase of library books, periodicals, technical and 
     other scientific journals, microfilm, microfiche, and other 
     educational materials, including telecommunications program 
     materials.
       ``(4) Support for needy postbaccalaureate students, 
     including outreach, academic support services, mentoring, 
     scholarships, fellowships, and other financial assistance, to 
     permit the enrollment of such students in postbaccalaureate 
     certificate and degree granting programs.
       ``(5) Support of faculty exchanges, faculty development, 
     faculty research, curriculum development, and academic 
     instruction.
       ``(6) Creating or improving facilities for Internet or 
     other distance education technologies, including purchase or 
     rental of telecommunications technology equipment or 
     services.
       ``(7) Collaboration with other institutions of higher 
     education to expand postbaccalaureate certificate and degree 
     offerings.
       ``(8) Other activities proposed in the application 
     submitted pursuant to section 513 that are approved by the 
     Secretary as part of the review and acceptance of such 
     application.

     ``SEC. 513. APPLICATION AND DURATION.

       ``(a) Application.--Any eligible institution may apply for 
     a grant under this part by submitting an application to the 
     Secretary at such time and in such manner as the Secretary 
     may require. Such application shall demonstrate how the grant 
     funds will be used to improve postbaccalaureate education 
     opportunities for Hispanic and low-income students and will 
     lead to such students' greater financial independence.
       ``(b) Duration.--Grants under this part shall be awarded 
     for a period not to exceed 5 years.
       ``(c) Limitation.--The Secretary may not award more than 1 
     grant under this part in any fiscal year to any Hispanic-
     serving institution.''.

     SEC. 503. APPLICATIONS.

       Section 521(b)(1)(A) (as redesignated by section 502(a)(2)) 
     (20 U.S.C. 1103(b)(1)(A)) is amended by striking ``subsection 
     (b)'' and inserting ``subsection (c)''.

     SEC. 504. COOPERATIVE ARRANGEMENTS.

       Section 524(a) (as redesignated by section 502(a)(2)) (20 
     U.S.C. 1103c(a)) is amended by striking ``section 503'' and 
     inserting ``sections 503 and 512''.

     SEC. 505. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

       Section 528(a) (as redesignated by section 502(a)(2)) (20 
     U.S.C. 1103g(a)) is amended--
       (1) by inserting ``part A of'' after ``carry out'';
       (2) by striking ``$62,500,000 for fiscal year 1999'' and 
     all that follows through the period and inserting ``such sums 
     as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 
     succeeding fiscal years.'';
       (3) by striking ``(a)  Authorizations.--There are'' and 
     inserting the following:
       ``(a) Authorizations.--
       ``(1) Part a.--There are''; and
       (4) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(2) Part b.--There are authorized to be appropriated to 
     carry out part B of this title such sums as may be necessary 
     for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal 
     years.''.

               TITLE VI--INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS

     SEC. 601. FINDINGS.

       Section 601 (20 U.S.C. 1121) is amended--
       (1) in the section heading, by striking ``AND PURPOSES'' 
     and inserting ``; PURPOSES; CONSULTATION; SURVEY'';
       (2) in subsection (a)(3), by striking ``post-Cold War'';
       (3) in subsection (b)(1)(D), by inserting ``, including 
     through linkages with overseas institutions'' before the 
     semicolon; and
       (4) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(c) Consultation.--The Secretary shall, prior to 
     requesting applications for funding under this title during 
     each grant cycle, consult with and receive recommendations 
     regarding national need for expertise in foreign languages 
     and world regions from the head officials of a wide range of 
     Federal agencies. Such agencies shall provide information to 
     the Secretary regarding how the agencies utilize expertise 
     and resources provided by grantees under this title. The 
     Secretary shall take into account such recommendations and 
     information when requesting applications for funding under 
     this title, and shall make available to applicants a list of 
     areas identified as areas of national need.
       ``(d) Survey.--The Secretary shall assist grantees in 
     developing a survey to administer to students who have 
     participated in programs under this title to determine 
     postgraduation placement. All grantees, where applicable, 
     shall administer such survey not less often than annually and 
     report such data to the Secretary.''.

     SEC. 602. GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE LANGUAGE AND AREA 
                   CENTERS AND PROGRAMS.

       Section 602 (20 U.S.C. 1122) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) in paragraph (2)--
       (i) in subparagraph (G), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (ii) in subparagraph (H), by striking the period and 
     inserting ``; and''; and
       (iii) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(I) support for instructors of the less commonly taught 
     languages.''; and
       (B) in paragraph (4)--
       (i) by redesignating subparagraphs (C) through (E) as 
     subparagraphs (D) through (F), respectively;
       (ii) by inserting after subparagraph (B) the following:
       ``(C) Programs of linkage or outreach between or among--
       ``(i) foreign language, area studies, or other 
     international fields; and
       ``(ii) State educational agencies or local educational 
     agencies.'';
       (iii) in subparagraph (D) (as redesignated by clause (i)) 
     by inserting ``, including Federal or State scholarship 
     programs for students in related areas'' before the period at 
     the end; and
       (iv) in subparagraph (F) (as redesignated by clause (i)), 
     by striking ``and (D)'' and inserting ``(D), and (E)'';

[[Page 16757]]

       (2) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in the subsection heading, by striking ``Graduate''; 
     and
       (B) by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
       ``(2) Eligible students.--A student receiving a stipend 
     described in paragraph (1) shall be engaged--
       ``(A) in an instructional program with stated performance 
     goals for functional foreign language use or in a program 
     developing such performance goals, in combination with area 
     studies, international studies, or the international aspects 
     of a professional studies program; and
       ``(B)(i) in the case of an undergraduate student, in the 
     intermediate or advanced study of a less commonly taught 
     language; or
       ``(ii) in the case of a graduate student, in graduate study 
     in connection with a program described in subparagraph (A), 
     including--
       ``(I) predissertation level study;
       ``(II) preparation for dissertation research;
       ``(III) dissertation research abroad; or
       ``(IV) dissertation writing.'';
       (3) by striking subsection (d) and inserting the following:
       ``(d) Allowances.--
       ``(1) Graduate level recipients.--A stipend awarded to a 
     graduate level recipient may include allowances for 
     dependents and for travel for research and study in the 
     United States and abroad.
       ``(2) Undergraduate level recipients.--A stipend awarded to 
     an undergraduate level recipient may include an allowance for 
     educational programs in the United States or educational 
     programs abroad that--
       ``(A) are closely linked to the overall goals of the 
     recipient's course of study; and
       ``(B) have the purpose of promoting foreign language 
     fluency and knowledge of foreign cultures.''; and
       (4) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(e) Application.--Each institution or combination of 
     institutions desiring a grant under this section shall submit 
     an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, 
     and accompanied by such information and assurances as the 
     Secretary may require. Each application shall include an 
     explanation of how the activities funded by the grant will 
     reflect diverse perspectives and a wide range of views and 
     generate debate on world regions and international affairs. 
     Each application shall also describe how the applicant will 
     address disputes regarding whether activities funded under 
     the application reflect diverse perspectives and a wide range 
     of views. Each application shall also include a description 
     of how the applicant will encourage government service in 
     areas of national need, as identified by the Secretary, as 
     well as in needs in the education, business, and nonprofit 
     sectors.''.

     SEC. 603. UNDERGRADUATE INTERNATIONAL STUDIES AND FOREIGN 
                   LANGUAGE PROGRAMS.

       Section 604 (20 U.S.C. 1124) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) in paragraph (2)--
       (i) by redesignating subparagraphs (I) through (M) as 
     subparagraphs (J) through (N), respectively; and
       (ii) by inserting after subparagraph (H) the following:
       ``(I) providing subgrants to undergraduate students for 
     educational programs abroad that--
       ``(i) are closely linked to the overall goals of the 
     program for which the grant is awarded; and
       ``(ii) have the purpose of promoting foreign language 
     fluency and knowledge of foreign cultures;''; and
       (B) in paragraph (7)--
       (i) in subparagraph (C), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (ii) in subparagraph (D), by striking the period at the end 
     and inserting a semicolon; and
       (iii) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(E) a description of how the applicant will provide 
     information to students regarding federally funded 
     scholarship programs in related areas;
       ``(F) an explanation of how the activities funded by the 
     grant will reflect diverse perspectives and a wide range of 
     views and generate debate on world regions and international 
     affairs, where applicable;
       ``(G) a description of how the applicant will address 
     disputes regarding whether the activities funded under the 
     application reflect diverse perspectives and a wide range of 
     views; and
       ``(H) a description of how the applicant will encourage 
     service in areas of national need as identified by the 
     Secretary.''; and
       (2) in subsection (c)--
       (A) by striking ``Funding Support.--The Secretary'' and 
     inserting ``Funding Support.--
       ``(1) The secretary.--The Secretary'';
       (B) by striking ``10'' and inserting ``20''; and
       (C) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(2) Grantees.--Of the total amount of grant funds awarded 
     to a grantee under this section, the grantee may use not more 
     than 10 percent of such funds for the activity described in 
     subsection (a)(2)(I).''.

     SEC. 604. RESEARCH; STUDIES.

       Section 605(a) (20 U.S.C. 1125(a)) is amended--
       (1) in paragraph (8), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (2) in paragraph (9), by striking the period and inserting 
     a semicolon; and
       (3) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(10) evaluation of the extent to which programs assisted 
     under this title reflect diverse perspectives and a wide 
     range of views and generate debate on world regions and 
     international affairs;
       ``(11) the systematic collection, analysis, and 
     dissemination of data that contribute to achieving the 
     purposes of this part; and
       ``(12) support for programs or activities to make data 
     collected, analyzed, or disseminated under this section 
     publicly available and easy to understand.''.

     SEC. 605. TECHNOLOGICAL INNOVATION AND COOPERATION FOR 
                   FOREIGN INFORMATION ACCESS.

       Section 606 (20 U.S.C. 1126) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) by striking ``new electronic technologies'' and 
     inserting ``electronic technologies'';
       (B) by inserting ``from foreign sources'' after 
     ``disseminate information'';
       (C) in the subsection heading, by striking ``Authority.--
     The Secretary'' and inserting ``Authority.--
       ``(1) In general.--The Secretary''; and
       (D) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(2) Partnerships with not-for-profit educational 
     organizations.--The Secretary may award grants under this 
     section to carry out the activities authorized under this 
     section to the following:
       ``(A) An institution of higher education.
       ``(B) A public or nonprofit private library.
       ``(C) A consortium of an institution of higher education 
     and 1 or more of the following:
       ``(i) Another institution of higher education.
       ``(ii) A library.
       ``(iii) A not-for-profit educational organization.'';
       (2) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``to facilitate access 
     to'' and inserting ``to acquire, facilitate access to,'';
       (B) in paragraph (2), by inserting ``or standards for'' 
     after ``means of'';
       (C) in paragraph (6), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (D) in paragraph (7), by striking the period and inserting 
     a semicolon; and
       (E) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(8) to establish linkages to facilitate carrying out the 
     activities described in this subsection between--
       ``(A) the institutions of higher education, libraries, and 
     consortia receiving grants under this section; and
       ``(B) institutions of higher education, not-for-profit 
     educational organizations, and libraries overseas; and
       ``(9) to carry out other activities that the Secretary 
     determines are consistent with the purpose of the grants or 
     contracts awarded under this section.''; and
       (3) in subsection (c), by striking ``institution or 
     consortium'' and inserting ``institution of higher education, 
     library, or consortium''.

     SEC. 606. SELECTION OF CERTAIN GRANT RECIPIENTS.

       Section 607 (20 U.S.C. 1127) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``evaluates the 
     applications for comprehensive and undergraduate language and 
     area centers and programs.'' and inserting ``evaluates--
       ``(1) the applications for comprehensive foreign language 
     and area or international studies centers and programs; and
       ``(2) the applications for undergraduate foreign language 
     and area or international studies centers and programs.''; 
     and
       (2) in subsection (b), by adding at the end the following: 
     ``The Secretary shall also consider an applicant's record of 
     placing students into service in areas of national need and 
     an applicant's stated efforts to increase the number of such 
     students that go into such service.''.

     SEC. 607. AMERICAN OVERSEAS RESEARCH CENTERS.

       Section 609 (20 U.S.C. 1128a) is amended by adding at the 
     end the following:
       ``(e) Application.--Each center desiring a grant under this 
     section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
     time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information and 
     assurances as the Secretary may require.''.

     SEC. 608. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR INTERNATIONAL 
                   AND FOREIGN LANGUAGE STUDIES.

       Section 610 (20 U.S.C. 1128b) is amended by striking 
     ``$80,000,000 for fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows 
     through the period and inserting ``such sums as may be 
     necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding 
     fiscal years.''.

     SEC. 609. CENTERS FOR INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS EDUCATION.

       Section 612(f)(3) (20 U.S.C. 1130-1(f)(3)) is amended by 
     inserting ``, and that diverse perspectives will be made 
     available to students in programs under this section'' before 
     the semicolon.

     SEC. 610. EDUCATION AND TRAINING PROGRAMS.

       Section 613(c) (20 U.S.C. 1130a(c)) is amended by adding at 
     the end the following: ``Each such application shall include 
     an assurance that, where applicable, the activities funded by 
     the grant will reflect diverse perspectives and a wide range 
     of views on world regions and international affairs.''.

[[Page 16758]]



     SEC. 611. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR BUSINESS AND 
                   INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS.

       Section 614 (20 U.S.C. 1130b) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``$11,000,000 for fiscal 
     year 1999'' and all that follows through ``fiscal years'' and 
     inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
     2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years''; and
       (2) in subsection (b), by striking ``$7,000,000 for fiscal 
     year 1999'' and all that follows through ``fiscal years,'' 
     and inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
     2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years''.

     SEC. 612. MINORITY FOREIGN SERVICE PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 
                   PROGRAM.

       Section 621 (20 U.S.C. 1131) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (c), by adding at the end the following: 
     ``Each application shall include a description of how the 
     activities funded by the grant will reflect diverse 
     perspectives and a wide range of views on world regions and 
     international affairs, where applicable.''; and
       (2) in subsection (e)--
       (A) by striking ``Match Required.--The eligible'' and 
     inserting ``Matching Funds.--
       ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), the 
     eligible''; and
       (B) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(2) Waiver.--The Secretary may waive the requirement of 
     paragraph (1) for an eligible recipient if the Secretary 
     determines such waiver is appropriate.''.

     SEC. 613. INSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT.

       Section 622 (20 U.S.C. 1131-1) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) by striking ``Tribally Controlled Colleges or 
     Universities'' and inserting ``tribally controlled colleges 
     or universities''; and
       (B) by striking ``international affairs programs.'' and 
     inserting ``international affairs, international business, 
     and foreign language study programs, including the teaching 
     of foreign languages, at such colleges, universities, and 
     institutions, respectively, which may include collaboration 
     with institutions of higher education that receive funding 
     under this title.''; and
       (2) in subsection (c)--
       (A) by striking paragraphs (1) and (3);
       (B) by redesignating paragraphs (2) and (4) as paragraphs 
     (1) and (2), respectively; and
       (C) in paragraph (1) (as redesignated by subparagraph (B)), 
     by inserting ``and'' after the semicolon.

     SEC. 614. STUDY ABROAD PROGRAM.

       Section 623(a) (20 U.S.C. 1131a(a)) is amended--
       (1) by striking ``as defined in section 322 of this Act''; 
     and
       (2) by striking ``tribally controlled Indian community 
     colleges as defined in the Tribally Controlled Community 
     College Assistance Act of 1978'' and inserting ``tribally 
     controlled colleges or universities''.

     SEC. 615. ADVANCED DEGREE IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS.

       Section 624 (20 U.S.C. 1131b) is amended--
       (1) in the section heading, by striking ``masters'' and 
     inserting ``advanced'';
       (2) in the first sentence, by inserting ``, and in 
     exceptional circumstances, a doctoral degree,'' after 
     ``masters degree'';
       (3) in the second sentence, by striking ``masters degree'' 
     and inserting ``advanced degree''; and
       (4) in the fourth sentence, by striking ``United States'' 
     and inserting ``United States.''.

     SEC. 616. INTERNSHIPS.

       Section 625 (20 U.S.C. 1131c) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) by striking ``as defined in section 322 of this Act'';
       (B) by striking ``tribally controlled Indian community 
     colleges as defined in the Tribally Controlled Community 
     College Assistance Act of 1978'' and inserting ``tribally 
     controlled colleges or universities'';
       (C) by striking ``an international'' and inserting 
     ``international,''; and
       (D) by striking ``the United States Information Agency'' 
     and inserting ``the Department of State''; and
       (2) in subsection (c)(1)--
       (A) in subparagraph (E), by inserting ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (B) in subparagraph (F), by striking ``; and'' and 
     inserting a period; and
       (C) by striking subparagraph (G).

     SEC. 617. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.

       Part C of title VI (20 U.S.C. 1131 et seq.) is further 
     amended--
       (1) by redesignating sections 626, 627, and 628 as sections 
     627, 628, and 629, respectively; and
       (2) by inserting after section 625 the following:

     ``SEC. 626. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.

       ``(a) Authority.--The Institute may provide financial 
     assistance, in the form of summer stipends described in 
     subsection (b) and Ralph Bunche scholarship assistance 
     described in subsection (c), to needy students to facilitate 
     the participation of the students in the Institute's programs 
     under this part.
       ``(b) Summer Stipends.--
       ``(1) Requirements.--A student receiving a summer stipend 
     under this section shall use such stipend to defray the 
     student's cost of participation in a summer institute program 
     funded under this part, including the costs of travel, 
     living, and educational expenses necessary for the student's 
     participation in such program.
       ``(2) Amount.--A summer stipend awarded to a student under 
     this section shall not exceed $3,000 per summer.
       ``(c) Ralph Bunche Scholarship.--
       ``(1) Requirements.--A student receiving a Ralph Bunche 
     scholarship under this section--
       ``(A) shall be a full-time student at an institution of 
     higher education who is accepted into a program funded under 
     this part; and
       ``(B) shall use such scholarship to pay costs related to 
     the cost of attendance, as defined in section 472, at the 
     institution of higher education in which the student is 
     enrolled.
       ``(2) Amount and duration.--A Ralph Bunche scholarship 
     awarded to a student under this section shall not exceed 
     $5,000 per academic year.''.

     SEC. 618. REPORT.

       Section 627 (as redesignated by section 617(1)) (20 U.S.C. 
     1131d) is amended by striking ``annually'' and inserting 
     ``biennially''.

     SEC. 619. GIFTS AND DONATIONS.

       Section 628 (as redesignated by section 617(1)) (20 U.S.C. 
     1131e) is amended by striking ``annual report described in 
     section 626'' and inserting ``biennial report described in 
     section 627''.

     SEC. 620. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR THE INSTITUTE 
                   FOR INTERNATIONAL PUBLIC POLICY.

       Section 629 (as redesignated by section 617(1)) (20 U.S.C. 
     1131f) is amended by striking ``$10,000,000 for fiscal year 
     1999'' and all that follows through the period and inserting 
     ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each 
     of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

     SEC. 621. DEFINITIONS.

       Section 631 (20 U.S.C. 1132) is amended--
       (1) by striking paragraph (7);
       (2) by redesignating paragraphs (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), 
     (8), and (9), as paragraphs (7), (4), (8), (2), (10), (6), 
     and (3), respectively;
       (3) in paragraph (2), as redesignated by paragraph (2), by 
     striking ``comprehensive language and area center'' and 
     inserting ``comprehensive foreign language and area or 
     international studies center'';
       (4) in paragraph (3), as redesignated by paragraph (2), by 
     striking the period at the end and inserting a semicolon;
       (5) by inserting after paragraph (4), as redesignated by 
     paragraph (2), the following:
       ``(5) the term `historically Black college and university' 
     has the meaning given the term `part B institution' in 
     section 322;'';
       (6) in paragraph (6), as redesignated by paragraph (2), by 
     striking ``and'' after the semicolon;
       (7) by inserting after paragraph (8), as redesignated by 
     paragraph (2), the following:
       ``(9) the term `tribally controlled college or university' 
     has the meaning given the term in section 2 of the Tribally 
     Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 
     U.S.C. 1801); and''; and
       (8) in paragraph (10), as redesignated by paragraph (2), by 
     striking ``undergraduate language and area center'' and 
     inserting ``undergraduate foreign language and area or 
     international studies center''.

     SEC. 622. ASSESSMENT AND ENFORCEMENT.

       Part D of title VI (20 U.S.C. 1132) is amended by adding at 
     the end the following:

     ``SEC. 632. ASSESSMENT; ENFORCEMENT; RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.

       ``(a) In General.--The Secretary is authorized to assess 
     and ensure compliance with all the conditions and terms of 
     grants provided under this title. If a complaint regarding 
     activities funded under this title is not resolved under the 
     process outlined in the relevant grantee's application, such 
     complaint shall be filed with the Department and reviewed by 
     the Secretary. The Secretary shall take the review of such 
     complaints into account when determining the renewal of 
     grants.
       ``(b) Rule of Construction.--Nothing in this title shall be 
     construed to authorize the Secretary to mandate, direct, or 
     control an institution of higher education's specific 
     instructional content, curriculum, or program of instruction.

     ``SEC. 633. EVALUATION, OUTREACH, AND INFORMATION.

       ``The Secretary may use not more than 1 percent of the 
     funds made available under this title to carry out program 
     evaluation, national outreach, and information dissemination 
     activities relating to the programs authorized under this 
     title.

     ``SEC. 634. BIENNIAL REPORT.

       ``The Secretary shall, in consultation and collaboration 
     with the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Defense, and 
     the heads of other relevant Federal agencies, submit a 
     biennial report that identifies areas of national need in 
     foreign language, area, and international studies as such 
     studies relate to government, education, business, and 
     nonprofit needs, and a plan to address those needs. The 
     report shall be provided to the authorizing committees and 
     made available to the public.''.

       TITLE VII--GRADUATE AND POSTSECONDARY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS

     SEC. 701. PURPOSE.

       Section 700(1)(B)(i) (20 U.S.C. 1133(1)(B)(i)) is amended 
     by inserting ``, including those areas critical to United 
     States national and homeland security needs such as 
     mathematics, science, and engineering'' before the semicolon 
     at the end.

[[Page 16759]]



     SEC. 702. ALLOCATION OF JACOB K. JAVITS FELLOWSHIPS.

       Section 702(a)(1) (20 U.S.C. 1134a(a)(1)) is amended to 
     read as follows:
       ``(1) Appointment.--
       ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall appoint a Jacob K. 
     Javits Fellows Program Fellowship Board (referred to in this 
     subpart as the `Board') consisting of 9 individuals 
     representative of both public and private institutions of 
     higher education who are especially qualified to serve on the 
     Board.
       ``(B) Qualifications.--In making appointments under 
     subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall--
       ``(i) give due consideration to the appointment of 
     individuals who are highly respected in the academic 
     community;
       ``(ii) assure that individuals appointed to the Board are 
     broadly representative of a range of disciplines in graduate 
     education in arts, humanities, and social sciences;
       ``(iii) appoint members to represent the various geographic 
     regions of the United States; and
       ``(iv) include representatives from minority institutions, 
     as defined in section 365.''.

     SEC. 703. STIPENDS.

       Section 703(a) (20 U.S.C. 1134b(a)) is amended by striking 
     ``graduate fellowships'' and inserting ``Graduate Research 
     Fellowship Program''.

     SEC. 704. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR THE JACOB K. 
                   JAVITS FELLOWSHIP PROGRAM.

       Section 705 (20 U.S.C. 1134d) is amended by striking 
     ``$30,000,000 for fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows 
     through the period and inserting ``such sums as may be 
     necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding 
     fiscal years to carry out this subpart.''.

     SEC. 705. INSTITUTIONAL ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE GRADUATE 
                   ASSISTANCE IN AREAS OF NATIONAL NEED PROGRAM.

       Section 712(b) (20 U.S.C. 1135a(b)) is amended to read as 
     follows:
       ``(b) Designation of Areas of National Need.--After 
     consultation with appropriate Federal and nonprofit agencies 
     and organizations, including the National Science Foundation, 
     the Department of Defense, the Department of Homeland 
     Security, the National Academy of Sciences, and the Bureau of 
     Labor Statistics, the Secretary shall designate areas of 
     national need. In making such designations, the Secretary 
     shall take into consideration--
       ``(1) the extent to which the interest in the area is 
     compelling;
       ``(2) the extent to which other Federal programs support 
     postbaccalaureate study in the area concerned;
       ``(3) an assessment of how the program may achieve the most 
     significant impact with available resources; and
       ``(4) an assessment of current and future professional 
     workforce needs of the United States.''.

     SEC. 706. AWARDS TO GRADUATE STUDENTS.

       Section 714 (20 U.S.C. 1135c) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (b)--
       (A) by striking ``1999-2000'' and inserting ``2008-2009''; 
     and
       (B) by striking ``graduate fellowships'' and inserting 
     ``Graduate Research Fellowship Program''; and
       (2) in subsection (c)--
       (A) by striking ``716(a)'' and inserting ``715(a)''; and
       (B) by striking ``714(b)(2)'' and inserting ``713(b)(2)''.

     SEC. 707. ADDITIONAL ASSISTANCE FOR COST OF EDUCATION.

       Section 715(a)(1) (20 U.S.C. 1135d(a)(1)) is amended--
       (1) by striking ``1999-2000'' and inserting ``2008-2009''; 
     and
       (2) by striking ``1998-1999'' and inserting ``2007-2008''.

     SEC. 708. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR THE GRADUATE 
                   ASSISTANCE IN AREAS OF NATIONAL NEED PROGRAM.

       Section 716 (20 U.S.C. 1135e) is amended by striking 
     ``$35,000,000 for fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows 
     through the period and inserting ``such sums as may be 
     necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding 
     fiscal years to carry out this subpart.''.

     SEC. 709. LEGAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY PROGRAM.

       Section 721 (20 U.S.C. 1136) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) by inserting ``secondary school and'' after 
     ``disadvantaged''; and
       (B) by inserting ``and admission to law practice'' before 
     the period at the end;
       (2) in the matter preceding paragraph (1) of subsection 
     (b), by inserting ``secondary school student or'' before 
     ``college student'';
       (3) in subsection (c)--
       (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``secondary school and'' 
     before ``college students'';
       (B) by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
       ``(2) to prepare such students for successful completion of 
     a baccalaureate degree and for study at accredited law 
     schools, and to assist them with the development of 
     analytical skills, writing skills, and study methods to 
     enhance the students' success and promote the students' 
     admission to and completion of law school;'';
       (C) in paragraph (4), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (D) by striking paragraph (5) and inserting the following:
       ``(4) to motivate and prepare such students--
       ``(A) with respect to law school studies and practice in 
     low-income communities; and
       ``(B) to provide legal services to low-income individuals 
     and families; and;''; and
       (E) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(6) to award Thurgood Marshall Fellowships to eligible 
     law school students--
       ``(A) who participated in summer institutes under 
     subsection (d)(6) and who are enrolled in an accredited law 
     school; or
       ``(B) who have successfully completed summer institute 
     programs comparable to the summer institutes under subsection 
     (d) that are certified by the Council on Legal Education 
     Opportunity.'';
       (4) in subsection (d)--
       (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by inserting 
     ``pre-college programs, undergraduate'' before ``pre-law'';
       (B) in paragraph (1)--
       (i) in subparagraph (B), by inserting ``law school'' before 
     ``graduation''; and
       (ii) by striking subparagraph (D) and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(D) pre-college and undergraduate preparatory courses in 
     analytical and writing skills, study methods, and curriculum 
     selection;'';
       (C) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (6) as 
     paragraphs (3) through (7), respectively;
       (D) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
       ``(2) summer academic programs for secondary school 
     students who have expressed interest in a career in the 
     law;''; and
       (E) in paragraph (7) (as redesignated by subparagraph (C)), 
     by inserting ``and Associates'' after ``Thurgood Marshall 
     Fellows'';
       (5) in subsection (e)(1), by inserting ``, including before 
     and during undergraduate study'' before the semicolon;
       (6) in subsection (f)--
       (A) by inserting ``national and State bar associations,'' 
     after ``agencies and organizations,''; and
       (B) by striking ``and organizations.'' and inserting 
     ``organizations, and associations.'';
       (7) by striking subsection (g) and inserting the following:
       ``(g) Fellowships and Stipends.--The Secretary shall 
     annually establish the maximum fellowship to be awarded, and 
     stipend to be paid (including allowances for participant 
     travel and for the travel of the dependents of the 
     participant), to Thurgood Marshall Fellows or Associates for 
     the period of participation in summer institutes, midyear 
     seminars, and bar preparation seminars. A Fellow or Associate 
     may be eligible for such a fellowship or stipend only if the 
     Thurgood Marshall Fellow or Associate maintains satisfactory 
     academic progress toward the Juris Doctor or Bachelor of Laws 
     degree, as determined by the respective institutions (except 
     with respect to a law school graduate enrolled in a bar 
     preparation course).''; and
       (8) in subsection (h), by striking ``$5,000,000 for fiscal 
     year 1999'' and all that follows through the period at the 
     end and inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal 
     year 2008 and for each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years''.

     SEC. 710. FUND FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF POSTSECONDARY 
                   EDUCATION.

       Section 741 (20 U.S.C. 1138) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) by striking paragraph (3) and inserting the following:
       ``(3) the establishment and continuation of institutions, 
     programs, consortia, collaborations, and other joint efforts 
     based on the technology of communications, including those 
     efforts that utilize distance education and technological 
     advancements to educate and train postsecondary students 
     (including health professionals serving medically underserved 
     populations);'';
       (B) in paragraph (7), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (C) in paragraph (8), by striking the period at the end and 
     inserting a semicolon; and
       (D) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(9) the introduction of reforms in remedial education, 
     including English language instruction, to customize remedial 
     courses to student goals and help students progress rapidly 
     from remedial courses into core courses and through program 
     completion; and
       ``(10) the creation of consortia that join diverse 
     institutions of higher education to design and offer 
     curricular and co-curricular interdisciplinary programs at 
     the undergraduate and graduate levels, sustained for not less 
     than a 5 year period, that--
       ``(A) focus on poverty and human capability; and
       ``(B) include--
       ``(i) a service-learning component; and
       ``(ii) the delivery of educational services through 
     informational resource centers, summer institutes, midyear 
     seminars, and other educational activities that stress the 
     effects of poverty and how poverty can be alleviated through 
     different career paths.''; and
       (2) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(c) Project GRAD.--
       ``(1) Purposes.--The purposes of this subsection are--
       ``(A) to provide support and assistance to programs 
     implementing integrated education reform services in order to 
     improve

[[Page 16760]]

     secondary school graduation, college attendance, and college 
     completion rates for at-risk students; and
       ``(B) to promote the establishment of new programs to 
     implement such integrated education reform services.
       ``(2) Definitions.--In this subsection:
       ``(A) At-risk.--The term `at-risk' has the same meaning 
     given such term in section 1432 of the Elementary and 
     Secondary Education Act of 1965.
       ``(B) Feeder pattern.--The term `feeder pattern' means a 
     secondary school and the elementary schools and middle 
     schools that channel students into that secondary school.
       ``(3) Grant authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to 
     award a grant to Project GRAD USA (referred to in this 
     subsection as the `grantee'), a nonprofit educational 
     organization that has as its primary purpose the improvement 
     of secondary school graduation, college attendance, and 
     college completion rates for at-risk students, to implement 
     and sustain the integrated education reform program at 
     existing Project GRAD sites, and to promote the expansion of 
     the Project GRAD program to new sites.
       ``(4) Requirements of grant agreement.--The Secretary shall 
     enter into an agreement with the grantee that requires that 
     the grantee shall--
       ``(A) enter into subcontracts with nonprofit educational 
     organizations that serve a substantial number or percentage 
     of at-risk students (referred to in this subsection as 
     `subcontractors'), under which the subcontractors agree to 
     implement the Project GRAD program and provide matching funds 
     for such programs; and
       ``(B) directly carry out--
       ``(i) activities to implement and sustain the literacy, 
     mathematics, classroom management, social service, and 
     college access components of the Project GRAD program;
       ``(ii) activities for the purpose of implementing new 
     Project GRAD program sites;
       ``(iii) activities to support, evaluate, and consistently 
     improve the Project GRAD program;
       ``(iv) activities for the purpose of promoting greater 
     public awareness of integrated education reform services to 
     improve secondary school graduation, college attendance, and 
     college completion rates for at-risk students; and
       ``(v) other activities directly related to improving 
     secondary school graduation, college attendance, and college 
     completion rates for at-risk students.
       ``(5) Grantee contribution and matching requirement.--
       ``(A) In general.--The grantee shall provide funds to each 
     subcontractor based on the number of students served by the 
     subcontractor in the Project GRAD program, adjusted to take 
     into consideration--
       ``(i) the resources available in the area where the 
     subcontractor will implement the Project GRAD program; and
       ``(ii) the need for the Project GRAD program in such area 
     to improve student outcomes, including reading and 
     mathematics achievement and, where applicable, secondary 
     school graduation, college attendance, and college completion 
     rates.
       ``(B) Matching requirement.--Each subcontractor shall 
     provide funds for the Project GRAD program in an amount that 
     is equal to or greater than the amount received by the 
     subcontractor from the grantee. Such matching funds may be 
     provided in cash or in-kind, fairly evaluated.
       ``(6) Evaluation.--The Secretary shall select an 
     independent entity to evaluate, every 3 years, the 
     performance of students who participate in a Project GRAD 
     program under this subsection.
       ``(d) Center for Best Practices to Support Single Parent 
     Students.--
       ``(1) Program authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to 
     award 1 grant or contract to an institution of higher 
     education to enable such institution to establish and 
     maintain a center to study and develop best practices for 
     institutions of higher education to support single parents 
     who are also students attending such institutions.
       ``(2) Institution requirements.--The Secretary shall award 
     the grant or contract under this subsection to a 4-year 
     institution of higher education that has demonstrated 
     expertise in the development of programs to assist single 
     parents who are students at institutions of higher education, 
     as shown by the institution's development of a variety of 
     targeted services to such students, including on-campus 
     housing, child care, counseling, advising, internship 
     opportunities, financial aid, and financial aid counseling 
     and assistance.
       ``(3) Center activities.--The center funded under this 
     section shall--
       ``(A) assist institutions implementing innovative programs 
     that support single parents pursuing higher education;
       ``(B) study and develop an evaluation protocol for such 
     programs that includes quantitative and qualitative 
     methodologies;
       ``(C) provide appropriate technical assistance regarding 
     the replication, evaluation, and continuous improvement of 
     such programs; and
       ``(D) develop and disseminate best practices for such 
     programs.
       ``(e) Understanding the Federal Regulatory Impact on Higher 
     Education.--
       ``(1) Purpose.--The purpose of this subsection is to help 
     institutions of higher education understand the regulatory 
     impact of the Federal Government on such institutions, in 
     order to raise awareness of institutional legal obligations 
     and provide information to improve compliance with, and to 
     reduce the duplication and inefficiency of, Federal 
     regulations.
       ``(2) Program authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to 
     award 1 grant or contract to an institution of higher 
     education to enable the institution to carry out the 
     activities described in the agreement under paragraph (4).
       ``(3) Institution requirements.--The Secretary shall award 
     the grant or contract under this subsection to an institution 
     of higher education that has demonstrated expertise in--
       ``(A) reviewing Federal higher education regulations;
       ``(B) maintaining a clearinghouse of compliance training 
     materials; and
       ``(C) explaining the impact of such regulations to 
     institutions of higher education through a comprehensive and 
     freely accessible website.
       ``(4) Requirements of agreement.--As a condition of 
     receiving a grant or contract under this subsection, the 
     institution of higher education shall enter into an agreement 
     with the Secretary that shall require the institution to--
       ``(A) monitor Federal regulations, including notices of 
     proposed rulemaking, for their impact or potential impact on 
     higher education;
       ``(B) provide a succinct description of each regulation or 
     proposed regulation that is relevant to higher education; and
       ``(C) maintain a website providing information on Federal 
     regulations that is easy to use, searchable, and updated 
     regularly.
       ``(f) Scholarship Program for Family Members of Veterans or 
     Members of the Military.--
       ``(1) Authorization.--The Secretary shall contract with a 
     nonprofit organization with demonstrated experience in 
     carrying out the activities described in this subsection to 
     carry out a program to provide postsecondary education 
     scholarships for eligible students.
       ``(2) Eligible students.--In this subsection, the term 
     `eligible student' means an individual who is--
       ``(A)(i) a dependent student who is a child of--
       ``(I) an individual who is--

       ``(aa) serving on active duty during a war or other 
     military operation or national emergency (as defined in 
     section 481); or
       ``(bb) performing qualifying National Guard duty during a 
     war or other military operation or national emergency (as 
     defined in section 481); or

       ``(II) a veteran who died while serving or performing, as 
     described in subclause (I), since September 11, 2001, or has 
     been disabled while serving or performing, as described in 
     subclause (I), as a result of such event; or
       ``(ii) an independent student who is a spouse of--
       ``(I) an individual who is--

       ``(aa) serving on active duty during a war or other 
     military operation or national emergency (as defined in 
     section 481); or
       ``(bb) performing qualifying National Guard duty during a 
     war or other military operation or national emergency (as 
     defined in section 481); or

       ``(II) a veteran who died while serving or performing, as 
     described in subclause (I), since September 11, 2001, or has 
     been disabled while serving or performing, as described in 
     subclause (I), as a result of such event; and
       ``(B) enrolled as a full-time or part-time student at an 
     institution of higher education (as defined in section 102).
       ``(3) Awarding of scholarships.--Scholarships awarded under 
     this subsection shall be awarded based on need with priority 
     given to eligible students who are eligible to receive 
     Federal Pell Grants under subpart 1 of part A of title IV.
       ``(4) Maximum scholarship amount.--The maximum scholarship 
     amount awarded to an eligible student under this subsection 
     for an academic year shall be the lesser of--
       ``(A) the difference between the eligible student's cost of 
     attendance (as defined in section 472) and any non-loan based 
     aid such student receives; or
       ``(B) $5,000.
       ``(5) Amounts for scholarships.--All of the amounts 
     appropriated to carry out this subsection for a fiscal year 
     shall be used for scholarships awarded under this subsection, 
     except that a nonprofit organization receiving a contract 
     under this subsection may use not more than 1 percent of such 
     amounts for the administrative costs of the contract.''.

     SEC. 711. SPECIAL PROJECTS.

       Section 744(c) (20 U.S.C. 1138c) is amended to read as 
     follows:
       ``(c) Areas of National Need.--Areas of national need shall 
     include, at a minimum, the following:
       ``(1) Institutional restructuring to improve learning and 
     promote productivity, efficiency, quality improvement, and 
     cost and price control.

[[Page 16761]]

       ``(2) Improvements in academic instruction and student 
     learning, including efforts designed to assess the learning 
     gains made by postsecondary students.
       ``(3) Articulation between 2- and 4-year institutions of 
     higher education, including developing innovative methods for 
     ensuring the successful transfer of students from 2- to 4-
     year institutions of higher education.
       ``(4) Development, evaluation and dissemination of model 
     programs, including model core curricula that--
       ``(A) provide students with a broad and integrated 
     knowledge base;
       ``(B) include, at a minimum, broad survey courses in 
     English literature, American and world history, American 
     political institutions, economics, philosophy, college-level 
     mathematics, and the natural sciences; and
       ``(C) include sufficient study of a foreign language to 
     lead to reading and writing competency in the foreign 
     language.
       ``(5) International cooperation and student exchanges among 
     postsecondary educational institutions.''.

     SEC. 712. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR THE FUND FOR 
                   THE IMPROVEMENT OF POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION.

       Section 745 (20 U.S.C. 1138d) is amended by striking 
     ``$30,000,000 for fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows 
     through the period and inserting ``such sums as may be 
     necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding 
     fiscal years.''.

     SEC. 713. REPEAL OF THE URBAN COMMUNITY SERVICE PROGRAM.

       Part C of title VII (20 U.S.C. 1139 et seq.) is repealed.

     SEC. 714. GRANTS FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES.

       (a) Grants Authorized for Demonstration Projects To Ensure 
     Students With Disabilities Receive a Quality Higher 
     Education.--Section 762 (20 U.S.C. 1140a) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in paragraph (2)--
       (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``to teach students 
     with disabilities'' and inserting ``to teach and meet the 
     academic and programmatic needs of students with disabilities 
     in order to improve retention and completion of postsecondary 
     education'';
       (ii) by redesignating subparagraphs (B) and (C) as 
     subparagraphs (C) and (F), respectively;
       (iii) by inserting after subparagraph (A) the following:
       ``(B) Effective transition practices.--The development of 
     innovative and effective teaching methods and strategies to 
     ensure the successful transition of students with 
     disabilities from secondary school to postsecondary 
     education.'';
       (iv) in subparagraph (C), as redesignated by clause (ii), 
     by striking the period at the end and inserting ``, including 
     data on the postsecondary education of and impact on 
     subsequent employment of students with disabilities. Such 
     research, information, and data shall be made publicly 
     available and accessible.'';
       (v) by inserting after subparagraph (C), as redesignated by 
     clause (ii), the following:
       ``(D) Distance learning.--The development of innovative and 
     effective teaching methods and strategies to provide faculty 
     and administrators with the ability to provide accessible 
     distance education programs or classes that would enhance 
     access of students with disabilities to higher education, 
     including the use of accessible curriculum and electronic 
     communication for instruction and advisement.
       ``(E) Disability career pathways.--
       ``(i) In general.--Training and providing support to 
     secondary and postsecondary staff with respect to disability-
     related fields to--

       ``(I) encourage interest and participation in such fields, 
     among students with disabilities and other students;
       ``(II) enhance awareness and understanding of such fields 
     among such students;
       ``(III) provide educational opportunities in such fields 
     among such students;
       ``(IV) teach practical skills related to such fields among 
     such students; and
       ``(V) offer work-based opportunities in such fields among 
     such students.

       ``(ii) Development.--The training and support described in 
     clause (i) may include developing means to offer students 
     credit-bearing, college-level coursework, and career and 
     educational counseling.''; and
       (vi) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(G) Accessibility of education.--Making postsecondary 
     education more accessible to students with disabilities 
     through curriculum development.''; and
       (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ``subparagraphs (A) 
     through (C)'' and inserting ``subparagraphs (A) through 
     (G)''; and
       (2) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(d) Report.--Not later than 3 years after the date of 
     enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, the 
     Secretary shall prepare and disseminate a report reviewing 
     the activities of the demonstration projects authorized under 
     this subpart and providing guidance and recommendations on 
     how successful projects can be replicated.''.
       (b) Transition Programs for Students With Intellectual 
     Disabilities Into Higher Education; Coordinating Center.--
     Part D of title VII (20 U.S.C. 1140 et seq.) is further 
     amended--
       (1) in the part heading, by striking ``demonstration'';
       (2) by inserting after the part heading the following:

                ``Subpart 1--Quality Higher Education'';

     and
       (3) by adding at the end the following:

    ``Subpart 2--Transition Programs for Students With Intellectual 
        Disabilities Into Higher Education; Coordinating Center

     ``SEC. 771. PURPOSE.

       ``It is the purpose of this subpart to support model 
     demonstration programs that promote the successful transition 
     of students with intellectual disabilities into higher 
     education.

     ``SEC. 772. DEFINITIONS.

       ``In this subpart:
       ``(1) Comprehensive transition and postsecondary program 
     for students with intellectual disabilities.--The term 
     `comprehensive transition and postsecondary program for 
     students with intellectual disabilities' means a degree, 
     certificate, or nondegree program offered by an institution 
     of higher education that--
       ``(A) is designed for students with intellectual 
     disabilities who seek to continue academic, vocational, or 
     independent living instruction at the institution in order to 
     prepare for gainful employment;
       ``(B) includes an advising and curriculum structure; and
       ``(C) requires the enrollment of the student (through 
     enrollment in credit-bearing courses, auditing or 
     participating in courses, participating in internships, or 
     enrollment in noncredit, nondegree courses) in the equivalent 
     of not less than a half-time course of study, as determined 
     by the institution.
       ``(2) Student with an intellectual disability.--The term 
     `student with an intellectual disability' means a student 
     whose mental retardation or other significant cognitive 
     impairment substantially impacts the student's intellectual 
     and cognitive functioning.

     ``SEC. 773. MODEL COMPREHENSIVE TRANSITION AND POSTSECONDARY 
                   PROGRAMS FOR STUDENTS WITH INTELLECTUAL 
                   DISABILITIES.

       ``(a) Grants Authorized.--
       ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall annually award 
     grants, on a competitive basis, to institutions of higher 
     education (or consortia of institutions of higher education), 
     to create or expand high-quality, inclusive model 
     comprehensive transition and postsecondary programs for 
     students with intellectual disabilities.
       ``(2) Number and duration of grants.--The Secretary shall 
     award not less than 10 grants per year under this section, 
     and each grant awarded under this subsection shall be for a 
     period of 5 years.
       ``(b) Application.--An institution of higher education (or 
     a consortium) desiring a grant under this section shall 
     submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such 
     manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may 
     require.
       ``(c) Preference.--In awarding grants under this section, 
     the Secretary shall give preference to institutions of higher 
     education (or consortia) that--
       ``(1) will carry out a model program under the grant in a 
     State that does not already have a comprehensive transition 
     and postsecondary program for students with intellectual 
     disabilities; or
       ``(2) in the application submitted under subsection (b), 
     agree to incorporate 1 or more the following elements into 
     the model programs carried out under the grant:
       ``(A) The formation of a partnership with any relevant 
     agency serving students with intellectual disabilities, such 
     as a vocational rehabilitation agency.
       ``(B) In the case of an institution of higher education 
     that provides institutionally-owned or operated housing for 
     students attending the institution, the integration of 
     students with intellectual disabilities into such housing.
       ``(C) The involvement of students attending the institution 
     of higher education who are studying special education, 
     general education, vocational rehabilitation, assistive 
     technology, or related fields in the model program carried 
     out under the grant.
       ``(d) Use of Funds.--An institution of higher education (or 
     consortium) receiving a grant under this section shall use 
     the grant funds to establish a model comprehensive transition 
     and postsecondary program for students with intellectual 
     disabilities that--
       ``(1) serves students with intellectual disabilities, 
     including students with intellectual disabilities who are no 
     longer eligible for special education and related services 
     under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act;
       ``(2) provides individual supports and services for the 
     academic and social inclusion of students with intellectual 
     disabilities in academic courses, extracurricular activities, 
     and other aspects of the institution of higher education's 
     regular postsecondary program;
       ``(3) with respect to the students with intellectual 
     disabilities participating in the model program, provides a 
     focus on--
       ``(A) academic enrichment;
       ``(B) socialization;
       ``(C) independent living, including self-advocacy skills; 
     and

[[Page 16762]]

       ``(D) integrated work experiences and career skills that 
     lead to gainful employment;
       ``(4) integrates person-centered planning in the 
     development of the course of study for each student with an 
     intellectual disability participating in the model program;
       ``(5) participates with the coordinating center established 
     under section 774 in the evaluation of the model program;
       ``(6) partners with 1 or more local educational agencies to 
     support students with intellectual disabilities participating 
     in the model program who are still eligible for special 
     education and related services under such Act, including 
     regarding the utilization of funds available under part B of 
     the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act for such 
     students;
       ``(7) plans for the sustainability of the model program 
     after the end of the grant period; and
       ``(8) creates and offers a meaningful credential for 
     students with intellectual disabilities upon the completion 
     of the model program.
       ``(e) Matching Requirement.--An institution of higher 
     education that receives a grant under this section shall 
     provide toward the cost of the model comprehensive transition 
     and postsecondary program for students with intellectual 
     disabilities carried out under the grant, matching funds, 
     which may be provided in cash or in-kind, in an amount not 
     less than 25 percent of the amount of such grant funds.
       ``(f) Report.--Not later than 3 years after the date of 
     enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, the 
     Secretary shall prepare and disseminate a report reviewing 
     the activities of the model comprehensive transition and 
     postsecondary programs for students with intellectual 
     disabilities authorized under this subpart and providing 
     guidance and recommendations on how successful programs can 
     be replicated.
       ``(g) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such 
     sums as may be necessary.

     ``SEC. 774. COORDINATING CENTER FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE, 
                   EVALUATION, AND DEVELOPMENT OF ACCREDITATION 
                   STANDARDS.

       ``(a) In General.--
       ``(1) Award.--The Secretary shall, on a competitive basis, 
     enter into a cooperative agreement with an eligible entity, 
     for the purpose of establishing a coordinating center for 
     technical assistance, evaluation, and development of 
     accreditation standards for institutions of higher education 
     that offer inclusive model comprehensive transition and 
     postsecondary programs for students with intellectual 
     disabilities.
       ``(2) Duration.--The cooperative agreement under this 
     section shall be for a period of 5 years.
       ``(b) Requirements of Cooperative Agreement.--The eligible 
     entity entering into a cooperative agreement under this 
     section shall establish and maintain a center that shall--
       ``(1) serve as the technical assistance entity for all 
     model comprehensive transition and postsecondary programs for 
     students with intellectual disabilities assisted under 
     section 773;
       ``(2) provide technical assistance regarding the 
     development, evaluation, and continuous improvement of such 
     programs;
       ``(3) develop an evaluation protocol for such programs that 
     includes qualitative and quantitative methodology measuring 
     student outcomes and program strengths in the areas of 
     academic enrichment, socialization, independent living, and 
     competitive or supported employment;
       ``(4) assist recipients of grants under section 773 in 
     efforts to award a meaningful credential to students with 
     intellectual disabilities upon the completion of such 
     programs, which credential takes into consideration unique 
     State factors;
       ``(5) develop model criteria, standards, and procedures to 
     be used in accrediting such programs that--
       ``(A) include, in the development of the model criteria, 
     standards, and procedures for such programs, the 
     participation of--
       ``(i) an expert in higher education;
       ``(ii) an expert in special education;
       ``(iii) a disability organization that represents students 
     with intellectual disabilities; and
       ``(iv) a State, regional, or national accrediting agency or 
     association recognized by the Secretary under subpart 2 of 
     part H of title IV; and
       ``(B) define the necessary components of such programs, 
     such as--
       ``(i) academic, vocational, social, and independent living 
     skills;
       ``(ii) evaluation of student progress;
       ``(iii) program administration and evaluation;
       ``(iv) student eligibility; and
       ``(v) issues regarding the equivalency of a student's 
     participation in such programs to semester, trimester, 
     quarter, credit, or clock hours at an institution of higher 
     education, as the case may be;
       ``(6) analyze possible funding streams for such programs 
     and provide recommendations regarding the funding streams;
       ``(7) develop model memoranda of agreement between 
     institutions of higher education and agencies providing 
     funding for such programs;
       ``(8) develop mechanisms for regular communication between 
     the recipients of grants under section 773 regarding such 
     programs; and
       ``(9) host a meeting of all recipients of grants under 
     section 773 not less often than once a year.
       ``(c) Definition of Eligible Entity.--In this section, the 
     term `eligible entity' means an entity, or a partnership of 
     entities, that has demonstrated expertise in the fields of 
     higher education, students with intellectual disabilities, 
     the development of comprehensive transition and postsecondary 
     programs for students with intellectual disabilities, and 
     evaluation.
       ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such 
     sums as may be necessary.''.
       (c) Conforming Amendments.--Part D of title VII (20 U.S.C. 
     1140 et seq.) is further amended--
       (1) in section 761, by striking ``part'' and inserting 
     ``subpart'';
       (2) in section 762 (as amended by subsection (a)), by 
     striking ``part'' each place the term appears and inserting 
     ``subpart'';
       (3) in section 763, by striking ``part'' both places the 
     term appears and inserting ``subpart'';
       (4) in section 764, by striking ``part'' and inserting 
     ``subpart''; and
       (5) in section 765, by striking ``part'' and inserting 
     ``subpart''.

     SEC. 715. APPLICATIONS FOR DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS TO ENSURE 
                   STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES RECEIVE A QUALITY 
                   HIGHER EDUCATION.

       Section 763 (as amended in section 714(c)(3)) (20 U.S.C. 
     1140b) is further amended--
       (1) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the following:
       ``(1) a description of how such institution plans to 
     address the activities allowed under this subpart;'';
       (2) in paragraph (2), by striking ``and'' after the 
     semicolon;
       (3) in paragraph (3), by striking the period at the end and 
     inserting ``; and''; and
       (4) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(4) a description of the extent to which the institution 
     will work to replicate the research based and best practices 
     of institutions of higher education with demonstrated success 
     in serving students with disabilities.''.

     SEC. 716. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR DEMONSTRATION 
                   PROJECTS TO ENSURE STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES 
                   RECEIVE A QUALITY HIGHER EDUCATION.

       Section 765 (20 U.S.C. 1140d) is amended by striking 
     ``$10,000,000 for fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows 
     through the period and inserting ``such sums as may be 
     necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding 
     fiscal years.''.

     SEC. 717. RESEARCH GRANTS.

       Title VII (20 U.S.C. 1133 et seq.) is further amended by 
     adding at the end the following:

                       ``PART E--RESEARCH GRANTS

     ``SEC. 781. RESEARCH GRANTS.

       ``(a) Grants Authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to 
     award grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible entities to 
     enable the eligible entities to develop or improve valid and 
     reliable measures of student achievement for use by 
     institutions of higher education to measure and evaluate 
     learning in higher education.
       ``(b) Definitions.--In this section:
       ``(1) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means--
       ``(A) an institution of higher education;
       ``(B) a State agency responsible for higher education;
       ``(C) a recognized higher education accrediting agency or 
     an organization of higher education accreditors;
       ``(D) an eligible applicant described in section 174(c) of 
     the Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002; and
       ``(E) a consortium of any combination of entities described 
     in subparagraphs (A) through (D).
       ``(c) Application.--
       ``(1) In general.--Each eligible entity that desires a 
     grant under this part shall submit an application to the 
     Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by 
     such information as the Secretary may require.
       ``(2) Contents.--Each application submitted under 
     subsection (a) shall include a description of how the 
     eligible entity--
       ``(A) will work with relevant experts, including 
     psychometricians, research experts, institutions, 
     associations, and other qualified individuals as determined 
     appropriate by the eligible entity;
       ``(B) will reach a broad and diverse range of audiences;
       ``(C) has participated in work in improving postsecondary 
     education;
       ``(D) has participated in work in developing or improving 
     assessments to measure student achievement;
       ``(E) includes faculty, to the extent practicable, in the 
     development of any assessments or measures of student 
     achievement; and
       ``(F) will focus on program specific measures of student 
     achievement generally applicable to an entire--
       ``(i) institution of higher education; or

[[Page 16763]]

       ``(ii) State system of higher education.
       ``(d) Award Basis.--In awarding grants under this section, 
     the Secretary shall take into consideration--
       ``(1) the quality of an application for a grant under this 
     section;
       ``(2) the distribution of the grants to different--
       ``(A) geographic regions;
       ``(B) types of institutions of higher education; and
       ``(C) higher education accreditors.
       ``(e) Use of Funds.--Each eligible entity receiving a grant 
     under this section may use the grant funds--
       ``(1) to enable the eligible entity to improve the quality, 
     validity, and reliability of existing assessments used by 
     institutions of higher education;
       ``(2) to develop measures of student achievement using 
     multiple measures of student achievement from multiple 
     sources;
       ``(3) to measure improvement in student achievement over 
     time;
       ``(4) to evaluate student achievement;
       ``(5) to develop models of effective practices; and
       ``(6) for a pilot or demonstration project of measures of 
     student achievement.
       ``(f) Matching Requirement.--An eligible entity described 
     in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of subsection (b)(1) that 
     receives a grant under this section shall provide for each 
     fiscal year, from non-Federal sources, an amount (which may 
     be provided in cash or in kind), to carry out the activities 
     supported by the grant, equal to 50 percent of the amount 
     received for the fiscal year under the grant.
       ``(g) Supplement, Not Supplant.--Grant funds provided under 
     this section shall be used to supplement, not supplant, other 
     Federal or State funds.
       ``(h) Report.--
       ``(1) Report.--The Secretary shall provide an annual report 
     to Congress on the implementation of the grant program 
     assisted under this section.
       ``(2) Content.--The report shall include--
       ``(A) information regarding the development or improvement 
     of scientifically valid and reliable measures of student 
     achievement;
       ``(B) a description of the assessments or other measures 
     developed by eligible entities;
       ``(C) the results of any pilot or demonstration projects 
     assisted under this section; and
       ``(D) such other information as the Secretary may 
     require.''.

                       TITLE VIII--MISCELLANEOUS

     SEC. 801. MISCELLANEOUS.

       The Act (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) is amended by adding at 
     the end the following:

                      ``TITLE VIII--MISCELLANEOUS

           ``PART A--MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE SCHOLARS PROGRAM

     ``SEC. 811. MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE SCHOLARS PROGRAM.

       ``(a) Program Authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to 
     award grants to States, on a competitive basis, to enable the 
     States to award eligible students, who complete a rigorous 
     secondary school curriculum in mathematics and science, 
     scholarships for undergraduate study.
       ``(b) Eligible Students.--A student is eligible for a 
     scholarship under this section if the student is a full-time 
     undergraduate student in the student's first and second year 
     of study who has completed a rigorous secondary school 
     curriculum in mathematics and science.
       ``(c) Rigorous Curriculum.--Each participating State shall 
     determine the requirements for a rigorous secondary school 
     curriculum in mathematics and science described in subsection 
     (b).
       ``(d) Priority for Scholarships.--The Governor of a State 
     may set a priority for awarding scholarships under this 
     section for particular eligible students, such as students 
     attending schools in high-need areas, students who are from 
     groups underrepresented in the fields of mathematics, 
     science, and engineering, students served by local 
     educational agencies that do not meet or exceed State 
     standards in mathematics and science, or students with 
     regional or geographic needs as determined appropriate by the 
     Governor.
       ``(e) Amount and Duration of Scholarship.--The Secretary 
     shall award a grant under this section--
       ``(1) in an amount that does not exceed $1,000; and
       ``(2) for not more than 2 years of undergraduate study.
       ``(f) Matching Requirement.--In order to receive a grant 
     under this section, a State shall provide matching funds for 
     the scholarships awarded under this section in an amount 
     equal to 50 percent of the Federal funds received.
       ``(g) Authorization.--There are authorized to be 
     appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be 
     necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding 
     fiscal years.

              ``PART B--POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION ASSESSMENT

     ``SEC. 816. POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION ASSESSMENT.

       ``(a) Contract for Assessment.--The Secretary shall enter 
     into a contract, with an independent, bipartisan organization 
     with specific expertise in public administration and 
     financial management, to carry out an independent assessment 
     of the cost factors associated with the cost of tuition at 
     institutions of higher education.
       ``(b) Timeframe.--The Secretary shall enter into the 
     contract described in subsection (a) not later than 90 days 
     after the date of enactment of the Higher Education 
     Amendments of 2007.
       ``(c) Matters Assessed.--The assessment described in 
     subsection (a) shall--
       ``(1) examine the key elements driving the cost factors 
     associated with the cost of tuition at institutions of higher 
     education during the 2001-2002 academic year and succeeding 
     academic years;
       ``(2) identify and evaluate measures being used to control 
     postsecondary education costs;
       ``(3) identify and evaluate effective measures that may be 
     utilized to control postsecondary education costs in the 
     future; and
       ``(4) identify systemic approaches to monitor future 
     postsecondary education cost trends and postsecondary 
     education cost control mechanisms.

 ``PART C--JOB SKILL TRAINING IN HIGH-GROWTH OCCUPATIONS OR INDUSTRIES

     ``SEC. 821. JOB SKILL TRAINING IN HIGH-GROWTH OCCUPATIONS OR 
                   INDUSTRIES.

       ``(a) Grants Authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to 
     award grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible 
     partnerships to enable the eligible partnerships to provide 
     relevant job skill training in high-growth industries or 
     occupations.
       ``(b) Definitions.--In this section:
       ``(1) Eligible partnership.--The term `eligible 
     partnership' means a partnership--
       ``(A) between an institution of higher education and a 
     local board (as such term is defined in section 101 of the 
     Workforce Investment Act of 1998); or
       ``(B) if an institution of higher education is located 
     within a State that does not operate local boards, between 
     the institution of higher education and a State board (as 
     such term is defined in section 101 of the Workforce 
     Investment Act of 1998).
       ``(2) Nontraditional student.--The term `nontraditional 
     student' means a student who--
       ``(A) is independent, as defined in section 480(d);
       ``(B) attends an institution of higher education--
       ``(i) on less than a full-time basis;
       ``(ii) via evening, weekend, modular, or compressed 
     courses; or
       ``(iii) via distance education methods; or
       ``(C) has delayed enrollment at an institution of higher 
     education.
       ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term 
     `institution of higher education' means an institution of 
     higher education, as defined in section 101(b), that offers a 
     1- or 2-year program of study leading to a degree or 
     certificate.
       ``(c) Application.--
       ``(1) In general.--Each eligible partnership that desires a 
     grant under this section shall submit an application to the 
     Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by 
     such additional information as the Secretary may require.
       ``(2) Contents.--Each application submitted under paragraph 
     (1) shall include a description of--
       ``(A) how the eligible partnership, through the institution 
     of higher education, will provide relevant job skill training 
     for students to enter high-growth occupations or industries;
       ``(B) local high-growth occupations or industries; and
       ``(C) the need for qualified workers to meet the local 
     demand of high-growth occupations or industries.
       ``(d) Award Basis.--In awarding grants under this section, 
     the Secretary shall--
       ``(1) ensure an equitable distribution of grant funds under 
     this section among urban and rural areas of the United 
     States; and
       ``(2) take into consideration the capability of the 
     institution of higher education--
       ``(A) to offer relevant, high quality instruction and job 
     skill training for students entering a high-growth occupation 
     or industry;
       ``(B) to involve the local business community and to place 
     graduates in the community in employment in high-growth 
     occupations or industries;
       ``(C) to provide secondary students with dual-enrollment or 
     concurrent enrollment options;
       ``(D) to serve nontraditional or low-income students, or 
     adult or displaced workers; and
       ``(E) to serve students from rural or remote communities.
       ``(e) Use of Funds.--Grant funds provided under this 
     section may be used--
       ``(1) to expand or create academic programs or programs of 
     training that provide relevant job skill training for high-
     growth occupations or industries;
       ``(2) to purchase equipment which will facilitate the 
     development of academic programs or programs of training that 
     provide training for high-growth occupations or industries;
       ``(3) to support outreach efforts that enable students to 
     attend institutions of higher

[[Page 16764]]

     education with academic programs or programs of training 
     focused on high-growth occupations or industries;
       ``(4) to expand or create programs for distance, evening, 
     weekend, modular, or compressed learning opportunities that 
     provide relevant job skill training in high-growth 
     occupations or industries;
       ``(5) to build partnerships with local businesses in high-
     growth occupations or industries;
       ``(6) to support curriculum development related to 
     entrepreneurial training; and
       ``(7) for other uses that the Secretary determines to be 
     consistent with the intent of this section.
       ``(f) Requirements.--
       ``(1) Fiscal agent.--For the purpose of this section, the 
     institution of higher education in an eligible partnership 
     shall serve as the fiscal agent and grant recipient for the 
     eligible partnership.
       ``(2) Duration.--The Secretary shall award grants under 
     this section for periods that may not exceed 5 years.
       ``(3) Supplement, not supplant.--Funds made available under 
     this section shall be used to supplement and not supplant 
     other Federal, State, and local funds available to the 
     eligible partnership for carrying out the activities 
     described in subsection (e).
       ``(g) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this part such 
     sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 
     5 succeeding fiscal years.

   ``PART D--ADDITIONAL CAPACITY FOR R.N. STUDENTS OR GRADUATE-LEVEL 
                            NURSING STUDENTS

     ``SEC. 826. ADDITIONAL CAPACITY FOR R.N. STUDENTS OR 
                   GRADUATE-LEVEL NURSING STUDENTS.

       ``(a) Authorization.--The Secretary shall award grants to 
     institutions of higher education that offer--
       ``(1) a R.N. nursing program at the baccalaureate or 
     associate degree level to enable such program to expand the 
     faculty and facilities of such program to accommodate 
     additional R.N. nursing program students; or
       ``(2) a graduate-level nursing program to accommodate 
     advanced practice degrees for R.N.s or to accommodate 
     students enrolled in a graduate-level nursing program to 
     provide teachers of nursing students.
       ``(b) Determination of Number of Students and 
     Application.--Each institution of higher education that 
     offers a program described in subsection (a) that desires to 
     receive a grant under this section shall--
       ``(1) determine for the 4 academic years preceding the 
     academic year for which the determination is made the average 
     number of matriculated nursing program students at such 
     institution for such academic years; and
       ``(2) submit an application to the Secretary at such time, 
     in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the 
     Secretary may require, including the average number 
     determined under paragraph (1).
       ``(c) Grant Amount; Award Basis.--
       ``(1) Grant amount.--For each academic year after academic 
     year 2006-2007, the Secretary shall provide to each 
     institution of higher education awarded a grant under this 
     section an amount that is equal to $3,000 multiplied by the 
     number of matriculated nursing program students at such 
     institution for such academic year that is more than the 
     average number determined with respect to such institution 
     under subsection (b)(1). Such amount shall be used for the 
     purposes described in subsection (a).
       ``(2) Distribution of grants among different degree 
     programs.--
       ``(A) In general.--Subject to subparagraph (B), from the 
     funds available to award grants under this section for each 
     fiscal year, the Secretary shall--
       ``(i) use 20 percent of such funds to award grants under 
     this section to institutions of higher education for the 
     purpose of accommodating advanced practice degrees or 
     students in graduate-level nursing programs;
       ``(ii) use 40 percent of such funds to award grants under 
     this section to institutions of higher education for the 
     purpose of expanding R.N. nursing programs at the 
     baccalaureate degree level; and
       ``(iii) use 40 percent of such funds to award grants under 
     this section to institutions of higher education for the 
     purpose of expanding R.N. nursing programs at the associate 
     degree level.
       ``(B) Distribution of excess funds.--If, for a fiscal year, 
     funds described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of subparagraph 
     (A) remain after the Secretary awards grants under this 
     section to all applicants for the particular category of 
     nursing programs described in such clause, the Secretary 
     shall use equal amounts of the remaining funds to award 
     grants under this section to applicants for the remaining 
     categories of nursing programs.
       ``(C) Equitable distribution.--In awarding grants under 
     this section, the Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, 
     ensure--
       ``(i) an equitable geographic distribution of the grants 
     among the States; and
       ``(ii) an equitable distribution of the grants among 
     different types of institutions of higher education.
       ``(d) Prohibition.--
       ``(1) In general.--Funds provided under this section may 
     not be used for the construction of new facilities.
       ``(2) Rule of construction.--Nothing in paragraph (1) shall 
     be construed to prohibit funds provided under this section 
     from being used for the repair or renovation of facilities.
       ``(e) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such 
     sums as may be necessary.

                 ``PART E--AMERICAN HISTORY FOR FREEDOM

     ``SEC. 831. AMERICAN HISTORY FOR FREEDOM.

       ``(a) Grants Authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to 
     award 3-year grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible 
     institutions to establish or strengthen postsecondary 
     academic programs or centers that promote and impart 
     knowledge of--
       ``(1) traditional American history;
       ``(2) the history and nature of, and threats to, free 
     institutions; or
       ``(3) the history and achievements of Western civilization.
       ``(b) Definitions.--In this section:
       ``(1) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
     institution' means an institution of higher education as 
     defined in section 101.
       ``(2) Free institution.--The term `free institution' means 
     an institution that emerged out of Western civilization, such 
     as democracy, constitutional government, individual rights, 
     market economics, religious freedom and religious tolerance, 
     and freedom of thought and inquiry.
       ``(3) Traditional american history.--The term `traditional 
     American history' means--
       ``(A) the significant constitutional, political, 
     intellectual, economic, and foreign policy trends and issues 
     that have shaped the course of American history; and
       ``(B) the key episodes, turning points, and leading figures 
     involved in the constitutional, political, intellectual, 
     diplomatic, and economic history of the United States.
       ``(c) Application.--
       ``(1) In general.--Each eligible institution that desires a 
     grant under this part shall submit an application to the 
     Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by 
     such additional information as the Secretary may require.
       ``(2) Contents.--Each application submitted under 
     subsection (a) shall include a description of --
       ``(A) how funds made available under this part will be used 
     for the activities set forth under subsection (e), including 
     how such activities will increase knowledge with respect to 
     traditional American history, free institutions, or Western 
     civilization;
       ``(B) how the eligible institution will ensure that 
     information about the activities funded under this part is 
     widely disseminated pursuant to subsection (e)(1)(B);
       ``(C) any activities to be undertaken pursuant to 
     subsection (e)(2)(A), including identification of entities 
     intended to participate;
       ``(D) how funds made available under this part shall be 
     used to supplement and not supplant non-Federal funds 
     available for the activities described in subsection (e); and
       ``(E) such fiscal controls and accounting procedures as may 
     be necessary to ensure proper disbursement of and accounting 
     for funding made available to the eligible institution under 
     this part.
       ``(d) Award Basis.--In awarding grants under this part, the 
     Secretary shall take into consideration the capability of the 
     eligible institution to--
       ``(1) increase access to quality programming that expands 
     knowledge of traditional American history, free institutions, 
     or Western civilization;
       ``(2) involve personnel with strong expertise in 
     traditional American history, free institutions, or Western 
     civilization; and
       ``(3) sustain the activities funded under this part after 
     the grant has expired.
       ``(e) Use of Funds.--
       ``(1) Required use of funds.--Funds provided under this 
     part shall be used to--
       ``(A) establish or strengthen academic programs or centers 
     focused on traditional American history, free institutions, 
     or Western civilization, which may include--
       ``(i) design and implementation of programs of study, 
     courses, lecture series, seminars, and symposia;
       ``(ii) development, publication, and dissemination of 
     instructional materials;
       ``(iii) research;
       ``(iv) support for faculty teaching in undergraduate and, 
     if applicable, graduate programs;
       ``(v) support for graduate and postgraduate fellowships, if 
     applicable; or
       ``(vi) teacher preparation initiatives that stress content 
     mastery regarding traditional American history, free 
     institutions, or Western civilization; and
       ``(B) conduct outreach activities to ensure that 
     information about the activities funded under this part is 
     widely disseminated--
       ``(i) to undergraduate students (including students 
     enrolled in teacher education programs, if applicable);
       ``(ii) to graduate students (including students enrolled in 
     teacher education programs), if applicable;
       ``(iii) to faculty;
       ``(iv) to local educational agencies; and
       ``(v) within the local community.
       ``(2) Allowable uses of funds.--Funds provided under this 
     part may be used to support--

[[Page 16765]]

       ``(A) collaboration with entities such as--
       ``(i) local educational agencies, for the purpose of 
     providing elementary, middle and secondary school teachers an 
     opportunity to enhance their knowledge of traditional 
     American history, free institutions, or Western civilization; 
     and
       ``(ii) nonprofit organizations whose mission is consistent 
     with the purpose of this part, such as academic 
     organizations, museums, and libraries, for assistance in 
     carrying out activities described under subsection (a); and
       ``(B) other activities that meet the purposes of this part.
       ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of 
     carrying out this part, there are authorized to be 
     appropriated such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
     2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.

                      ``PART F--TEACH FOR AMERICA

     ``SEC. 836. TEACH FOR AMERICA.

       ``(a) Definitions.--
       ``(1) In general.--The terms `highly qualified', `local 
     educational agency', and `Secretary' have the meanings given 
     the terms in section 9101 of the Elementary and Secondary 
     Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
       ``(2) Grantee.--The term `grantee' means Teach For America, 
     Inc.
       ``(3) High need.--The term `high need', when used with 
     respect to a local educational agency, means a local 
     educational agency experiencing a shortage of highly 
     qualified teachers.
       ``(b) Grants Authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to 
     award a grant to Teach For America, Inc., the national 
     teacher corps of outstanding recent college graduates who 
     commit to teach for 2 years in underserved communities in the 
     United States, to implement and expand its program of 
     recruiting, selecting, training, and supporting new teachers.
       ``(c) Requirements.--In carrying out the grant program 
     under subsection (b), the Secretary shall enter into an 
     agreement with the grantee under which the grantee agrees to 
     use the grant funds provided under this section--
       ``(1) to provide highly qualified teachers to high need 
     local educational agencies in urban and rural communities;
       ``(2) to pay the cost of recruiting, selecting, training, 
     and supporting new teachers; and
       ``(3) to serve a substantial number and percentage of 
     underserved students.
       ``(d) Authorized Activities.--
       ``(1) In general.--Grant funds provided under this section 
     shall be used by the grantee to carry out each of the 
     following activities:
       ``(A) Recruiting and selecting teachers through a highly 
     selective national process.
       ``(B) Providing preservice training to the teachers through 
     a rigorous summer institute that includes hands-on teaching 
     experience and significant exposure to education coursework 
     and theory.
       ``(C) Placing the teachers in schools and positions 
     designated by partner local educational agencies as high need 
     placements serving underserved students.
       ``(D) Providing ongoing professional development activities 
     for the teachers' first 2 years in the classroom, including 
     regular classroom observations and feedback, and ongoing 
     training and support.
       ``(2) Limitation.--The grantee shall use all grant funds 
     received under this section to support activities related 
     directly to the recruitment, selection, training, and support 
     of teachers as described in subsection (a).
       ``(e) Reports and Evaluations.--
       ``(1) Annual report.--The grantee shall provide to the 
     Secretary an annual report that includes--
       ``(A) data on the number and quality of the teachers 
     provided to local educational agencies through a grant under 
     this section;
       ``(B) an externally conducted analysis of the satisfaction 
     of local educational agencies and principals with the 
     teachers so provided; and
       ``(C) comprehensive data on the background of the teachers 
     chosen, the training the teachers received, the placement 
     sites of the teachers, the professional development of the 
     teachers, and the retention of the teachers.
       ``(2) Study.--
       ``(A) In general.--From funds appropriated under subsection 
     (f), the Secretary shall provide for a study that examines 
     the achievement levels of the students taught by the teachers 
     assisted under this section.
       ``(B) Achievement gains compared.--The study shall compare, 
     within the same schools, the achievement gains made by 
     students taught by teachers who are assisted under this 
     section with the achievement gains made by students taught by 
     teachers who are not assisted under this section.
       ``(3) Requirements.--The Secretary shall provide for such a 
     study not less than once every 3 years, and each such study 
     shall include multiple placement sites and multiple schools 
     within placement sites.
       ``(4) Peer review standards.--Each such study shall meet 
     the peer review standards of the education research 
     community.
       ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--
       ``(1) In general.--There are authorized to be appropriated 
     to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for 
     fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
       ``(2) Limitation.--The grantee shall not use more than 25 
     percent of Federal funds from any source for administrative 
     costs.

               ``PART G--PATSY T. MINK FELLOWSHIP PROGRAM

     ``SEC. 841. PATSY T. MINK FELLOWSHIP PROGRAM.

       ``(a) Purpose.--
       ``(1) In general.--It is the purpose of this section to 
     provide, through eligible institutions, a program of 
     fellowship awards to assist highly qualified minorities and 
     women to acquire the doctoral degree, or highest possible 
     degree available, in academic areas in which such individuals 
     are underrepresented for the purpose of enabling such 
     individuals to enter the higher education professoriate.
       ``(2) Designation.--Each recipient of a fellowship award 
     from an eligible institution receiving a grant under this 
     section shall be known as a `Patsy T. Mink Graduate Fellow'.
       ``(b) Definitions.--In this section, the term `eligible 
     institution' means an institution of higher education, or a 
     consortium of such institutions, that offers a program of 
     postbaccalaureate study leading to a graduate degree.
       ``(c) Program Authorized.--
       ``(1) Grants by secretary.--
       ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall award grants to 
     eligible institutions to enable such institutions to make 
     fellowship awards to individuals in accordance with the 
     provisions of this section.
       ``(B) Priority consideration.--In awarding grants under 
     this section, the Secretary shall consider the eligible 
     institution's prior experience in producing doctoral degree, 
     or highest possible degree available, holders who are 
     minorities and women, and shall give priority consideration 
     in making grants under this section to those eligible 
     institutions with a demonstrated record of producing 
     minorities and women who have earned such degrees.
       ``(2) Applications.--
       ``(A) In general.--An eligible institution that desires a 
     grant under this section shall submit an application to the 
     Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such 
     information as the Secretary may require.
       ``(B) Applications made on behalf.--
       ``(i) In general.--The following entities may submit an 
     application on behalf of an eligible institution:

       ``(I) A graduate school or department of such institution.
       ``(II) A graduate school or department of such institution 
     in collaboration with an undergraduate college or university 
     of such institution.
       ``(III) An organizational unit within such institution that 
     offers a program of postbaccalaureate study leading to a 
     graduate degree, including an interdisciplinary or an 
     interdepartmental program.
       ``(IV) A nonprofit organization with a demonstrated record 
     of helping minorities and women earn postbaccalaureate 
     degrees.

       ``(ii) Nonprofit organizations.--Nothing in this paragraph 
     shall be construed to permit the Secretary to award a grant 
     under this section to an entity other than an eligible 
     institution.
       ``(3) Selection of applications.--In awarding grants under 
     subsection (a), the Secretary shall--
       ``(A) take into account--
       ``(i) the number and distribution of minority and female 
     faculty nationally;
       ``(ii) the current and projected need for highly trained 
     individuals in all areas of the higher education 
     professoriate; and
       ``(iii) the present and projected need for highly trained 
     individuals in academic career fields in which minorities and 
     women are underrepresented in the higher education 
     professoriate; and
       ``(B) consider the need to prepare a large number of 
     minorities and women generally in academic career fields of 
     high national priority, especially in areas in which such 
     individuals are traditionally underrepresented in college and 
     university faculty.
       ``(4) Distribution and amounts of grants.--
       ``(A) Equitable distribution.--In awarding grants under 
     this section, the Secretary shall, to the maximum extent 
     feasible, ensure an equitable geographic distribution of 
     awards and an equitable distribution among public and 
     independent eligible institutions that apply for grants under 
     this section and that demonstrate an ability to achieve the 
     purpose of this section.
       ``(B) Special rule.--To the maximum extent practicable, the 
     Secretary shall use not less than 30 percent of the amount 
     appropriated pursuant to subsection (f) to award grants to 
     eligible institutions that--
       ``(i) are eligible for assistance under title III or title 
     V; or
       ``(ii) have formed a consortium that includes both non-
     minority serving institutions and minority serving 
     institutions.
       ``(C) Allocation.--In awarding grants under this section, 
     the Secretary shall allocate appropriate funds to those 
     eligible institutions whose applications indicate an ability 
     to significantly increase the numbers of minorities and women 
     entering the higher education professoriate and that commit 
     institutional resources to the attainment of the purpose of 
     this section.

[[Page 16766]]

       ``(D) Number of fellowship awards.--An eligible institution 
     that receives a grant under this section shall make not less 
     than 15 fellowship awards.
       ``(E) Reallotment.--If the Secretary determines that an 
     eligible institution awarded a grant under this section is 
     unable to use all of the grant funds awarded to the 
     institution, the Secretary shall reallot, on such date during 
     each fiscal year as the Secretary may fix, the unused funds 
     to other eligible institutions that demonstrate that such 
     institutions can use any reallocated grant funds to make 
     fellowship awards to individuals under this section.
       ``(5) Institutional allowance.--
       ``(A) In general.--
       ``(i) Number of allowances.--In awarding grants under this 
     section, the Secretary shall pay to each eligible institution 
     awarded a grant, for each individual awarded a fellowship by 
     such institution under this section, an institutional 
     allowance.
       ``(ii) Amount.--Except as provided in paragraph (3), an 
     institutional allowance shall be in an amount equal to, for 
     academic year 2007-2008 and succeeding academic years, the 
     amount of institutional allowance made to an institution of 
     higher education under section 715 for such academic year.
       ``(B) Use of funds.--Institutional allowances may be 
     expended in the discretion of the eligible institution and 
     may be used to provide, except as prohibited under paragraph 
     (4), academic support and career transition services for 
     individuals awarded fellowships by such institution.
       ``(C) Reduction.--The institutional allowance paid under 
     paragraph (1) shall be reduced by the amount the eligible 
     institution charges and collects from a fellowship recipient 
     for tuition and other expenses as part of the recipient's 
     instructional program.
       ``(D) Use for overhead prohibited.--Funds made available 
     under this section may not be used for general operational 
     overhead of the academic department or institution receiving 
     funds under this section.
       ``(d) Fellowship Recipients.--
       ``(1) Authorization.--An eligible institution that receives 
     a grant under this section shall use the grant funds to make 
     fellowship awards to minorities and women who are enrolled at 
     such institution in a doctoral degree, or highest possible 
     degree available, program and--
       ``(A) intend to pursue a career in instruction at--
       ``(i) an institution of higher education (as the term is 
     defined in section 101);
       ``(ii) an institution of higher education (as the term is 
     defined in section 102(a)(1));
       ``(iii) an institution of higher education outside the 
     United States (as the term is described in section 
     102(a)(2)); or
       ``(iv) a proprietary institution of higher education (as 
     the term is defined in section 102(b)); and
       ``(B) sign an agreement with the Secretary agreeing--
       ``(i) to begin employment at an institution described in 
     paragraph (1) not later than 3 years after receiving the 
     doctoral degree or highest possible degree available, which 
     3-year period may be extended by the Secretary for 
     extraordinary circumstances; and
       ``(ii) to be employed by such institution for 1 year for 
     each year of fellowship assistance received under this 
     section.
       ``(2) Failure to comply.--If an individual who receives a 
     fellowship award under this section fails to comply with the 
     agreement signed pursuant to subsection (a)(2), then the 
     Secretary shall do 1 or both of the following:
       ``(A) Require the individual to repay all or the applicable 
     portion of the total fellowship amount awarded to the 
     individual by converting the balance due to a loan at the 
     interest rate applicable to loans made under part B of title 
     IV.
       ``(B) Impose a fine or penalty in an amount to be 
     determined by the Secretary.
       ``(3) Waiver and modification.--
       ``(A) Regulations.--The Secretary shall promulgate 
     regulations setting forth criteria to be considered in 
     granting a waiver for the service requirement under 
     subsection (a)(2).
       ``(B) Content.--The criteria under paragraph (1) shall 
     include whether compliance with the service requirement by 
     the fellowship recipient would be--
       ``(i) inequitable and represent an extraordinary hardship; 
     or
       ``(ii) deemed impossible because the individual is 
     permanently and totally disabled at the time of the waiver 
     request.
       ``(4) Amount of fellowship awards.--Fellowship awards under 
     this section shall consist of a stipend in an amount equal to 
     the level of support provided to the National Science 
     Foundation graduate fellows, except that such stipend shall 
     be adjusted as necessary so as not to exceed the fellow's 
     tuition and fees or demonstrated need (as determined by the 
     institution of higher education where the graduate student is 
     enrolled), whichever is greater.
       ``(5) Academic progress required.--An individual student 
     shall not be eligible to receive a fellowship award--
       ``(A) except during periods in which such student is 
     enrolled, and such student is maintaining satisfactory 
     academic progress in, and devoting essentially full time to, 
     study or research in the pursuit of the degree for which the 
     fellowship support was awarded; and
       ``(B) if the student is engaged in gainful employment, 
     other than part-time employment in teaching, research, or 
     similar activity determined by the eligible institution to be 
     consistent with and supportive of the student's progress 
     toward the appropriate degree.
       ``(e) Rule of Construction.--Nothing in this section shall 
     be construed to require an eligible institution that receives 
     a grant under this section--
       ``(1) to grant a preference or to differentially treat any 
     applicant for a faculty position as a result of the 
     institution's participation in the program under this 
     section; or
       ``(2) to hire a Patsy T. Mink Fellow who completes this 
     program and seeks employment at such institution.
       ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized 
     to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may 
     be necessary for fiscal year 2008 for each of the 5 
     succeeding fiscal years.

      ``PART H--IMPROVING COLLEGE ENROLLMENT BY SECONDARY SCHOOLS

     ``SEC. 846. IMPROVING COLLEGE ENROLLMENT BY SECONDARY 
                   SCHOOLS.

       ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall contract with 1 
     nonprofit organization described in subsection (b) to enable 
     the nonprofit organization--
       ``(1) to make publicly available the year-to-year higher 
     education enrollment rate trends of secondary school 
     students, disaggregated by secondary school, in full 
     compliance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act 
     of 1974;
       ``(2) to identify not less than 50 urban local educational 
     agencies and 5 States with significant rural populations, 
     each serving a significant population of low-income students, 
     and to carry out a comprehensive needs assessment in the 
     agencies and States of the factors known to contribute to 
     improved higher education enrollment rates, which factors 
     shall include--
       ``(A) an evaluation of the local educational agency's and 
     State's leadership strategies;
       ``(B) the secondary school curriculum and class offerings 
     of the local educational agency and State;
       ``(C) the professional development used by the local 
     educational agency and the State to assist teachers, higher 
     education counselors, and administrators in supporting the 
     transition of secondary students into higher education;
       ``(D) secondary school student attendance and other factors 
     demonstrated to be associated with enrollment into higher 
     education;
       ``(E) the data systems used by the local educational agency 
     and the State to measure college enrollment rates and the 
     incentives in place to motivate the efforts of faculty and 
     students to improve student and school-wide outcomes; and
       ``(F) strategies to mobilize student leaders to build a 
     college-bound culture; and
       ``(3) to provide comprehensive services to improve the 
     school-wide higher education enrollment rates of each of not 
     less than 10 local educational agencies and States, with the 
     federally funded portion of each project declining by not 
     less than 20 percent each year beginning in the second year 
     of the comprehensive services, that--
       ``(A) participated in the needs assessment described in 
     paragraph (2); and
       ``(B) demonstrated a willingness and commitment to 
     improving the higher education enrollment rates of the local 
     educational agency or State, respectively.
       ``(b) Grant Recipient Criteria.--The recipient of the grant 
     awarded under subsection (a) shall be a nonprofit 
     organization with demonstrated expertise--
       ``(1) in increasing school-wide higher education enrollment 
     rates in low-income communities nationwide by providing 
     curriculum, training, and technical assistance to secondary 
     school staff and student peer influencers; and
       ``(2) in a college transition data management system.
       ``(c) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such 
     sums as are necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 
     succeeding fiscal years.

               ``PART I--PREDOMINANTLY BLACK INSTITUTIONS

     ``SEC. 850. PREDOMINANTLY BLACK INSTITUTIONS.

       ``(a) Purpose.--It is the purpose of this section to assist 
     Predominantly Black Institutions in expanding educational 
     opportunity through a program of Federal assistance.
       ``(b) Definitions.--In this section:
       ``(1) Educational and general expenditures.--The term 
     `educational and general expenditures' has the meaning given 
     the term in section 312.
       ``(2) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
     institution' means an institution of higher education that--
       ``(A) has an enrollment of needy undergraduate students;
       ``(B) has an average educational and general expenditure 
     which is low, per full-time equivalent undergraduate student 
     in comparison with the average educational and general 
     expenditure per full-time equivalent undergraduate student of 
     institutions that offer similar instruction, except that the

[[Page 16767]]

     Secretary may apply the waiver requirements described in 
     section 392(b) to this subparagraph in the same manner as the 
     Secretary applies the waiver requirements to section 
     312(b)(1)(B);
       ``(C) has an enrollment of undergraduate students that is 
     not less than 40 percent Black American students;
       ``(D) is legally authorized to provide, and provides within 
     the State, an educational program for which the institution 
     of higher education awards a baccalaureate degree, or in the 
     case of a junior or community college, an associate's degree; 
     and
       ``(E) is accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting 
     agency or association determined by the Secretary to be a 
     reliable authority as to the quality of training offered, or 
     is, according to such an agency or association, making 
     reasonable progress toward accreditation.
       ``(3) Endowment fund.--The term `endowment fund' has the 
     meaning given the term in section 312.
       ``(4) Enrollment of needy students.--The term `enrollment 
     of needy students' means the enrollment at an eligible 
     institution with respect to which not less than 50 percent of 
     the undergraduate students enrolled in an academic program 
     leading to a degree--
       ``(A) in the second fiscal year preceding the fiscal year 
     for which the determination is made, were Federal Pell Grant 
     recipients for such year;
       ``(B) come from families that receive benefits under a 
     means-tested Federal benefit program;
       ``(C) attended a public or nonprofit private secondary 
     school--
       ``(i) that is in the school district of a local educational 
     agency that was eligible for assistance under part A of title 
     I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 for 
     any year during which the student attended such secondary 
     school; and
       ``(ii) which for the purpose of this paragraph and for that 
     year was determined by the Secretary (pursuant to regulations 
     and after consultation with the State educational agency of 
     the State in which the school is located) to be a school in 
     which the enrollment of children counted under section 
     1113(a)(5) of such Act exceeds 30 percent of the total 
     enrollment of such school; or
       ``(D) are first-generation college students and a majority 
     of such first-generation college students are low-income 
     individuals.
       ``(5) First generation college student.--The term `first 
     generation college student' has the meaning given the term in 
     section 402A(g).
       ``(6) Low-income individual.--The term `low-income 
     individual' has the meaning given such term in section 
     402A(g).
       ``(7) Means-tested federal benefit program.--The term 
     `means-tested Federal benefit program' means a program of the 
     Federal Government, other than a program under title IV, in 
     which eligibility for the program's benefits, or the amount 
     of such benefits, are determined on the basis of income or 
     resources of the individual or family seeking the benefit.
       ``(8) Predominantly black institution.--The term 
     `Predominantly Black Institution' means an institution of 
     higher education, as defined in section 101(a)--
       ``(A) that is an eligible institution with not less than 
     1,000 undergraduate students;
       ``(B) at which not less than 50 percent of the 
     undergraduate students enrolled at the eligible institution 
     are low-income individuals or first generation college 
     students; and
       ``(C) at which not less than 50 percent of the 
     undergraduate students are enrolled in an educational program 
     leading to a bachelor's or associate's degree that the 
     eligible institution is licensed to award by the State in 
     which the eligible institution is located.
       ``(9) State.--The term `State' means each of the 50 States 
     and the District of Columbia.
       ``(c) Grant Authority.--
       ``(1) In general.--The Secretary is authorized to award 
     grants, from allotments under subsection (e), to 
     Predominantly Black Institutions to enable the Predominantly 
     Black Institutions to carry out the authorized activities 
     described in subsection (d).
       ``(2) Priority.--In awarding grants under this section the 
     Secretary shall give priority to Predominantly Black 
     Institutions with large numbers or percentages of students 
     described in subsections (b)(2)(A) or (b)(2)(C). The level of 
     priority given to Predominantly Black Institutions with large 
     numbers or percentages of students described in subsection 
     (b)(2)(A) shall be twice the level of priority given to 
     Predominantly Black Institutions with large numbers or 
     percentages of students described in subsection (b)(2)(C).
       ``(d) Authorized Activities.--
       ``(1) Required activities.--Grant funds provided under this 
     section shall be used--
       ``(A) to assist the Predominantly Black Institution to 
     plan, develop, undertake, and implement programs to enhance 
     the institution's capacity to serve more low- and middle-
     income Black American students;
       ``(B) to expand higher education opportunities for students 
     eligible to participate in programs under title IV by 
     encouraging college preparation and student persistence in 
     secondary school and postsecondary education; and
       ``(C) to strengthen the financial ability of the 
     Predominantly Black Institution to serve the academic needs 
     of the students described in subparagraphs (A) and (B).
       ``(2) Additional activities.--Grant funds provided under 
     this section shall be used for 1 or more of the following 
     activities:
       ``(A) The activities described in paragraphs (1) through 
     (11) of section 311(c).
       ``(B) Academic instruction in disciplines in which Black 
     Americans are underrepresented.
       ``(C) Establishing or enhancing a program of teacher 
     education designed to qualify students to teach in a public 
     elementary school or secondary school in the State that shall 
     include, as part of such program, preparation for teacher 
     certification or licensure.
       ``(D) Establishing community outreach programs that will 
     encourage elementary school and secondary school students to 
     develop the academic skills and the interest to pursue 
     postsecondary education.
       ``(E) Other activities proposed in the application 
     submitted pursuant to subsection (f) that--
       ``(i) contribute to carrying out the purpose of this 
     section; and
       ``(ii) are approved by the Secretary as part of the review 
     and approval of an application submitted under subsection 
     (f).
       ``(3) Endowment fund.--
       ``(A) In general.--A Predominantly Black Institution may 
     use not more than 20 percent of the grant funds provided 
     under this section to establish or increase an endowment fund 
     at the institution.
       ``(B) Matching requirement.--In order to be eligible to use 
     grant funds in accordance with subparagraph (A), a 
     Predominantly Black Institution shall provide matching funds 
     from non-Federal sources, in an amount equal to or greater 
     than the Federal funds used in accordance with subparagraph 
     (A), for the establishment or increase of the endowment fund.
       ``(C) Comparability.--The provisions of part C of title 
     III, regarding the establishment or increase of an endowment 
     fund, that the Secretary determines are not inconsistent with 
     this subsection, shall apply to funds used under subparagraph 
     (A).
       ``(4) Limitation.--Not more than 50 percent of the grant 
     funds provided to a Predominantly Black Institution under 
     this section may be available for the purpose of constructing 
     or maintaining a classroom, library, laboratory, or other 
     instructional facility.
       ``(e) Allotments to Predominantly Black Institutions.--
       ``(1) Federal pell grant basis.--From the amounts 
     appropriated to carry out this section for any fiscal year, 
     the Secretary shall allot to each Predominantly Black 
     Institution having an application approved under subsection 
     (f) a sum that bears the same ratio to one-half of that 
     amount as the number of Federal Pell Grant recipients in 
     attendance at such institution at the end of the academic 
     year preceding the beginning of that fiscal year, bears to 
     the total number of Federal Pell Grant recipients at all such 
     institutions at the end of such academic year.
       ``(2) Graduates basis.--From the amounts appropriated to 
     carry out this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary 
     shall allot to each Predominantly Black Institution having an 
     application approved under subsection (f) a sum that bears 
     the same ratio to one-fourth of that amount as the number of 
     graduates for such academic year at such institution, bears 
     to the total number of graduates for such academic year at 
     all such institutions.
       ``(3) Graduates seeking a higher degree basis.--From the 
     amounts appropriated to carry out this section for any fiscal 
     year, the Secretary shall allot to each Predominantly Black 
     Institution having an application approved under subsection 
     (f) a sum that bears the same ratio to one-fourth of that 
     amount as the percentage of graduates from such institution 
     who are admitted to and in attendance at, not later than 2 
     years after graduation with an associate's degree or a 
     baccalaureate degree, a baccalaureate degree-granting 
     institution or a graduate or professional school in a degree 
     program in disciplines in which Black American students are 
     underrepresented, bears to the percentage of such graduates 
     for all such institutions.
       ``(4) Minimum allotment.--
       ``(A) In general.--Notwithstanding paragraphs (1), (2), and 
     (3), the amount allotted to each Predominantly Black 
     Institution under this section shall not be less than 
     $250,000.
       ``(B) Insufficient amount.--If the amount appropriated 
     pursuant to subsection (i) for a fiscal year is not 
     sufficient to pay the minimum allotment provided under 
     subparagraph (A) for the fiscal year, then the amount of such 
     minimum allotment shall be ratably reduced. If additional 
     sums become available for such fiscal year, such reduced 
     allotment shall be increased on the same basis as the 
     allotment was reduced until the amount allotted equals the 
     minimum allotment required under subparagraph (A).
       ``(5) Reallotment.--The amount of a Predominantly Black 
     Institution's allotment under paragraph (1), (2), (3), or (4) 
     for any fiscal year that the Secretary determines will not be 
     required for such institution for the

[[Page 16768]]

     period such allotment is available, shall be available for 
     reallotment to other Predominantly Black Institutions in 
     proportion to the original allotment to such other 
     institutions under this section for such fiscal year. The 
     Secretary shall reallot such amounts from time to time, on 
     such date and during such period as the Secretary determines 
     appropriate.
       ``(f) Applications.--Each Predominantly Black Institution 
     desiring a grant under this section shall submit an 
     application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, 
     and containing or accompanied by such information as the 
     Secretary may reasonably require.
       ``(g) Prohibition.--No Predominantly Black Institution that 
     applies for and receives a grant under this section may apply 
     for or receive funds under any other program under part A or 
     part B of title III.
       ``(h) Duration and Carryover.--Any grant funds paid to a 
     Predominantly Black Institution under this section that are 
     not expended or used for the purposes for which the funds 
     were paid within 10 years following the date on which the 
     grant was awarded, shall be repaid to the Treasury.
       ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such 
     sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of 5 
     succeeding fiscal years.

``PART J--EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND CAREER 
                               TASK FORCE

     ``SEC. 851. SHORT TITLE.

       ``This part may be cited as the `Early Childhood Education 
     Professional Development and Career Task Force Act'.

     ``SEC. 852. PURPOSE.

       ``It is the purpose of this part--
       ``(1) to improve the quality of the early childhood 
     education workforce by creating a statewide early childhood 
     education professional development and career task force for 
     early childhood education program staff, directors, and 
     administrators; and
       ``(2) to create--
       ``(A) a coherent system of core competencies, pathways to 
     qualifications, credentials, degrees, quality assurances, 
     access, and outreach, for early childhood education program 
     staff, directors, and administrators, that is linked to 
     compensation commensurate with experience and qualifications;
       ``(B) articulation agreements that enable early childhood 
     education professionals to transition easily among degrees; 
     and
       ``(C) compensation initiatives for individuals working in 
     an early childhood education program that reflect the 
     individuals' credentials, degrees, and experience.

     ``SEC. 853. DEFINITION OF EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION PROGRAM.

       ``In this part, the term `early childhood education 
     program' means--
       ``(1) a family child care program, center-based child care 
     program, State prekindergarten program, or school-based 
     program, that--
       ``(A) provides early childhood education;
       ``(B) uses developmentally appropriate practices;
       ``(C) is licensed or regulated by the State; and
       ``(D) serves children from birth through age 5;
       ``(2) a Head Start Program carried out under the Head Start 
     Act; or
       ``(3) an Early Head Start Program carried out under section 
     645A of the Head Start Act.

     ``SEC. 854. GRANTS AUTHORIZED.

       ``(a) In General.--The Secretary is authorized to award 
     grants to States in accordance with the provisions of this 
     part to enable such States--
       ``(1) to establish a State Task Force described in section 
     855; and
       ``(2) to support activities of the State Task Force 
     described in section 856.
       ``(b) Competitive Basis.--Grants under this part shall be 
     awarded on a competitive basis.
       ``(c) Equitable Geographic Distribution.--In awarding 
     grants under this part, the Secretary shall take into 
     consideration providing an equitable geographic distribution 
     of such grants.
       ``(d) Duration.--Grants under this part shall be awarded 
     for a period of 5 years.

     ``SEC. 855. STATE TASK FORCE ESTABLISHMENT.

       ``(a) State Task Force Established.--The Governor of a 
     State receiving a grant under this part shall establish, or 
     designate an existing entity to serve as, the State Early 
     Childhood Education Professional Development and Career Task 
     Force (hereafter in this part referred to as the `State Task 
     Force').
       ``(b) Membership.--The State Task Force shall include a 
     representative of a State agency, an institution of higher 
     education (including an associate or a baccalaureate degree 
     granting institution of higher education), an early childhood 
     education program, a nonprofit early childhood organization, 
     a statewide early childhood workforce scholarship or 
     supplemental initiative, and any other entity or individual 
     the Governor determines appropriate.

     ``SEC. 856. STATE TASK FORCE ACTIVITIES.

       ``(a) Activities.--The State Task Force shall--
       ``(1) coordinate and communicate regularly with the State 
     Advisory Council on Early Care and Education (hereafter in 
     this part referred to as `State Advisory Council') or a 
     similar State entity charged with creating a comprehensive 
     system of early care and education in the State, for the 
     purposes of--
       ``(A) integrating recommendations for early childhood 
     professional development and career activities into the plans 
     of the State Advisory Council; and
       ``(B) assisting in the implementation of professional 
     development and career activities that are consistent with 
     the plans described in subparagraph (A);
       ``(2) conduct a review of opportunities for and barriers to 
     high quality professional development, training, and higher 
     education degree programs, in early childhood development and 
     learning, including a periodic statewide survey concerning 
     the demographics of individuals working in early childhood 
     education programs in the State, which survey shall include 
     information disaggregated by--
       ``(A) race, gender, and ethnicity;
       ``(B) compensation levels;
       ``(C) type of early childhood education program setting;
       ``(D) specialized knowledge of child development;
       ``(E) years of experience in an early childhood education 
     program; and
       ``(F) attainment of--
       ``(i) academic credit for coursework;
       ``(ii) an academic degree;
       ``(iii) a credential;
       ``(iv) licensure; or
       ``(v) certification in early childhood education; and
       ``(3) develop a plan for a comprehensive statewide 
     professional development and career system for individuals 
     working in early childhood education programs or for early 
     childhood education providers, which plan shall include--
       ``(A) methods of providing outreach to early childhood 
     education program staff, directors, and administrators, 
     including methods for how outreach is provided to non-English 
     speaking providers, in order to enable the providers to be 
     aware of opportunities and resources under the statewide 
     plan;
       ``(B) developing a unified data collection and 
     dissemination system for early childhood education training, 
     professional development, and higher education programs;
       ``(C) increasing the participation of early childhood 
     educators in high quality training and professional 
     development by assisting in paying the costs of enrollment in 
     and completion of such training and professional development 
     courses;
       ``(D) increasing the participation of early childhood 
     educators in postsecondary education programs leading to 
     degrees in early childhood education by providing assistance 
     to pay the costs of enrollment in and completion of such 
     postsecondary education programs, which assistance--
       ``(i) shall only be provided to an individual who--

       ``(I) enters into an agreement under which the individual 
     agrees to work, for a reasonable number of years after 
     receiving such a degree, in an early childhood education 
     program that is located in a low-income area; and
       ``(II) has a family income equal to or less than the 
     annually adjusted national median family income as determined 
     by the Bureau of the Census; and

       ``(ii) shall be provided in an amount that does not exceed 
     $17,500;
       ``(E) supporting professional development activities and a 
     career lattice for a variety of early childhood professional 
     roles with varying professional qualifications and 
     responsibilities for early childhood education personnel, 
     including strategies to enhance the compensation of such 
     personnel;
       ``(F) supporting articulation agreements between 2- and 4-
     year public and private institutions of higher education and 
     mechanisms to transform other training, professional 
     development, and experience into academic credit;
       ``(G) developing mentoring and coaching programs to support 
     new educators in and directors of early childhood education 
     programs;
       ``(H) providing career development advising with respect to 
     the field of early childhood education, including informing 
     an individual regarding--
       ``(i) entry into and continuing education requirements for 
     professional roles in the field;
       ``(ii) available financial assistance; and
       ``(iii) professional development and career advancement in 
     the field;
       ``(I) enhancing the quality of faculty and coursework in 
     postsecondary programs that lead to an associate, 
     baccalaureate, or graduate degree in early childhood 
     education;
       ``(J) consideration of the availability of on-line graduate 
     level professional development offered by institutions of 
     higher education with experience and demonstrated expertise 
     in establishing programs in child development, in order to 
     improve the skills and expertise of individuals working in 
     early childhood education programs; and
       ``(K) developing or enhancing a system of quality assurance 
     with respect to the early childhood education professional 
     development and career system, including standards or 
     qualifications for individuals and entities who offer 
     training and professional development in early childhood 
     education.

[[Page 16769]]

       ``(b) Public Hearings.--The State Task Force shall hold 
     public hearings and provide an opportunity for public comment 
     on the activities described in the statewide plan described 
     in subsection (a)(3).
       ``(c) Periodic Review.--The State Task Force shall meet 
     periodically to review implementation of the statewide plan 
     and to recommend any changes to the statewide plan the State 
     Task Force determines necessary.

     ``SEC. 857. STATE APPLICATION AND REPORT.

       ``(a) In General.--Each State desiring a grant under this 
     part shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
     time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as 
     the Secretary may reasonably require. Each such application 
     shall include a description of--
       ``(1) the membership of the State Task Force;
       ``(2) the activities for which the grant assistance will be 
     used;
       ``(3) other Federal, State, local, and private resources 
     that will be available to support the activities of the State 
     Task Force described in section 856;
       ``(4) the availability within the State of training, early 
     childhood educator preparation, professional development, 
     compensation initiatives, and career systems, related to 
     early childhood education; and
       ``(5) the resources available within the State for such 
     training, educator preparation, professional development, 
     compensation initiatives, and career systems.
       ``(b) Report to the Secretary.--Not later than 2 years 
     after receiving a grant under this part, a State shall submit 
     a report to the Secretary that shall describe--
       ``(1) other Federal, State, local, and private resources 
     that will be used in combination with a grant under this 
     section to develop or expand the State's early childhood 
     education professional development and career activities;
       ``(2) the ways in which the State Advisory Council (or 
     similar State entity) will coordinate the various State and 
     local activities that support the early childhood education 
     professional development and career system; and
       ``(3) the ways in which the State Task Force will use funds 
     provided under this part and carry out the activities 
     described in section 856.

     ``SEC. 858. EVALUATIONS.

       ``(a) State Evaluation.--Each State receiving a grant under 
     this part shall--
       ``(1) evaluate the activities that are assisted under this 
     part in order to determine--
       ``(A) the effectiveness of the activities in achieving 
     State goals;
       ``(B) the impact of a career lattice for individuals 
     working in early childhood education programs;
       ``(C) the impact of the activities on licensing or 
     regulating requirements for individuals in the field of early 
     childhood development;
       ``(D) the impact of the activities, and the impact of the 
     statewide plan described in section 856(a)(3), on the quality 
     of education, professional development, and training related 
     to early childhood education programs that are offered in the 
     State;
       ``(E) the change in compensation and retention of 
     individuals working in early childhood education programs 
     within the State resulting from the activities; and
       ``(F) the impact of the activities on the demographic 
     characteristics of individuals working in early childhood 
     education programs; and
       ``(2) submit a report at the end of the grant period to the 
     Secretary regarding the evaluation described in paragraph 
     (1).
       ``(b) Secretary's Evaluation.--Not later than September 30, 
     2013, the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of 
     Health and Human Services, shall prepare and submit to the 
     authorizing committees an evaluation of the State reports 
     submitted under subsection (a)(2).

     ``SEC. 859. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

       ``There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this 
     part such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and 
     each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.

 ``PART K--IMPROVING SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, ENGINEERING, AND MATHEMATICS 
  EDUCATION WITH A FOCUS ON ALASKA NATIVE AND NATIVE HAWAIIAN STUDENTS

     ``SEC. 861. IMPROVING SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, ENGINEERING, AND 
                   MATHEMATICS EDUCATION WITH A FOCUS ON ALASKA 
                   NATIVE AND NATIVE HAWAIIAN STUDENTS.

       ``(a) Purpose.--The purpose of this section is--
       ``(1) to develop or expand programs for the development of 
     professionals in the fields of science, technology, 
     engineering, and mathematics; and
       ``(2) to focus resources on meeting the educational and 
     cultural needs of Alaska Natives and Native Hawaiians.
       ``(b) Definitions.--In this section:
       ``(1) Alaska native.--The term `Alaska Native' has the 
     meaning given the term `Native' in section 3(b) of the Alaska 
     Natives Claims Settlement Act (43 U.S.C. 1602(b)).
       ``(2) Institution of higher education.--The term 
     `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
     term in section 101(a).
       ``(3) Eligible partnership.--The term `eligible 
     partnership' means a partnership that includes--
       ``(A) 1 or more colleges or schools of engineering;
       ``(B) 1 or more colleges of science, engineering, or 
     mathematics;
       ``(C) 1 or more institutions of higher education that offer 
     2-year degrees; and
       ``(D) 1 or more private entities that--
       ``(i) conduct career awareness activities showcasing local 
     technology professionals;
       ``(ii) encourage students to pursue education in science, 
     technology, engineering, and mathematics from elementary 
     school through college, and careers in those fields, with the 
     assistance of local technology professionals;
       ``(iii) develop internships, apprenticeships, and mentoring 
     programs in partnership with relevant industries; and
       ``(iv) assist with placement of interns and apprentices.
       ``(4) Native hawaiian.--The term `Native Hawaiian' has the 
     meaning given the term in section 7207 of the Elementary and 
     Secondary Education Act of 1965.
       ``(c) Grant Authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to 
     award a grant to an eligible partnership to enable the 
     eligible partnership to expand programs for the development 
     of science, technology, engineering, or mathematics 
     professionals, from elementary school through college, 
     including existing programs for Alaska Native and Native 
     Hawaiian students.
       ``(d) Uses of Funds.--Grant funds under this section shall 
     be used for 1 or more of the following:
       ``(1) Development or implementation of cultural, social, or 
     educational transition programs to assist students to 
     transition into college life and academics in order to 
     increase such students' retention rates in the fields of 
     science, technology, engineering, or mathematics, with a 
     focus on Alaska Native or Native Hawaiian students.
       ``(2) Development or implementation of academic support or 
     supplemental educational programs to increase the graduation 
     rates of students in the fields of science, technology, 
     engineering, or mathematics, with a focus on Alaska Native 
     and Native Hawaiian students.
       ``(3) Development or implementation of internship programs, 
     carried out in coordination with educational institutions and 
     private entities, to prepare students for careers in the 
     fields of science, technology, engineering, or mathematics, 
     with a focus on programs that serve Alaska Native or Native 
     Hawaiian students.
       ``(4) Such other activities that are consistent with the 
     purposes of this section.
       ``(e) Application.--Each eligible partnership that desires 
     a grant under this section shall submit an application to the 
     Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such 
     information as the Secretary may require.
       ``(f) Priority.--In awarding grants under this section, the 
     Secretary shall give priority to an eligible partnership that 
     provides 1 or more programs in which 30 percent or more of 
     the program participants are Alaska Native or Native 
     Hawaiian.
       ``(g) Period of Grant.--A grant under this section shall be 
     awarded for a period of 5 years.
       ``(h) Evaluation and Report.--Each eligible partnership 
     that receives a grant under this section shall conduct an 
     evaluation to determine the effectiveness of the programs 
     funded under the grant and shall provide a report regarding 
     the evaluation to the Secretary not later than 6 months after 
     the end of the grant period.
       ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such 
     sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 
     5 succeeding fiscal years.

 ``PART L--PILOT PROGRAM TO INCREASE PERSISTENCE IN COMMUNITY COLLEGES

     ``SEC. 865. PILOT PROGRAM TO INCREASE PERSISTENCE IN 
                   COMMUNITY COLLEGES.

       ``(a) Definitions.--In this section:
       ``(1) Institution of higher education.--Except as otherwise 
     provided in this section, the term `institution of higher 
     education' means an institution of higher education, as 
     defined in section 101, that provides a 1- or 2-year program 
     of study leading to a degree or certificate.
       ``(2) Eligible student.--The term `eligible student' means 
     a student who--
       ``(A) meets the requirements of section 484(a);
       ``(B) is enrolled at least half time;
       ``(C) is not younger than age 19 and not older than age 33;
       ``(D) is the parent of at least 1 dependent child, which 
     dependent child is age 18 or younger;
       ``(E) has a family income below 200 percent of the poverty 
     line;
       ``(F) has a secondary school diploma or its recognized 
     equivalent, and earned a passing score on a college entrance 
     examination; and
       ``(G) does not have a degree or occupational certificate 
     from an institution of higher education, as defined in 
     section 101 or 102(a).

[[Page 16770]]

       ``(b) Program Authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to 
     award grants, on a competitive basis, to institutions of 
     higher education to enable the institutions of higher 
     education to provide additional monetary and nonmonetary 
     support to eligible students to enable the eligible students 
     to maintain enrollment and complete degree or certificate 
     programs.
       ``(c) Uses of Funds.--
       ``(1) Required uses.--Each institution of higher education 
     receiving a grant under this section shall use the grant 
     funds--
       ``(A) to provide scholarships in accordance with subsection 
     (d); and
       ``(B) to provide counseling services in accordance with 
     subsection (e).
       ``(2) Allowable uses of funds.--Grant funds provided under 
     this section may be used--
       ``(A) to conduct outreach to make students aware of the 
     scholarships and counseling services available under this 
     section and to encourage the students to participate in the 
     program assisted under this section;
       ``(B) to provide gifts of $20 or less, such as a store gift 
     card, to applicants who complete the process of applying for 
     assistance under this section, as an incentive and as 
     compensation for the student's time; and
       ``(C) to evaluate the success of the program.
       ``(d) Scholarship Requirements.--
       ``(1) In general.--Each scholarship awarded under this 
     section shall--
       ``(A) be awarded for 1 academic year;
       ``(B) be awarded in the amount of $1,000 for each of 2 
     semesters (prorated for quarters), or $2,000 for an academic 
     year;
       ``(C) require the student to maintain during the 
     scholarship period at least half-time enrollment and a 2.0 or 
     C grade point average; and
       ``(D) be paid in increments of--
       ``(i) $250 upon enrollment (prorated for quarters);
       ``(ii) $250 upon passing midterm examinations (prorated for 
     quarters); and
       ``(iii) $500 upon passing courses (prorated for quarters).
       ``(2) Number.--An institution may award an eligible student 
     not more than 2 scholarships under this section.
       ``(e) Counseling Services.--
       ``(1) In general.--Each institution of higher education 
     receiving a grant under this section shall use the grant 
     funds to provide students at the institution with a 
     counseling staff dedicated to students participating in the 
     program under this section. Each such counselor shall--
       ``(A) have a caseload of less than 125 students;
       ``(B) use a proactive, team-oriented approach to 
     counseling;
       ``(C) hold a minimum of 2 meetings with students each 
     semester; and
       ``(D) provide referrals to and follow-up with other student 
     services staff, including financial and career services.
       ``(2) Counseling services availability.--The counseling 
     services provided under this section shall be available to 
     participating students during the daytime and evening hours.
       ``(f) Application.--An institution of higher education that 
     desires to receive a grant under this section shall submit an 
     application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, 
     and containing such information as the Secretary may require, 
     including--
       ``(1) the number of students to be served under this 
     section;
       ``(2) a description of the scholarships and counseling 
     services that will be provided under this section; and
       ``(3) a description of how the program under this section 
     will be evaluated.
       ``(g) Period of Grant.--The Secretary may award a grant 
     under this section for a period of 5 years.
       ``(h) Evaluation.--
       ``(1) In general.--Each institution of higher education 
     receiving a grant under this section shall conduct an annual 
     evaluation of the impact of the grant and shall provide the 
     evaluation to the Secretary. The Secretary shall disseminate 
     to the public the findings, information on best practices, 
     and lessons learned, with respect to the evaluations.
       ``(2) Random assignment research design.--The evaluation 
     shall be conducted using a random assignment research design 
     with the following requirements:
       ``(A) When students are recruited for the program, all 
     students will be told about the program and the evaluation.
       ``(B) Baseline data will be collected from all applicants 
     for assistance under this section.
       ``(C) Students will be assigned randomly to 2 groups, which 
     will consist of--
       ``(i) a program group that will receive the scholarship and 
     the additional counseling services; and
       ``(ii) a control group that will receive whatever regular 
     financial aid and counseling services are available to all 
     students at the institution of higher education.
       ``(3) Previous cohorts.--In conducting the evaluation for 
     the second and third years of the program, each institution 
     of higher education shall include information on previous 
     cohorts of students as well as students in the current 
     program year.
       ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such 
     sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 
     5 succeeding fiscal years.

        ``PART M--STUDENT SAFETY AND CAMPUS EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT

     ``SEC. 871. STUDENT SAFETY AND CAMPUS EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT.

       ``(a) Grants Authorized.--
       ``(1) In general.--The Secretary is authorized to award 
     grants, on a competitive basis, to institutions of higher 
     education or consortia of institutions of higher education to 
     enable institutions of higher education or consortia to pay 
     the Federal share of the cost of carrying out the authorized 
     activities described in subsection (c).
       ``(2) Consultation with the attorney general and the 
     secretary of homeland security.--Where appropriate, the 
     Secretary shall award grants under this section in 
     consultation with the Attorney General of the United States 
     and the Secretary of Homeland Security.
       ``(3) Duration.--The Secretary shall award each grant under 
     this section for a period of 2 years.
       ``(4) Limitation on institutions and consortia.--An 
     institution of higher education or consortium shall be 
     eligible for only 1 grant under this section.
       ``(b) Federal Share; Non-Federal Share.--
       ``(1) In general.--The Federal share shall be 50 percent.
       ``(2) Non-federal share.--The institution of higher 
     education or consortium shall provide the non-Federal share, 
     which may be provided from other Federal, State, and local 
     resources dedicated to emergency preparedness and response.
       ``(c) Authorized Activities.--Each institution of higher 
     education or consortium receiving a grant under this section 
     may use the grant funds to carry out 1 or more of the 
     following:
       ``(1) Developing and implementing a state-of-the-art 
     emergency communications system for each campus of an 
     institution of higher education or consortium, in order to 
     contact students via cellular, text message, or other state-
     of-the-art communications methods when a significant 
     emergency or dangerous situation occurs. An institution or 
     consortium using grant funds to carry out this paragraph 
     shall also, in coordination with the appropriate State and 
     local emergency management authorities--
       ``(A) develop procedures that students, employees, and 
     others on a campus of an institution of higher education or 
     consortium will be directed to follow in the event of a 
     significant emergency or dangerous situation; and
       ``(B) develop procedures the institution of higher 
     education or consortium shall follow to inform, within a 
     reasonable and timely manner, students, employees, and others 
     on a campus in the event of a significant emergency or 
     dangerous situation, which procedures shall include the 
     emergency communications system described in this paragraph.
       ``(2) Supporting measures to improve safety at the 
     institution of higher education or consortium, such as--
       ``(A) security assessments;
       ``(B) security training of personnel and students at the 
     institution of higher education or consortium;
       ``(C) where appropriate, coordination of campus 
     preparedness and response efforts with local law enforcement, 
     local emergency management authorities, and other agencies, 
     to improve coordinated responses in emergencies among such 
     entities; and
       ``(D) establishing a hotline that allows a student or staff 
     member at an institution or consortium to report another 
     student or staff member at the institution or consortium who 
     the reporting student or staff member believes may be a 
     danger to the reported student or staff member or to others.
       ``(3) Coordinating with appropriate local entities the 
     provision of, mental health services for students enrolled in 
     the institution of higher education or consortium, including 
     mental health crisis response and intervention services, to 
     individuals affected by a campus or community emergency.
       ``(d) Application.--Each institution of higher education or 
     consortium desiring a grant under this section shall submit 
     an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, 
     and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
       ``(e) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall coordinate 
     technical assistance provided by State and local emergency 
     management agencies, the Department of Homeland Security, and 
     other agencies as appropriate, to institutions of higher 
     education or consortia that request assistance in developing 
     and implementing the activities assisted under this section.
       ``(f) Rule of Construction.--Nothing in this section shall 
     be construed--
       ``(1) to provide a private right of action to any person to 
     enforce any provision of this section;
       ``(2) to create a cause of action against any institution 
     of higher education or any employee of the institution for 
     any civil liability; or

[[Page 16771]]

       ``(3) to affect the Family Educational Rights and Privacy 
     Act of 1974 or the regulations issued under section 264 of 
     the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 
     1996 (42 U.S.C. 1320d-2 note).
       ``(g) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such 
     sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 
     5 succeeding fiscal years.

     ``SEC. 872. MODEL EMERGENCY RESPONSE POLICIES, PROCEDURES, 
                   AND PRACTICES.

       ``The Secretary of Education, the Attorney General of the 
     United States, and the Secretary of Homeland Security shall 
     jointly have the authority--
       ``(1) to advise institutions of higher education on model 
     emergency response policies, procedures, and practices; and
       ``(2) to disseminate information concerning those policies, 
     procedures, and practices.''.

     SEC. 802. ADDITIONAL PROGRAMS.

       Title VIII (as added by section 801) is further amended by 
     adding at the end the following:

   ``PART N--SCHOOL OF VETERINARY MEDICINE COMPETITIVE GRANT PROGRAM

     ``SEC. 876. SCHOOL OF VETERINARY MEDICINE COMPETITIVE GRANT 
                   PROGRAM.

       ``(a) In General.--The Secretary of Health and Human 
     Services (referred to in this section as the `Secretary') 
     shall award competitive grants to eligible entities for the 
     purpose of improving public health preparedness through 
     increasing the number of veterinarians in the workforce.
       ``(b) Eligible Entities.--To be eligible to receive a grant 
     under subsection (a), an entity shall--
       ``(1) be--
       ``(A) a public or other nonprofit school of veterinary 
     medicine that is accredited by a nationally recognized 
     accrediting agency or association recognized by the Secretary 
     of Education pursuant to part H of title IV;
       ``(B) a public or nonprofit, department of comparative 
     medicine, department of veterinary science, school of public 
     health, or school of medicine that is accredited by a 
     nationally recognized accrediting agency or association 
     recognized by the Secretary of Education pursuant to part H 
     of title IV and that offers graduate training for 
     veterinarians in a public health practice area as determined 
     by the Secretary; or
       ``(C) a public or nonprofit entity that--
       ``(i) conducts recognized residency training programs for 
     veterinarians that are approved by a veterinary specialty 
     organization that is recognized by the American Veterinary 
     Medical Association; and
       ``(ii) offers postgraduate training for veterinarians in a 
     public health practice area as determined by the Secretary; 
     and
       ``(2) prepare and submit to the Secretary an application, 
     at such time, in such manner, and containing such information 
     as the Secretary may require.
       ``(c) Consideration of Applications.--The Secretary shall 
     establish procedures to ensure that applications under 
     subsection (b)(2) are rigorously reviewed and that grants are 
     competitively awarded based on--
       ``(1) the ability of the applicant to increase the number 
     of veterinarians who are trained in specified public health 
     practice areas as determined by the Secretary;
       ``(2) the ability of the applicant to increase capacity in 
     research on high priority disease agents; or
       ``(3) any other consideration the Secretary determines 
     necessary.
       ``(d) Preference.--In awarding grants under subsection (a), 
     the Secretary shall give preference to applicants that 
     demonstrate a comprehensive approach by involving more than 
     one school of veterinary medicine, department of comparative 
     medicine, department of veterinary science, school of public 
     health, school of medicine, or residency training program 
     that offers postgraduate training for veterinarians in a 
     public health practice area as determined by the Secretary.
       ``(e) Use of Funds.--Amounts received under a grant under 
     this section shall be used by a grantee to increase the 
     number of veterinarians in the workforce through paying costs 
     associated with the expansion of academic programs at schools 
     of veterinary medicine, departments of comparative medicine, 
     departments of veterinary science, or entities offering 
     residency training programs, or academic programs that offer 
     postgraduate training for veterinarians or concurrent 
     training for veterinary students in specific areas of 
     specialization, which costs may include minor renovation and 
     improvement in classrooms, libraries, and laboratories.
       ``(f) Definition of Public Health Practice.--In this 
     section, the term `public health practice' includes 
     bioterrorism and emergency preparedness, environmental 
     health, food safety and food security, regulatory medicine, 
     diagnostic laboratory medicine, and biomedical research.
       ``(g) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such 
     sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 
     5 succeeding fiscal years. Amounts appropriated under this 
     subsection shall remain available until expended.

  ``PART O--EARLY FEDERAL PELL GRANT COMMITMENT DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM

     ``SEC. 881. EARLY FEDERAL PELL GRANT COMMITMENT DEMONSTRATION 
                   PROGRAM.

       ``(a) Demonstration Program Authority.--
       ``(1) In general.--The Secretary is authorized to carry out 
     an Early Federal Pell Grant Commitment Demonstration Program 
     under which--
       ``(A) the Secretary awards grants to 4 State educational 
     agencies, in accordance with paragraph (2), to pay the 
     administrative expenses incurred in participating in the 
     demonstration program under this section; and
       ``(B) the Secretary awards Federal Pell Grants to 
     participating students in accordance with this section.
       ``(2) Grants.--
       ``(A) In general.--From amounts appropriated under 
     subsection (h) for a fiscal year, the Secretary is authorized 
     to award grants to 4 State educational agencies to enable the 
     State educational agencies to pay the administrative expenses 
     incurred in participating in a demonstration program under 
     which 8th grade students who are eligible for a free or 
     reduced price meal described in subsection (b)(1)(B) receive 
     a commitment to receive a Federal Pell Grant early in their 
     academic careers.
       ``(B) Equal amounts.--The Secretary shall award grants 
     under this section in equal amounts to each of the 4 
     participating State educational agencies.
       ``(b) Demonstration Project Requirements.--Each of the 4 
     demonstration projects assisted under this section shall meet 
     the following requirements:
       ``(1) Participants.--
       ``(A) In general.--The State educational agency shall make 
     participation in the demonstration project available to 2 
     cohorts of students, which shall consist of--
       ``(i) 1 cohort of 8th grade students who begin the 
     participation in academic year 2008-2009; and
       ``(ii) 1 cohort of 8th grade students who begin the 
     participation in academic year 2009-2010.
       ``(B) Students in each cohort.--Each cohort of students 
     shall consist of not more than 10,000 8th grade students who 
     qualify for a free or reduced price meal under the Richard B. 
     Russell National School Lunch Act or the Child Nutrition Act 
     of 1966.
       ``(2) Student data.--The State educational agency shall 
     ensure that student data from local educational agencies 
     serving students who participate in the demonstration 
     project, as well as student data from local educational 
     agencies serving a comparable group of students who do not 
     participate in the demonstration project, are available for 
     evaluation of the demonstration project, except that in no 
     case shall such data be provided in a manner that would 
     reveal personally identifiable information about an 
     individual student.
       ``(3) Federal pell grant commitment.--Each student who 
     participates in the demonstration project receives a 
     commitment from the Secretary to receive a Federal Pell Grant 
     during the first academic year that the student is in 
     attendance at an institution of higher education as an 
     undergraduate, if the student applies for Federal financial 
     aid (via the FAFSA or EZ FAFSA) during the student's senior 
     year of secondary school and during succeeding years.
       ``(4) Application process.--The Secretary shall establish 
     an application process to select State educational agencies 
     to participate in the demonstration program and State 
     educational agencies shall establish an application process 
     to select local educational agencies within the State to 
     participate in the demonstration project.
       ``(5) Local educational agency participation.--Subject to 
     the 10,000 statewide student limitation described in 
     paragraph (1), a local educational agency serving students, 
     not less than 50 percent of whom are eligible for a free or 
     reduced price meal under the Richard B. Russell National 
     School Lunch Act or the Child Nutrition Act of 1966, shall be 
     eligible to participate in the demonstration project.
       ``(c) State Educational Agency Applications.--
       ``(1) In general.--Each State educational agency desiring 
     to participate in the demonstration program under this 
     section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
     time and in such manner as the Secretary may require.
       ``(2) Contents.--Each application shall include--
       ``(A) a description of the proposed targeted information 
     campaign for the demonstration project and a copy of the plan 
     described in subsection (f)(2);
       ``(B) a description of the student population that will 
     receive an early commitment to receive a Federal Pell Grant 
     under this section;
       ``(C) an assurance that the State educational agency will 
     fully cooperate with the ongoing evaluation of the 
     demonstration project; and
       ``(D) such other information as the Secretary may require.
       ``(d) Selection Considerations.--
       ``(1) Selection of state educational agencies.--In 
     selecting State educational agencies to participate in the 
     demonstration

[[Page 16772]]

     program under this section, the Secretary shall consider--
       ``(A) the number and quality of State educational agency 
     applications received;
       ``(B) the Department's capacity to oversee and monitor each 
     State educational agency's participation in the demonstration 
     program;
       ``(C) a State educational agency's--
       ``(i) financial responsibility;
       ``(ii) administrative capability;
       ``(iii) commitment to focusing State resources, in addition 
     to any resources provided under part A of title I of the 
     Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, on students 
     who receive assistance under such part A;
       ``(iv) ability and plans to run an effective and thorough 
     targeted information campaign for students served by local 
     educational agencies eligible to participate in the 
     demonstration project; and
       ``(v) ability to ensure the participation in the 
     demonstration program of a diverse group of students, 
     including with respect to ethnicity and gender.
       ``(2) Local educational agency.--In selecting local 
     educational agencies to participate in a demonstration 
     project under this section, the State educational agency 
     shall consider--
       ``(A) the number and quality of local educational agency 
     applications received;
       ``(B) the State educational agency's capacity to oversee 
     and monitor each local educational agency's participation in 
     the demonstration project;
       ``(C) a local educational agency's--
       ``(i) financial responsibility;
       ``(ii) administrative capability;
       ``(iii) commitment to focusing local resources, in addition 
     to any resources provided under part A of title I of the 
     Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, on students 
     who receive assistance under such part A;
       ``(iv) ability and plans to run an effective and thorough 
     targeted information campaign for students served by the 
     local educational agency; and
       ``(v) ability to ensure the participation in the 
     demonstration project of a diverse group of students with 
     respect to ethnicity and gender.
       ``(e) Evaluation.--
       ``(1) In general.--From amounts appropriated under 
     subsection (h) for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve 
     not more than $1,000,000 to award a grant or contract to an 
     organization outside the Department for an independent 
     evaluation of the impact of the demonstration program 
     assisted under this section.
       ``(2) Competitive basis.--The grant or contract shall be 
     awarded on a competitive basis.
       ``(3) Matters evaluated.--The evaluation described in this 
     subsection shall--
       ``(A) determine the number of individuals who were 
     encouraged by the demonstration program to pursue higher 
     education;
       ``(B) identify the barriers to the effectiveness of the 
     demonstration program;
       ``(C) assess the cost-effectiveness of the demonstration 
     program in improving access to higher education;
       ``(D) identify the reasons why participants in the 
     demonstration program either received or did not receive a 
     Federal Pell Grant;
       ``(E) identify intermediate outcomes related to 
     postsecondary education attendance, such as whether 
     participants--
       ``(i) were more likely to take a college-prep curriculum 
     while in secondary school;
       ``(ii) submitted any college applications; and
       ``(iii) took the PSAT, SAT, or ACT;
       ``(F) identify the number of individuals participating in 
     the demonstration program who pursued an associate's degree 
     or a bachelor's degree, or other postsecondary education;
       ``(G) compare the findings of the demonstration program 
     with respect to participants to comparison groups (of similar 
     size and demographics) that did not participate in the 
     demonstration program; and
       ``(H) identify the impact on the parents of students 
     eligible to participate in the demonstration program.
       ``(4) Dissemination.--The findings of the evaluation shall 
     be reported to the Secretary, who shall widely disseminate 
     the findings to the public.
       ``(f) Targeted Information Campaign.--
       ``(1) In general.--Each State educational agency receiving 
     a grant under this section shall, in cooperation with the 
     participating local educational agencies within the State and 
     the Secretary, develop a targeted information campaign for 
     the demonstration program assisted under this section.
       ``(2) Plan.--Each State educational agency receiving a 
     grant under this section shall include in the application 
     submitted under subsection (c) a written plan for their 
     proposed targeted information campaign. The plan shall 
     include the following:
       ``(A) Outreach.--A description of the outreach to students 
     and their families at the beginning and end of each academic 
     year of the demonstration project, at a minimum.
       ``(B) Distribution.--How the State educational agency plans 
     to provide the outreach described in subparagraph (A) and to 
     provide the information described in subparagraph (C).
       ``(C) Information.--The annual provision by the State 
     educational agency to all students and families participating 
     in the demonstration program of information regarding--
       ``(i) the estimated statewide average cost of attendance 
     for an institution of higher education for each academic 
     year, which cost data shall be disaggregated by--

       ``(I) type of institution, including--

       ``(aa) 2-year public degree-granting institutions of higher 
     education;
       ``(bb) 4-year public degree-granting institutions of higher 
     education; and
       ``(cc) 4-year private degree-granting institutions of 
     higher education;

       ``(II) component, including--

       ``(aa) tuition and fees; and
       ``(bb) room and board;
       ``(ii) Federal Pell Grants, including--

       ``(I) the maximum Federal Pell Grant for each award year;
       ``(II) when and how to apply for a Federal Pell Grant; and
       ``(III) what the application process for a Federal Pell 
     Grant requires;

       ``(iii) State-specific college savings programs;
       ``(iv) State merit-based financial aid;
       ``(v) State need-based financial aid; and
       ``(vi) Federal financial aid available to students, 
     including eligibility criteria for such aid and an 
     explanation of the Federal financial aid programs, such as 
     the Student Guide published by the Department of Education 
     (or any successor to such document).
       ``(3) Cohorts.--The information described in paragraph 
     (2)(C) shall be provided to 2 cohorts of students annually 
     for the duration of the students' participation in the 
     demonstration program. The 2 cohorts shall consist of--
       ``(A) 1 cohort of 8th grade students who begin the 
     participation in academic year 2008-2009; and
       ``(B) 1 cohort of 8th grade students who begin the 
     participation in academic year 2009-2010.
       ``(4) Reservation.--Each State educational agency receiving 
     a grant under this section shall reserve not more than 15 
     percent of the grant funds received each fiscal year to carry 
     out the targeted information campaign described in this 
     subsection.
       ``(g) Supplement, Not Supplant.--A State educational agency 
     shall use grant funds received under this section only to 
     supplement the funds that would, in the absence of such 
     funds, be made available from non-Federal sources for 
     students participating in the demonstration program under 
     this section, and not to supplant such funds.
       ``(h) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such 
     sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 
     5 succeeding fiscal years.

        ``PART P--HENRY KUUALOHA GIUGNI KUPUNA MEMORIAL ARCHIVES

     ``SEC. 886. HENRY KUUALOHA GIUGNI KUPUNA MEMORIAL ARCHIVES.

       ``(a) Grants Authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to 
     award a grant to the University of Hawaii Academy for 
     Creative Media for the establishment, maintenance, and 
     periodic modernization of the Henry Kuualoha Giugni Kupuna 
     Memorial Archives at the University of Hawaii.
       ``(b) Use of Funds.--The Henry Kuualoha Giugni Kupuna 
     Memorial Archives shall use the grant funds received under 
     this section--
       ``(1) to facilitate the acquisition of a secure web 
     accessible repository of Native Hawaiian historical data rich 
     in ethnic and cultural significance to the United States for 
     preservation and access by future generations;
       ``(2) to award scholarships to facilitate access to a 
     postsecondary education for students who cannot afford such 
     education;
       ``(3) to support programmatic efforts associated with the 
     web-based media projects of the archives;
       ``(4) to create educational materials, from the contents of 
     the archives, that are applicable to a broad range of 
     indigenous students, such as Native Hawaiians, Alaskan 
     Natives, and Native American Indians;
       ``(5) to develop outreach initiatives that introduce the 
     archival collections to elementary schools and secondary 
     schools;
       ``(6) to develop supplemental web-based resources that 
     define terms and cultural practices innate to Native 
     Hawaiians;
       ``(7) to rent, lease, purchase, maintain, or repair 
     educational facilities to house the archival collections;
       ``(8) to rent, lease, purchase, maintain, or repair 
     computer equipment for use by elementary schools and 
     secondary schools in accessing the archival collections;
       ``(9) to provide pre-service and in-service teacher 
     training to develop a core group of kindergarten through 
     grade 12 teachers who are able to provide instruction in a 
     way that is relevant to the unique background of indigenous 
     students, such as Native Hawaiians, Alaskan Natives, and 
     Native American Indians, in order to--
       ``(A) facilitate greater understanding by teachers of the 
     unique background of indigenous students; and
       ``(B) improve student achievement; and
       ``(10) to increase the economic and financial literacy of 
     postsecondary education students through the dissemination of 
     best practices used at other institutions of higher

[[Page 16773]]

     education regarding debt and credit management and economic 
     decision-making.
       ``(c) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such 
     sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 
     5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

     SEC. 803. STUDENT LOAN CLEARINGHOUSE.

       (a) Development.--Not later than 180 days after the date of 
     enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall 
     establish 1 or more clearinghouses of information on student 
     loans (including loans under parts B and D of title IV of the 
     Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1071 et seq. and 
     1087a et seq.) and private loans, for both undergraduate and 
     graduate students) for use by prospective borrowers or any 
     person desiring information regarding available interest 
     rates and other terms from lenders. Such a clearinghouse 
     shall--
       (1) have no affiliation with any institution of higher 
     education or any lender;
       (2) accept nothing of value from any lender, guaranty 
     agency, or any entity affiliated with a lender or guaranty 
     agency, except that the clearinghouse may establish a flat 
     fee to be charged to each listed lender, based on the costs 
     necessary to establish and maintain the clearinghouse;
       (3) provide information regarding the interest rates, fees, 
     borrower benefits, and any other matter that the Department 
     of Education determines relevant to enable prospective 
     borrowers to select a lender;
       (4) provide interest rate information that complies with 
     the Federal Trade Commission guidelines for consumer credit 
     term disclosures; and
       (5) be a nonprofit entity.
       (b) Publication of List.--The Secretary of Education shall 
     publish a list of clearinghouses described in subsection (a) 
     on the website of the Department of Education and such list 
     shall be updated not less often than every 90 days.
       (c) Disclosure.--Beginning on the date the first 
     clearinghouse described in subsection (a) is established, 
     each institution of higher education that receives Federal 
     assistance under the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
     1001 et seq.) and that designates 1 or more lenders as 
     preferred, suggested, or otherwise recommended shall include 
     a standard disclosure developed by the Secretary of Education 
     on all materials that reference such lenders to inform 
     students that the students might find a more attractive loan, 
     with a lower interest rate, by visiting a clearinghouse 
     described in subsection (a).
       (d) Report.--Not later than 18 months after the date of 
     enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General of the United 
     States shall submit a report to Congress on whether students 
     are using a clearinghouse described in subsection (a) to find 
     and secure a student loan. The report shall assess whether 
     students could have received a more attractive loan, one with 
     a lower interest rate or better benefits, by using a 
     clearinghouse described in subsection (a) instead of a 
     preferred lender list.

     SEC. 804. MINORITY SERVING INSTITUTIONS FOR ADVANCED 
                   TECHNOLOGY AND EDUCATION.

       At the end of title VIII (as added by section 801), add the 
     following:

  ``PART Q--MINORITY SERVING INSTITUTIONS FOR ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY AND 
                               EDUCATION

     ``SEC. 890. PURPOSES.

       ``The purposes of the program under this part are to--
       ``(1) strengthen the ability of eligible institutions to 
     provide capacity for instruction in digital and wireless 
     network technologies; and
       ``(2) strengthen the national digital and wireless 
     infrastructure by increasing national investment in 
     telecommunications and technology infrastructure at eligible 
     institutions.

     ``SEC. 891. DEFINITION OF ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION.

       ``In this part, the term `eligible institution' means an 
     institution that is--
       ``(1) a historically Black college or university that is a 
     part B institution, as defined in section 322;
       ``(2) a Hispanic-serving institution, as defined in section 
     502(a);
       ``(3) a Tribal College or University, as defined in section 
     316(b);
       ``(4) an Alaska Native-serving institution, as defined in 
     section 317(b);
       ``(5) a Native Hawaiian-serving institution, as defined in 
     section 317(b); or
       ``(6) an institution determined by the Secretary to have 
     enrolled a substantial number of minority, low-income 
     students during the previous academic year who received a 
     Federal Pell Grant for that year.

     ``SEC. 892. MINORITY SERVING INSTITUTIONS FOR ADVANCED 
                   TECHNOLOGY AND EDUCATION.

       ``(a) Grants Authorized.--
       ``(1) In general.--The Secretary is authorized to award 
     grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible institutions to 
     enable the eligible institutions to carry out the activities 
     described in subsection (d).
       ``(2) Grant period.--The Secretary may award a grant to an 
     eligible institution under this part for a period of not more 
     than 5 years.
       ``(b) Application and Review Procedure.--
       ``(1) In general.--To be eligible to receive a grant under 
     this part, an eligible institution shall submit an 
     application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, 
     and containing such information as the Secretary may 
     reasonably require. The application shall include--
       ``(A) a program of activities for carrying out 1 or more of 
     the purposes described in section 890; and
       ``(B) such other policies, procedures, and assurances as 
     the Secretary may require by regulation.
       ``(2) Regulations.--After consultation with appropriate 
     individuals with expertise in technology and education, the 
     Secretary shall establish a procedure by which to accept and 
     review such applications and publish an announcement of such 
     procedure, including a statement regarding the availability 
     of funds, in the Federal Register.
       ``(3) Application review criteria.--The application review 
     criteria used by the Secretary for grants under this part 
     shall include consideration of--
       ``(A) demonstrated need for assistance under this part; and
       ``(B) diversity among the types of eligible institutions 
     receiving assistance under this part.
       ``(c) Matching Requirement.--
       ``(1) In general.--An eligible institution that receives a 
     grant under this part shall agree that, with respect to the 
     costs to be incurred by the institution in carrying out the 
     program for which the grant is awarded, such institution will 
     make available (directly or through donations from public or 
     private entities) non-Federal contributions in an amount 
     equal to 25 percent of the amount of the grant awarded by the 
     Secretary, or $500,000, whichever is the lesser amount.
       ``(2) Waiver.--The Secretary shall waive the matching 
     requirement for any eligible institution with no endowment, 
     or an endowment that has a current dollar value as of the 
     time of the application of less than $50,000,000.
       ``(d) Uses of Funds.--An eligible institution shall use a 
     grant awarded under this part--
       ``(1) to acquire equipment, instrumentation, networking 
     capability, hardware and software, digital network 
     technology, wireless technology, and infrastructure;
       ``(2) to develop and provide educational services, 
     including faculty development, related to science, 
     technology, engineering, and mathematics;
       ``(3) to provide teacher preparation and professional 
     development, library and media specialist training, and early 
     childhood educator and teacher aide certification or 
     licensure to individuals who seek to acquire or enhance 
     technology skills in order to use technology in the classroom 
     or instructional process to improve student achievement;
       ``(4) to form consortia or collaborative projects with a 
     State, State educational agency, local educational agency, 
     community-based organization, national nonprofit 
     organization, or business, including a minority business, to 
     provide education regarding technology in the classroom;
       ``(5) to provide professional development in science, 
     technology, engineering, or mathematics to administrators and 
     faculty of eligible institutions with institutional 
     responsibility for technology education;
       ``(6) to provide capacity-building technical assistance to 
     eligible institutions through remote technical support, 
     technical assistance workshops, distance learning, new 
     technologies, and other technological applications; and
       ``(7) to foster the use of information communications 
     technology to increase scientific, technological, 
     engineering, and mathematical instruction and research.
       ``(e) Data Collection.--An eligible institution that 
     receives a grant under this part shall provide the Secretary 
     with any relevant institutional statistical or demographic 
     data requested by the Secretary.
       ``(f) Information Dissemination.--The Secretary shall 
     convene an annual meeting of eligible institutions receiving 
     grants under this part for the purposes of--
       ``(1) fostering collaboration and capacity-building 
     activities among eligible institutions; and
       ``(2) disseminating information and ideas generated by such 
     meetings.
       ``(g) Limitation.--An eligible institution that receives a 
     grant under this part that exceeds $2,500,000 shall not be 
     eligible to receive another grant under this part until every 
     other eligible institution that has applied for a grant under 
     this part has received such a grant.

     ``SEC. 893. ANNUAL REPORT AND EVALUATION.

       ``(a) Annual Report Required From Recipients.--Each 
     eligible institution that receives a grant under this part 
     shall provide an annual report to the Secretary on the 
     eligible institution's use of the grant.
       ``(b) Evaluation by Secretary.--The Secretary shall--
       ``(1) review the reports provided under subsection (a) each 
     year; and
       ``(2) evaluate the program authorized under this part on 
     the basis of those reports every 2 years.
       ``(c) Contents of Evaluation.--The Secretary, in the 
     evaluation under subsection (b), shall--

[[Page 16774]]

       ``(1) describe the activities undertaken by the eligible 
     institutions that receive grants under this part; and
       ``(2) assess the short-range and long-range impact of 
     activities carried out under the grant on the students, 
     faculty, and staff of the institutions.
       ``(d) Report to Congress.--Not later than 3 years after the 
     date of enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, 
     the Secretary shall submit a report on the program supported 
     under this part to the authorizing committees that shall 
     include such recommendations, including recommendations 
     concerning the continuing need for Federal support of the 
     program, as may be appropriate.

     ``SEC. 894. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

       ``There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this 
     part such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and 
     each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

                   TITLE IX--AMENDMENTS TO OTHER LAWS

               PART A--EDUCATION OF THE DEAF ACT OF 1986

     SEC. 901. LAURENT CLERC NATIONAL DEAF EDUCATION CENTER.

       Section 104 of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 
     U.S.C. 4304) is amended--
       (1) by striking the section heading and inserting ``LAURENT 
     CLERC NATIONAL DEAF EDUCATION CENTER'';``
       (2) in subsection (a)(1)(A), by inserting ``the Laurent 
     Clerc National Deaf Education Center (referred to in this 
     section as the `Clerc Center') to carry out'' after 
     ``maintain and operate''; and
       (3) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) of paragraph 
     (1), by striking ``elementary and secondary education 
     programs'' and inserting ``Clerc Center'';
       (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``elementary and 
     secondary education programs'' and inserting ``Clerc 
     Center''; and
       (C) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(5) The University, for purposes of the elementary and 
     secondary education programs carried out at the Clerc Center, 
     shall--
       ``(A)(i) select challenging academic content standards, 
     challenging student academic achievement standards, and 
     academic assessments of a State, adopted and implemented, as 
     appropriate, pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (3) of section 
     1111(b) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 
     (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(1) and (3)) and approved by the Secretary; 
     and
       ``(ii) implement such standards and assessments for such 
     programs by not later than the beginning of the 2009-2010 
     academic year;
       ``(B) annually determine whether such programs at the Clerc 
     Center are making adequate yearly progress, as determined 
     according to the definition of adequate yearly progress 
     defined (pursuant to section 1111(b)(2)(C) of such Act (20 
     U.S.C. 6311(b)(2)(C))) by the State that has adopted and 
     implemented the standards and assessments selected under 
     subparagraph (A)(i); and
       ``(C) publicly report the results of the academic 
     assessments implemented under subparagraph (A) and whether 
     the programs at the Clerc Center are making adequate yearly 
     progress, as determined under subparagraph (B).''.

     SEC. 902. AGREEMENT WITH GALLAUDET UNIVERSITY.

       Section 105(b)(4) of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 
     (20 U.S.C. 4305(b)(4)) is amended--
       (1) by striking ``the Act of March 3, 1931 (40 U.S.C. 276a-
     276a-5) commonly referred to as the Davis-Bacon Act'' and 
     inserting ``subchapter IV of chapter 31 of title 40, United 
     States Code, commonly referred to as the Davis-Bacon Act''; 
     and
       (2) by striking ``section 2 of the Act of June 13, 1934 (40 
     U.S.C. 276c)'' and inserting ``section 3145 of title 40, 
     United States Code''.

     SEC. 903. AGREEMENT FOR THE NATIONAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE FOR 
                   THE DEAF.

       Section 112 of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 
     U.S.C. 4332) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) in paragraph (1)--
       (i) in the first sentence--

       (I) by striking ``an institution of higher education'' and 
     inserting ``the Rochester Institute of Technology, Rochester, 
     New York''; and
       (II) by striking ``of a'' and inserting ``of the''; and

       (ii) by striking the second sentence;
       (B) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph (3); and
       (C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
       ``(2) If, pursuant to the agreement established under 
     paragraph (1), either the Secretary or the Rochester 
     Institute of Technology terminates the agreement, the 
     Secretary shall consider proposals from other institutions of 
     higher education and enter into an agreement with one of 
     those institutions for the establishment and operation of a 
     National Technical Institution for the Deaf.''; and
       (2) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in paragraph (3), by striking ``Committee on Labor and 
     Human Resources of the Senate'' and inserting ``Committee on 
     Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate''; and
       (B) in paragraph (5)--
       (i) by striking ``the Act of March 3, 1931 (40 U.S.C. 276a-
     276a-5) commonly referred to as the Davis-Bacon Act'' and 
     inserting ``subchapter IV of chapter 31 of title 40, United 
     States Code, commonly referred to as the Davis-Bacon Act''; 
     and
       (ii) by striking ``section 2 of the Act of June 13, 1934 
     (40 U.S.C. 276c)'' and inserting ``section 3145 of title 40, 
     United States Code''.

     SEC. 904. CULTURAL EXPERIENCES GRANTS.

       (a) Cultural Experiences Grants.--Title I of the Education 
     of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 4301 et seq.) is amended 
     by adding at the end the following:

                        ``PART C--OTHER PROGRAMS

     ``SEC. 121. CULTURAL EXPERIENCES GRANTS.

       ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall, on a competitive 
     basis, make grants to, and enter into contracts and 
     cooperative agreements with, eligible entities to support the 
     activities described in subsection (b).
       ``(b) Activities.--In carrying out this section, the 
     Secretary shall support activities providing cultural 
     experiences, through appropriate nonprofit organizations with 
     a demonstrated proficiency in providing such activities, 
     that--
       ``(1) enrich the lives of deaf and hard-of-hearing children 
     and adults;
       ``(2) increase public awareness and understanding of 
     deafness and of the artistic and intellectual achievements of 
     deaf and hard-of-hearing persons; or
       ``(3) promote the integration of hearing, deaf, and hard-
     of-hearing persons through shared cultural, educational, and 
     social experiences.
       ``(c) Applications.--An eligible entity that desires to 
     receive a grant, or enter into a contract or cooperative 
     agreement, under this section shall submit an application to 
     the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing 
     such information as the Secretary may require.
       ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such 
     sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 
     5 succeeding fiscal years.''.
       (b) Conforming Amendment.--The title heading of title I of 
     the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 4301 et 
     seq.) is amended by adding at the end ``; OTHER PROGRAMS''.

     SEC. 905. AUDIT.

       Section 203 of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 
     U.S.C. 4353) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (b)--
       (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``sections'' and all that 
     follows through the period and inserting ``sections 102(b), 
     105(b)(4), 112(b)(5), 203(c), 207(b)(2), subsections (c) 
     through (f) of section 207, and subsections (b) and (c) of 
     section 209.''; and
       (B) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``and the Committee on 
     Education and Labor of the House of Representatives and the 
     Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the 
     Senate'' after ``Secretary''; and
       (2) in subsection (c)(2)(A), by striking ``Committee on 
     Labor and Human Resources of the Senate'' and inserting 
     ``Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the 
     Senate''.

     SEC. 906. REPORTS.

       Section 204 of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 
     U.S.C. 4354) is amended--
       (1) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking 
     ``Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate'' and 
     inserting ``Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and 
     Pensions of the Senate'';
       (2) in paragraph (1), by striking ``preparatory,'';
       (3) in paragraph (2)(C), by striking ``upon graduation/
     completion'' and inserting ``on the date that is 1 year after 
     the date of graduation or completion''; and
       (4) in paragraph (3)(B), by striking ``of the institution 
     of higher education'' and all that follows through the period 
     and inserting ``of NTID programs and activities.''.

     SEC. 907. MONITORING, EVALUATION, AND REPORTING.

       Section 205 of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 
     U.S.C. 4355) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (b), by striking ``The Secretary, as part 
     of the annual report required under section 426 of the 
     Department of Education Organization Act, shall include a 
     description of'' and inserting ``The Secretary shall annually 
     transmit information to Congress on''; and
       (2) in subsection (c), by striking ``fiscal years 1998 
     through 2003'' and inserting ``fiscal years 2008 through 
     2013''.

     SEC. 908. LIAISON FOR EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS.

       Section 206(a) of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 
     U.S.C. 4356(a)) is amended by striking ``Not later than 30 
     days after the date of enactment of this Act, the'' and 
     inserting ``The''.

     SEC. 909. FEDERAL ENDOWMENT PROGRAMS FOR GALLAUDET UNIVERSITY 
                   AND THE NATIONAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE FOR THE 
                   DEAF.

       Section 207(h) of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 
     U.S.C. 4357(h)) is amended by striking ``fiscal years 1998 
     through 2003'' each place it appears and inserting ``fiscal 
     years 2008 through 2013''.

     SEC. 910. OVERSIGHT AND EFFECT OF AGREEMENTS.

       Section 208(a) of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 
     U.S.C. 4359(a)) is amended by

[[Page 16775]]

     striking ``Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the 
     Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of 
     the House of Representatives'' and inserting ``Committee on 
     Education and Labor of the House of Representatives and the 
     Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the 
     Senate''.

     SEC. 911. INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS.

       Section 209 of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 
     U.S.C. 4359a) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) by striking ``preparatory, undergraduate,'' and 
     inserting ``undergraduate'';
       (B) by striking ``Effective with'' and inserting the 
     following:
       ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), 
     effective with''; and
       (C) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(2) Distance learning.--International students who 
     participate in distance learning courses that are at NTID or 
     the University and who are residing outside of the United 
     States shall--
       ``(A) not be counted as international students for purposes 
     of the cap on international students under paragraph (1), 
     except that in any school year no United States citizen who 
     applies to participate in distance learning courses that are 
     at the University or NTID shall be denied participation in 
     such courses because of the participation of an international 
     student in such courses; and
       ``(B) not be charged a tuition surcharge, as described in 
     subsection (b).''; and
       (2) by striking subsections (b), (c), and (d), and 
     inserting the following:
       ``(b) Tuition Surcharge.--Except as provided in subsections 
     (a)(2)(B) and (c), the tuition for postsecondary 
     international students enrolled in the University (including 
     undergraduate and graduate students) or NTID shall include, 
     for academic year 2008-2009 and any succeeding academic year, 
     a surcharge of--
       ``(1) 100 percent for a postsecondary international student 
     from a non-developing country; and
       ``(2) 50 percent for a postsecondary international student 
     from a developing country.
       ``(c) Reduction of Surcharge.--
       ``(1) In general.--Beginning with the academic year 2008-
     2009, the University or NTID may reduce the surcharge--
       ``(A) under subsection (b)(1) from 100 percent to not less 
     than 50 percent if--
       ``(i) a student described under subsection (b)(1) 
     demonstrates need; and
       ``(ii) such student has made a good faith effort to secure 
     aid through such student's government or other sources; and
       ``(B) under subsection (b)(2) from 50 percent to not less 
     than 25 percent if--
       ``(i) a student described under subsection (b)(2) 
     demonstrates need; and
       ``(ii) such student has made a good faith effort to secure 
     aid through such student's government or other sources.
       ``(2) Development of sliding scale.--The University and 
     NTID shall develop a sliding scale model that--
       ``(A) will be used to determine the amount of a tuition 
     surcharge reduction pursuant to paragraph (1); and
       ``(B) shall be approved by the Secretary.
       ``(d) Definition.--In this section, the term `developing 
     country' means a country with a per-capita income of not more 
     than $4,825, measured in 1999 United States dollars, as 
     adjusted by the Secretary to reflect inflation since 1999.''.

     SEC. 912. RESEARCH PRIORITIES.

       Section 210(b) of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 
     U.S.C. 4359b(b)) is amended by striking ``Committee on 
     Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives, 
     and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the 
     Senate'' and inserting ``Committee on Education and Labor of 
     the House of Representatives, and the Committee on Health, 
     Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate''.

     SEC. 913. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

       Section 212 of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 
     U.S.C. 4360a) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a), in the matter preceding paragraph 
     (1), by striking ``fiscal years 1998 through 2003'' and 
     inserting ``fiscal years 2008 through 2013''; and
       (2) in subsection (b), by striking ``fiscal years 1998 
     through 2003'' and inserting ``fiscal years 2008 through 
     2013''.

              PART B--UNITED STATES INSTITUTE OF PEACE ACT

     SEC. 921. UNITED STATES INSTITUTE OF PEACE ACT.

       (a) Powers and Duties.--Section 1705(b)(3) of the United 
     States Institute of Peace Act (22 U.S.C. 4604(b)(3)) is 
     amended by striking ``the Arms Control and Disarmament 
     Agency,''.
       (b) Board of Directors.--Section 1706 of the United States 
     Institute of Peace Act (22 U.S.C. 4605) is amended--
       (1) by striking ``(b)(5)'' each place the term appears and 
     inserting ``(b)(4)''; and
       (2) in subsection (e), by adding at the end the following:
       ``(5) The term of a member of the Board shall not commence 
     until the member is confirmed by the Senate and sworn in as a 
     member of the Board.''.
       (c) Funding.--Section 1710 of the United States Institute 
     of Peace Act (22 U.S.C. 4609) is amended--
       (1) by striking ``to be appropriated'' and all that follows 
     through the period at the end and inserting ``to be 
     appropriated such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 
     2008 through 2013.''; and
       (2) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(d) Extension.--Any authorization of appropriations made 
     for the purposes of carrying out this title shall be extended 
     in the same manner as applicable programs are extended under 
     section 422 of the General Education Provisions Act.''.

            PART C--THE HIGHER EDUCATION AMENDMENTS OF 1998

     SEC. 931. REPEALS.

       The following provisions of title VIII of the Higher 
     Education Amendments of 1998 (Public Law 105-244) are 
     repealed:
       (1) Part A.
       (2) Part C (20 U.S.C. 1070 note).
       (3) Part F (20 U.S.C. 1862 note).
       (4) Part J.
       (5) Section 861.
       (6) Section 863.

     SEC. 932. GRANTS TO STATES FOR WORKPLACE AND COMMUNITY 
                   TRANSITION TRAINING FOR INCARCERATED YOUTH 
                   OFFENDERS.

       Section 821 of the Higher Education Amendments of 1998 (20 
     U.S.C. 1151) is amended to read as follows:

     ``SEC. 821. GRANTS TO STATES FOR IMPROVED WORKPLACE AND 
                   COMMUNITY TRANSITION TRAINING FOR INCARCERATED 
                   YOUTH OFFENDERS.

       ``(a) Definition.--In this section, the term `youth 
     offender' means a male or female offender under the age of 
     35, who is incarcerated in a State prison, including a 
     prerelease facility.
       ``(b) Grant Program.--The Secretary of Education (in this 
     section referred to as the `Secretary')--
       ``(1) shall establish a program in accordance with this 
     section to provide grants to the State correctional education 
     agencies in the States, from allocations for the States under 
     subsection (h), to assist and encourage youth offenders to 
     acquire functional literacy, life, and job skills, through--
       ``(A) the pursuit of a postsecondary education certificate, 
     or an associate or bachelor's degree while in prison; and
       ``(B) employment counseling and other related services 
     which start during incarceration and end not later than 1 
     year after release from confinement; and
       ``(2) may establish such performance objectives and 
     reporting requirements for State correctional education 
     agencies receiving grants under this section as the Secretary 
     determines are necessary to assess the effectiveness of the 
     program under this section.
       ``(c) Application.--To be eligible for a grant under this 
     section, a State correctional education agency shall submit 
     to the Secretary a proposal for a youth offender program 
     that--
       ``(1) identifies the scope of the problem, including the 
     number of youth offenders in need of postsecondary education 
     and vocational training;
       ``(2) lists the accredited public or private educational 
     institution or institutions that will provide postsecondary 
     educational services;
       ``(3) lists the cooperating agencies, public and private, 
     or businesses that will provide related services, such as 
     counseling in the areas of career development, substance 
     abuse, health, and parenting skills;
       ``(4) describes specific performance objectives and 
     evaluation methods (in addition to, and consistent with, any 
     objectives established by the Secretary under subsection 
     (b)(2)) that the State correctional education agency will use 
     in carrying out its proposal, including--
       ``(A) specific and quantified student outcome measures that 
     are referenced to outcomes for non-program participants with 
     similar demographic characteristics; and
       ``(B) measures, consistent with the data elements and 
     definitions described in subsection (d)(1)(A), of--
       ``(i) program completion, including an explicit definition 
     of what constitutes a program completion within the proposal;
       ``(ii) knowledge and skill attainment, including 
     specification of instruments that will measure knowledge and 
     skill attainment;
       ``(iii) attainment of employment both prior to and 
     subsequent to release;
       ``(iv) success in employment indicated by job retention and 
     advancement; and
       ``(v) recidivism, including such subindicators as time 
     before subsequent offense and severity of offense;
       ``(5) describes how the proposed programs are to be 
     integrated with existing State correctional education 
     programs (such as adult education, graduate education degree 
     programs, and vocational training) and State industry 
     programs;
       ``(6) describes how the proposed programs will have 
     considered or will utilize technology to deliver the services 
     under this section; and
       ``(7) describes how students will be selected so that only 
     youth offenders eligible under subsection (e) will be 
     enrolled in postsecondary programs.
       ``(d) Program Requirements.--Each State correctional 
     education agency receiving a grant under this section shall--
       ``(1) annually report to the Secretary regarding--

[[Page 16776]]

       ``(A) the results of the evaluations conducted using data 
     elements and definitions provided by the Secretary for the 
     use of State correctional education programs;
       ``(B) any objectives or requirements established by the 
     Secretary pursuant to subsection (b)(2); and
       ``(C) the additional performance objectives and evaluation 
     methods contained in the proposal described in subsection 
     (c)(4) as necessary to document the attainment of project 
     performance objectives; and
       ``(2) provide to each State for each student eligible under 
     subsection (e) not more than--
       ``(A) $3,000 annually for tuition, books, and essential 
     materials; and
       ``(B) $300 annually for related services such as career 
     development, substance abuse counseling, parenting skills 
     training, and health education.
       ``(e) Student Eligibility.--A youth offender shall be 
     eligible for participation in a program receiving a grant 
     under this section if the youth offender--
       ``(1) is eligible to be released within 5 years (including 
     a youth offender who is eligible for parole within such 
     time);
       ``(2) is 35 years of age or younger; and
       ``(3) has not been convicted of--
       ``(A) a `criminal offense against a victim who is a minor' 
     or a `sexually violent offense', as such terms are defined in 
     the Jacob Wetterling Crimes Against Children and Sexually 
     Violent Offender Registration Act (42 U.S.C. 14071 et seq.); 
     or
       ``(B) murder, as described in section 1111 of title 18, 
     United States Code.
       ``(f) Length of Participation.--A State correctional 
     education agency receiving a grant under this section shall 
     provide educational and related services to each 
     participating youth offender for a period not to exceed 5 
     years, 1 year of which may be devoted to study in a graduate 
     education degree program or to remedial education services 
     for students who have obtained a secondary school diploma or 
     its recognized equivalent. Educational and related services 
     shall start during the period of incarceration in prison or 
     prerelease, and the related services may continue for not 
     more than 1 year after release from confinement.
       ``(g) Education Delivery Systems.--State correctional 
     education agencies and cooperating institutions shall, to the 
     extent practicable, use high-tech applications in developing 
     programs to meet the requirements and goals of this section.
       ``(h) Allocation of Funds.--From the funds appropriated 
     pursuant to subsection (i) for each fiscal year, the 
     Secretary shall allot to each State an amount that bears the 
     same relationship to such funds as the total number of 
     students eligible under subsection (e) in such State bears to 
     the total number of such students in all States.
       ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such 
     sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 2008 through 
     2013.''.

     SEC. 933. UNDERGROUND RAILROAD EDUCATIONAL AND CULTURAL 
                   PROGRAM.

       Section 841(c) of the Higher Education Amendments of 1998 
     (20 U.S.C. 1153(c)) is amended by striking ``this section'' 
     and all that follows through the period at the end and 
     inserting ``this section such sums as may be necessary for 
     fiscal years 2008 through 2013.''.

     SEC. 934. OLYMPIC SCHOLARSHIPS UNDER THE HIGHER EDUCATION 
                   AMENDMENTS OF 1992.

       Section 1543(d) of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992 
     (20 U.S.C. 1070 note) is amended by striking ``to be 
     appropriated'' and all that follows through the period at the 
     end and inserting ``to be appropriated such sums as may be 
     necessary for fiscal years 2008 through 2013.''.

                        PART D--INDIAN EDUCATION

              Subpart 1--Tribal Colleges and Universities

     SEC. 941. REAUTHORIZATION OF THE TRIBALLY CONTROLLED COLLEGE 
                   OR UNIVERSITY ASSISTANCE ACT OF 1978.

       (a) Clarification of the Definition of National Indian 
     Organization.--Section 2(a)(6) of the Tribally Controlled 
     College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 
     1801(a)(6)) is amended by striking ``in the field of Indian 
     education'' and inserting ``in the fields of tribally 
     controlled colleges and universities and Indian higher 
     education''.
       (b) Indian Student Count.--Section 2(a) of the Tribally 
     Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 
     U.S.C. 1801(a)) is amended--
       (1) by redesignating paragraphs (7) and (8) as paragraphs 
     (8) and (9), respectively; and
       (2) by inserting after paragraph (6) the following:
       ``(7) `Indian student' means a student who is--
       ``(A) a member of an Indian tribe; or
       ``(B) a biological child of a member of an Indian tribe, 
     living or deceased;''.
       (c) Continuing Education.--Section 2(b) of the Tribally 
     Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 
     U.S.C. 1801(b)) is amended--
       (1) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking 
     ``paragraph (7) of subsection (a)'' and inserting 
     ``subsection (a)(8)'';
       (2) by striking paragraph (5) and inserting the following:
       ``(5) Determination of credits.--Eligible credits earned in 
     a continuing education program--
       ``(A) shall be determined as 1 credit for every 10 contact 
     hours in the case of an institution on a quarter system, or 
     15 contact hours in the case of an institution on a semester 
     system, of participation in an organized continuing education 
     experience under responsible sponsorship, capable direction, 
     and qualified instruction, as described in the criteria 
     established by the International Association for Continuing 
     Education and Training; and
       ``(B) shall be limited to 10 percent of the Indian student 
     count of a tribally controlled college or university.''; and
       (3) by striking paragraph (6).
       (d) Accreditation Requirement.--Section 103 of the Tribally 
     Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 
     U.S.C. 1804) is amended--
       (1) in paragraph (2), by striking ``and'' at the end;
       (2) in paragraph (3), by striking the period at the end and 
     inserting ``; and''; and
       (3) by inserting after paragraph (3), the following:
       ``(4)(A) is accredited by a nationally recognized 
     accrediting agency or association determined by the Secretary 
     of Education to be a reliable authority with regard to the 
     quality of training offered; or
       ``(B) according to such an agency or association, is making 
     reasonable progress toward accreditation.''.
       (e) Technical Assistance Contracts.--Section 105 of the 
     Tribally Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 
     1978 (25 U.S.C. 1805) is amended--
       (1) by striking the section designation and heading and all 
     that follows through ``The Secretary shall'' and inserting 
     the following:

     ``SEC. 105. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE CONTRACTS.

       ``(a) Technical Assistance.--
       ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall'';
       (2) in the second sentence, by striking ``In the awarding 
     of contracts for technical assistance, preference shall be 
     given'' and inserting the following:
       ``(2) Designated organization.--The Secretary shall require 
     that a contract for technical assistance under paragraph (1) 
     shall be awarded''; and
       (3) in the third sentence, by striking ``No authority'' and 
     inserting the following:
       ``(b) Effect of Section.--No authority''.
       (f) Amount of Grants.--Section 108(a) of the Tribally 
     Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 
     U.S.C. 1808(a)) is amended--
       (1) by redesignating paragraphs (1) and (2) as 
     subparagraphs (A) and (B), respectively, and indenting the 
     subparagraphs appropriately;
       (2) by striking ``(a) Except as provided in section 111,'' 
     and inserting the following:
       ``(a) Requirement.--
       ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2) and 
     section 111,'';
       (3) in paragraph (1) (as redesignated by paragraphs (1) and 
     (2))--
       (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) (as 
     redesignated by paragraph (1))--
       (i) by striking ``him'' and inserting ``the Secretary''; 
     and
       (ii) by striking ``product of'' and inserting ``product 
     obtained by multiplying'';
       (B) in subparagraph (A) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)), 
     by striking ``section 2(a)(7)'' and inserting ``section 
     2(a)(8)''; and
       (C) in subparagraph (B) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)), 
     by striking ``$6,000,'' and inserting ``$8,000, as adjusted 
     annually for inflation.''; and
       (4) by striking ``except that no grant shall exceed the 
     total cost of the education program provided by such college 
     or university.'' and inserting the following:
       ``(2) Exception.--The amount of a grant under paragraph (1) 
     shall not exceed an amount equal to the total cost of the 
     education program provided by the applicable tribally 
     controlled college or university.''.
       (g) General Provisions Reauthorization.--Section 110(a) of 
     the Tribally Controlled College or University Assistance Act 
     of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1810(a)) is amended--
       (1) in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), and (4), by striking 
     ``1999'' and inserting ``2008'';
       (2) in paragraphs (1), (2), and (3), by striking ``4 
     succeeding'' and inserting ``5 succeeding'';
       (3) in paragraph (2), by striking ``$40,000,000'' and 
     inserting ``such sums as may be necessary'';
       (4) in paragraph (3), by striking ``$10,000,000'' and 
     inserting ``such sums as may be necessary''; and
       (5) in paragraph (4), by striking ``succeeding 4'' and 
     inserting ``5 succeeding''.
       (h) Endowment Program Reauthorization.--Section 306(a) of 
     the Tribally Controlled College or University Assistance Act 
     of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1836(a)) is amended--
       (1) by striking ``1999'' and inserting ``2008''; and
       (2) by striking ``4 succeeding'' and inserting ``5 
     succeeding''.
       (i) Tribal Economic Development Reauthorization.--Section 
     403 of the Tribal Economic Development and Technology Related 
     Education Assistance Act of 1990 (25 U.S.C. 1852) is 
     amended--
       (1) by striking ``$2,000,000 for fiscal year 1999'' and 
     inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
     2008''; and
       (2) by striking ``4 succeeding'' and inserting ``5 
     succeeding''.

[[Page 16777]]

       (j) Tribally Controlled Postsecondary Career and Technical 
     Institutions.--
       (1) In general.--The Tribally Controlled College or 
     University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.) is 
     amended by adding at the end the following:

 ``Subtitle V--Tribally Controlled Postsecondary Career and Technical 
                              Institutions

     ``SEC. 501. DEFINITION OF TRIBALLY CONTROLLED POSTSECONDARY 
                   CAREER AND TECHNICAL INSTITUTION.

       ``In this title, the term `tribally controlled 
     postsecondary career and technical institution' has the 
     meaning given the term in section 3 of the Carl D. Perkins 
     Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2302).

     ``SEC. 502. TRIBALLY CONTROLLED POSTSECONDARY CAREER AND 
                   TECHNICAL INSTITUTIONS PROGRAM.

       ``(a) In General.--Subject to the availability of 
     appropriations, for fiscal year 2008 and each fiscal year 
     thereafter, the Secretary shall--
       ``(1) subject to subsection (b), select 2 tribally 
     controlled postsecondary career and technical institutions to 
     receive assistance under this title; and
       ``(2) provide funding to the selected tribally controlled 
     postsecondary career and technical institutions to pay the 
     costs (including institutional support costs) of operating 
     postsecondary career and technical education programs for 
     Indian students at the tribally controlled postsecondary 
     career and technical institutions.
       ``(b) Selection of Certain Institutions.--
       ``(1) Requirement.--For each fiscal year during which the 
     Secretary determines that a tribally controlled postsecondary 
     career and technical institution described in paragraph (2) 
     meets the definition referred to in section 501, the 
     Secretary shall select that tribally controlled postsecondary 
     career and technical institution under subsection (a)(1) to 
     receive funding under this section.
       ``(2) Institutions.--The 2 tribally controlled 
     postsecondary career and technical institutions referred to 
     in paragraph (1) are--
       ``(A) the United Tribes Technical College; and
       ``(B) the Navajo Technical College.
       ``(c) Method of Payment.--For each applicable fiscal year, 
     the Secretary shall provide funding under this section to 
     each tribally controlled postsecondary career and technical 
     institution selected for the fiscal year under subsection 
     (a)(1) in a lump sum payment for the fiscal year.
       ``(d) Distribution.--
       ``(1) In general.--For fiscal year 2009 and each fiscal 
     year thereafter, of amounts made available pursuant to 
     section 504, the Secretary shall distribute to each tribally 
     controlled postsecondary career and technical institution 
     selected for the fiscal year under subsection (a)(1) an 
     amount equal to the greater of--
       ``(A) the total amount appropriated for the tribally 
     controlled postsecondary career and technical institution for 
     fiscal year 2006; or
       ``(B) the total amount appropriated for the tribally 
     controlled postsecondary career and technical institution for 
     fiscal year 2008.
       ``(2) Excess amounts.--If, for any fiscal year, the amount 
     made available pursuant to section 504 exceeds the sum of the 
     amounts required to be distributed under paragraph (1) to the 
     tribally controlled postsecondary career and technical 
     institutions selected for the fiscal year under subsection 
     (a)(1), the Secretary shall distribute to each tribally 
     controlled postsecondary career and technical institution 
     selected for that fiscal year a portion of the excess amount, 
     to be determined by--
       ``(A) dividing the excess amount by the aggregate Indian 
     student count (as defined in section 117(h) of the Carl D. 
     Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 
     2327(h)) of such institutions for the prior academic year; 
     and
       ``(B) multiplying the quotient described in subparagraph 
     (A) by the Indian student count of each such institution for 
     the prior academic year.

     ``SEC. 503. APPLICABILITY OF OTHER LAWS.

       ``(a) In General.--Paragraphs (4) and (7) of subsection 
     (a), and subsection (b), of section 2, sections 105, 108, 
     111, 112 and 113, and titles II, III, and IV shall not apply 
     to this title.
       ``(b) Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance.--
     Funds made available pursuant to this title shall be subject 
     to the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act 
     (25 U.S.C. 450 et seq.).
       ``(c) Election to Receive.--A tribally controlled 
     postsecondary career and technical institution selected for a 
     fiscal year under section 502(b) may elect to receive funds 
     pursuant to section 502 in accordance with an agreement 
     between the tribally controlled postsecondary career and 
     technical institution and the Secretary under the Indian 
     Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 
     450 et seq.) if the agreement is in existence on the date of 
     enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007.
       ``(d) Other Assistance.--Eligibility for, or receipt of, 
     assistance under this title shall not preclude the 
     eligibility of a tribally controlled postsecondary career and 
     technical institutions to receive Federal financial 
     assistance under--
       ``(1) any program under the Higher Education Act of 1965 
     (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.);
       ``(2) any program under the Carl D. Perkins Career and 
     Technical Education Act of 2006; or
       ``(3) any other applicable program under which a benefit is 
     provided for--
       ``(A) institutions of higher education;
       ``(B) community colleges; or
       ``(C) postsecondary educational institutions.

     ``SEC. 504. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

       ``There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as are 
     necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each fiscal year 
     thereafter to carry out this title.''.
       (2) Conforming amendments.--Section 117 of the Carl D. 
     Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 
     2327) is amended--
       (A) by striking subsection (a) and inserting the following:
       ``(a) Grant Program.--Subject to the availability of 
     appropriations, the Secretary shall make grants under this 
     section, to provide basic support for the education and 
     training of Indian students, to tribally controlled 
     postsecondary career and technical institutions that are not 
     receiving Federal assistance as of the date on which the 
     grant is provided under--
       ``(1) title I of the Tribally Controlled College or 
     University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1802 et seq.); 
     or
       ``(2) the Navajo Community College Act (25 U.S.C. 640a et 
     seq.).''; and
       (B) by striking subsection (d) and inserting the following:
       ``(d) Applications.--To be eligible to receive a grant 
     under this section, a tribally controlled postsecondary 
     career and technical institution that is not receiving 
     Federal assistance under title I of the Tribally Controlled 
     College or University Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 1802 et seq.) 
     or the Navajo Community College Act (25 U.S.C. 640a et seq.) 
     shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in 
     such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary 
     may require.''.
       (k) Short Title.--
       (1) In general.--The first section of the Tribally 
     Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 
     U.S.C. 1801 note; Public Law 95-471) is amended to read as 
     follows:

     ``SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.

       ``This Act may be cited as the `Tribally Controlled 
     Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978'.''.
       (2) References.--Any reference in law (including 
     regulations) to the Tribally Controlled College or University 
     Assistance Act of 1978 shall be considered to be a reference 
     to the ``Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities 
     Assistance Act of 1978''.

                   Subpart 2--Navajo Higher Education

     SEC. 945. SHORT TITLE.

       This subpart may be cited as the ``Navajo Nation Higher 
     Education Act of 2006''.

     SEC. 946. REAUTHORIZATION OF NAVAJO COMMUNITY COLLEGE ACT.

       (a) Purpose.--Section 2 of the Navajo Community College Act 
     (25 U.S.C. 640a) is amended--
       (1) by striking ``Navajo Tribe of Indians'' and inserting 
     ``Navajo Nation''; and
       (2) by striking ``the Navajo Community College'' and 
     inserting ``Dine College''.
       (b) Grants.--Section 3 of the Navajo Community College Act 
     (25 U.S.C. 640b) is amended--
       (1) in the first sentence--
       (A) by inserting ``the'' before ``Interior'';
       (B) by striking ``Navajo Tribe of Indians'' and inserting 
     ``Navajo Nation''; and
       (C) by striking ``the Navajo Community College'' and 
     inserting ``Dine College''; and
       (2) in the second sentence--
       (A) by striking ``Navajo Tribe'' and inserting ``Navajo 
     Nation''; and
       (B) by striking ``Navajo Indians'' and inserting ``Navajo 
     people''.
       (c) Study of Facilities Needs.--Section 4 of the Navajo 
     Community College Act (25 U.S.C. 640c) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) in the first sentence--
       (i) by striking ``the Navajo Community College'' and 
     inserting ``Dine College''; and
       (ii) by striking ``August 1, 1979'' and inserting ``October 
     31, 2010''; and
       (B) in the second sentence, by striking ``Navajo Tribe'' 
     and inserting ``Navajo Nation'';
       (2) in subsection (b), by striking ``the date of enactment 
     of the Tribally Controlled Community College Assistance Act 
     of 1978'' and inserting ``October 1, 2007''; and
       (3) in subsection (c), in the first sentence, by striking 
     ``the Navajo Community College'' and inserting ``Dine 
     College''.
       (d) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 5 of the 
     Navajo Community College Act (25 U.S.C. 640c-1) is amended--
       (1) in subsection (a)--
       (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``$2,000,000'' and all 
     that follows through the end of the paragraph and inserting 
     ``such sums as are necessary for fiscal years 2008 through 
     2013.''; and
       (B) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(3) Sums described in paragraph (2) shall be used to 
     provide grants for construction activities, including the 
     construction of buildings, water and sewer facilities, roads, 
     information technology and telecommunications infrastructure, 
     classrooms, and external structures (such as walkways).'';

[[Page 16778]]

       (2) in subsection (b)(1)--
       (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A)--
       (i) by striking ``the Navajo Community College'' and 
     inserting ``Dine College''; and
       (ii) by striking ``, for each fiscal year'' and all that 
     follows through ``for--'' and inserting ``such sums as are 
     necessary for fiscal years 2008 through 2013 to pay the cost 
     of--'';
       (B) in subparagraph (A)--
       (i) by striking ``college'' and inserting ``College'';
       (ii) in clauses (i) and (iii), by striking the commas at 
     the ends of the clauses and inserting semicolons; and
       (iii) in clause (ii), by striking ``, and'' at the end and 
     inserting ``; and'';
       (C) in subparagraph (B), by striking the comma at the end 
     and inserting a semicolon;
       (D) in subparagraph (C), by striking ``, and'' at the end 
     and inserting a semicolon;
       (E) in subparagraph (D), by striking the period at the end 
     and inserting ``; and''; and
       (F) by adding at the end the following:
       ``(E) improving and expanding the College, including by 
     providing, for the Navajo people and others in the community 
     of the College--
       ``(i) higher education programs;
       ``(ii) career and technical education;
       ``(iii) activities relating to the preservation and 
     protection of the Navajo language, philosophy, and culture;
       ``(iv) employment and training opportunities;
       ``(v) economic development and community outreach; and
       ``(vi) a safe learning, working, and living environment.''; 
     and
       (3) in subsection (c), by striking ``the Navajo Community 
     College'' and inserting ``Dine College''.
       (e) Effect on Other Laws.--Section 6 of the Navajo 
     Community College Act (25 U.S.C. 640c-2) is amended--
       (1) by striking ``the Navajo Community College'' each place 
     it appears and inserting ``Dine College''; and
       (2) in subsection (b), by striking ``college'' and 
     inserting ``College''.
       (f) Payments; Interest.--Section 7 of the Navajo Community 
     College Act (25 U.S.C. 640c-3) is amended by striking ``the 
     Navajo Community College'' each place it appears and 
     inserting ``Dine College''.

     ``SEC. 428L. LOAN REPAYMENT FOR CIVIL LEGAL ASSISTANCE 
                   ATTORNEYS.

       ``(a) Purpose.--The purpose of this section is to encourage 
     qualified individuals to enter and continue employment as 
     civil legal assistance attorneys.
       ``(b) Definitions.--In this section:
       ``(1) Civil legal assistance attorney.--The term `civil 
     legal assistance attorney' means an attorney who--
       ``(A) is a full-time employee of a nonprofit organization 
     that provides legal assistance with respect to civil matters 
     to low-income individuals without a fee;
       ``(B) as such employee, provides civil legal assistance as 
     described in subparagraph (A) on a full-time basis; and
       ``(C) is continually licensed to practice law.
       ``(2) Student loan.--The term `student loan' means--
       ``(A) subject to subparagraph (B), a loan made, insured, or 
     guaranteed under part B, D, or E of this title; and
       ``(B) a loan made under section 428C or 455(g), to the 
     extent that such loan was used to repay--
       ``(i) a Federal Direct Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct 
     Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, or a Federal Direct PLUS Loan;
       ``(ii) a loan made under section 428, 428B, or 428H; or
       ``(iii) a loan made under part E.
       ``(c) Program Authorized.--The Secretary shall carry out a 
     program of assuming the obligation to repay a student loan, 
     by direct payments on behalf of a borrower to the holder of 
     such loan, in accordance with subsection (d), for any 
     borrower who--
       ``(1) is employed as a civil legal assistance attorney; and
       ``(2) is not in default on a loan for which the borrower 
     seeks repayment.
       ``(d) Terms of Agreement.--
       ``(1) In general.--To be eligible to receive repayment 
     benefits under subsection (c), a borrower shall enter into a 
     written agreement with the Secretary that specifies that--
       ``(A) the borrower will remain employed as a civil legal 
     assistance attorney for a required period of service of not 
     less than 3 years, unless involuntarily separated from that 
     employment;
       ``(B) if the borrower is involuntarily separated from 
     employment on account of misconduct, or voluntarily separates 
     from employment, before the end of the period specified in 
     the agreement, the borrower will repay the Secretary the 
     amount of any benefits received by such employee under this 
     agreement;
       ``(C) if the borrower is required to repay an amount to the 
     Secretary under subparagraph (B) and fails to repay such 
     amount, a sum equal to that amount shall be recoverable by 
     the Federal Government from the employee by such methods as 
     are provided by law for the recovery of amounts owed to the 
     Federal Government;
       ``(D) the Secretary may waive, in whole or in part, a right 
     of recovery under this subsection if it is shown that 
     recovery would be against equity and good conscience or 
     against the public interest; and
       ``(E) the Secretary shall make student loan payments under 
     this section for the period of the agreement, subject to the 
     availability of appropriations.
       ``(2) Repayments.--
       ``(A) In general.--Any amount repaid by, or recovered from, 
     an individual under this subsection shall be credited to the 
     appropriation account from which the amount involved was 
     originally paid.
       ``(B) Merger.--Any amount credited under subparagraph (A) 
     shall be merged with other sums in such account and shall be 
     available for the same purposes and period, and subject to 
     the same limitations, if any, as the sums with which the 
     amount was merged.
       ``(3) Limitations.--
       ``(A) Student loan payment amount.--Student loan repayments 
     made by the Secretary under this section shall be made 
     subject to such terms, limitations, or conditions as may be 
     mutually agreed upon by the borrower and the Secretary in an 
     agreement under paragraph (1), except that the amount paid by 
     the Secretary under this section shall not exceed--
       ``(i) $6,000 for any borrower in any calendar year; or
       ``(ii) an aggregate total of $40,000 in the case of any 
     borrower.
       ``(B) Beginning of payments.--Nothing in this section shall 
     authorize the Secretary to pay any amount to reimburse a 
     borrower for any repayments made by such borrower prior to 
     the date on which the Secretary entered into an agreement 
     with the borrower under this subsection.
       ``(e) Additional Agreements.--
       ``(1) In general.--On completion of the required period of 
     service under an agreement under subsection (d), the borrower 
     and the Secretary may, subject to paragraph (2), enter into 
     an additional agreement in accordance with subsection (d).
       ``(2) Term.--An agreement entered into under paragraph (1) 
     may require the borrower to remain employed as a civil legal 
     assistance attorney for less than 3 years.
       ``(f) Award Basis; Priority.--
       ``(1) Award basis.--Subject to paragraph (2), the Secretary 
     shall provide repayment benefits under this section on a 
     first-come, first-served basis, and subject to the 
     availability of appropriations.
       ``(2) Priority.--The Secretary shall give priority in 
     providing repayment benefits under this section in any fiscal 
     year to a borrower who--
       ``(A) has practiced law for 5 years or less and, for at 
     least 90 percent of the time in such practice, has served as 
     a civil legal assistance attorney;
       ``(B) received repayment benefits under this section during 
     the preceding fiscal year; and
       ``(C) has completed less than 3 years of the first required 
     period of service specified for the borrower in an agreement 
     entered into under subsection (d).
       ``(g) Regulations.--The Secretary is authorized to issue 
     such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the 
     provisions of this section.
       ``(h) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section 
     $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2008 and such sums as may be 
     necessary for each succeeding fiscal year.''.

       PART E--OMNIBUS CRIME CONTROL AND SAFE STREETS ACT OF 1968

     SEC. 951. SHORT TITLE.

       This part may be cited as the ``John R. Justice Prosecutors 
     and Defenders Incentive Act of 2007''.

     SEC. 952. LOAN REPAYMENT FOR PROSECUTORS AND DEFENDERS.

       Title I of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act 
     of 1968 (42 U.S.C. 3711 et seq.) is amended by inserting 
     after part II (42 U.S.C. 3797cc et seq.) the following:

     ``PART JJ--LOAN REPAYMENT FOR PROSECUTORS AND PUBLIC DEFENDERS

     ``SEC. 3001. GRANT AUTHORIZATION.

       ``(a) Purpose.--The purpose of this section is to encourage 
     qualified individuals to enter and continue employment as 
     prosecutors and public defenders.
       ``(b) Definitions.--In this section:
       ``(1) Prosecutor.--The term `prosecutor' means a full-time 
     employee of a State or local agency who--
       ``(A) is continually licensed to practice law; and
       ``(B) prosecutes criminal or juvenile delinquency cases at 
     the State or local  level (including supervision, education, 
     or training of other persons prosecuting such cases).
       ``(2) Public defender.--The term `public defender' means an 
     attorney who--
       ``(A) is continually licensed to practice law; and
       ``(B) is--
       ``(i) a full-time employee of a State or local agency who 
     provides legal representation to indigent persons in criminal 
     or juvenile delinquency cases (including supervision, 
     education, or training of other persons providing such 
     representation);
       ``(ii) a full-time employee of a nonprofit organization 
     operating under a contract with a State or unit of local 
     government, who devotes substantially all of his or her full-
     time

[[Page 16779]]

     employment to providing legal representation to indigent 
     persons in criminal or juvenile delinquency cases, (including 
     supervision, education, or training of other persons 
     providing such representation); or
       ``(iii) employed as a full-time Federal defender attorney 
     in a defender organization established pursuant to subsection 
     (g) of section 3006A of title 18, United States Code, that 
     provides legal representation to indigent persons in criminal 
     or juvenile delinquency cases.
       ``(3) Student loan.--The term `student loan' means--
       ``(A) a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part B of 
     title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1071 
     et seq.);
       ``(B) a loan made under part D or E of title IV of the 
     Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq. and 
     1087aa et seq.); and
       ``(C) a loan made under section 428C or 455(g) of the 
     Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078-3 and 1087e(g)) 
     to the extent that such loan was used to repay a Federal 
     Direct Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford 
     Loan, or a loan made under section 428 or 428H of such Act.
       ``(c) Program Authorized.--The Attorney General shall 
     establish a program by which the Department of Justice shall 
     assume the obligation to repay a student loan, by direct 
     payments on behalf of a borrower to the holder of such loan, 
     in accordance with subsection (d), for any borrower who--
       ``(1) is employed as a prosecutor or public defender; and
       ``(2) is not in default on a loan for which the borrower 
     seeks forgiveness.
       ``(d) Terms of Agreement.--
       ``(1) In general.--To be eligible to receive repayment 
     benefits under subsection (c), a borrower shall enter into a 
     written agreement that specifies that--
       ``(A) the borrower will remain employed as a prosecutor or 
     public defender for a required period of service of not less 
     than 3 years, unless involuntarily separated from that 
     employment;
       ``(B) if the borrower is involuntarily separated from 
     employment on account of misconduct, or voluntarily separates 
     from employment, before the end of the period specified in 
     the agreement, the borrower will repay the Attorney General 
     the amount of any benefits received by such employee under 
     this section;
       ``(C) if the borrower is required to repay an amount to the 
     Attorney General under subparagraph (B) and fails to repay 
     such amount, a sum equal to that amount shall be recoverable 
     by the Federal Government from the employee (or such 
     employee's estate, if applicable) by such methods as are 
     provided by law for the recovery of amounts owed to the 
     Federal Government;
       ``(D) the Attorney General may waive, in whole or in part, 
     a right of recovery under this subsection if it is shown that 
     recovery would be against equity and good conscience or 
     against the public interest; and
       ``(E) the Attorney General shall make student loan payments 
     under this section for the period of the agreement, subject 
     to the availability of appropriations.
       ``(2) Repayments.--
       ``(A) In general.--Any amount repaid by, or recovered from, 
     an individual or the estate of an individual under this 
     subsection shall be credited to the appropriation account 
     from which the amount involved was originally paid.
       ``(B) Merger.--Any amount credited under subparagraph (A) 
     shall be merged with other sums in such account and shall be 
     available for the same purposes and period, and subject to 
     the same limitations, if any, as the sums with which the 
     amount was merged.
       ``(3) Limitations.--
       ``(A) Student loan payment amount.--Student loan repayments 
     made by the Attorney General under this section shall be made 
     subject to such terms, limitations, or conditions as may be 
     mutually agreed upon by the borrower and the Attorney General 
     in an agreement under paragraph (1), except that the amount 
     paid by the Attorney General under this section shall not 
     exceed--
       ``(i) $10,000 for any borrower in any calendar year; or
       ``(ii) an aggregate total of $60,000 in the case of any 
     borrower.
       ``(B) Beginning of payments.--Nothing in this section shall 
     authorize the Attorney General to pay any amount to reimburse 
     a borrower for any repayments made by such borrower prior to 
     the date on which the Attorney General entered into an 
     agreement with the borrower under this subsection.
       ``(e) Additional Agreements.--
       ``(1) In general.--On completion of the required period of 
     service under an agreement under subsection (d), the borrower 
     and the Attorney General may, subject to paragraph (2), enter 
     into an additional agreement in accordance with subsection 
     (d).
       ``(2) Term.--An agreement entered into under paragraph (1) 
     may require the borrower to remain employed as a prosecutor 
     or public defender for less than 3 years.
       ``(f) Award Basis; Priority.--
       ``(1) Award basis.--Subject to paragraph (2), the Attorney 
     General shall provide repayment benefits under this section--
       ``(A) giving priority to borrowers who have the least 
     ability to repay their loans, except that the Attorney 
     General shall determine a fair allocation of repayment 
     benefits among prosecutors and public defenders, and among 
     employing entities nationwide; and
       ``(B) subject to the availability of appropriations.
       ``(2) Priority.--The Attorney General shall give priority 
     in providing repayment benefits under this section in any 
     fiscal year to a borrower who--
       ``(A) received repayment benefits under this section during 
     the preceding fiscal year; and
       ``(B) has completed less than 3 years of the first required 
     period of service specified for the borrower in an agreement 
     entered into under subsection (d).
       ``(g) Regulations.--The Attorney General is authorized to 
     issue such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the 
     provisions of this section.
       ``(h) Study.--Not later than 1 year after the date of 
     enactment of this section, the Government Accountability 
     Office shall study and report to Congress on the impact of 
     law school accreditation requirements and other factors on 
     law school costs and access, including the impact of such 
     requirements on racial and ethnic minorities.
       ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are 
     authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section 
     $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2008 and such sums as may be 
     necessary for each succeeding fiscal year.''.
                                 ______
                                 
  SA 5251. Mr. CRAIG submitted an amendment intended to be proposed by 
him to the bill S. 3268, to amend the Commodity Exchange Act, to 
prevent excessive price speculation with respect to energy commodities, 
and for other purposes; which was ordered to lie on the table; as 
follows:

       At the end, add the following:

     SEC. 17. MORATORIUM OF OIL AND GAS LEASING IN CERTAIN AREAS 
                   OF GULF OF MEXICO.

       (a) In General.--Section 104(a) of the Gulf of Mexico 
     Energy Security Act of 2006 (43 U.S.C. 1331 note; Public Law 
     109-432) is amended--
       (1) by striking paragraph (1);
       (2) in paragraph (2), by striking ``125 miles'' and 
     inserting ``50 miles'';
       (3) in paragraph (3), by striking ``100 miles'' each place 
     it appears and inserting ``50 miles''; and
       (4) by redesignating paragraphs (2) and (3) as paragraphs 
     (1) and (2), respectively.
       (b) Regulations.--
       (1) In general.--The Secretary of the Interior shall 
     promulgate regulations that establish appropriate 
     environmental safeguards for the exploration and production 
     of oil and natural gas on the outer Continental Shelf.
       (2) Minimum requirements.--At a minimum, the regulations 
     shall include--
       (A) provisions requiring surety bonds of sufficient value 
     to ensure the mitigation of any foreseeable incident;
       (B) provisions assigning liability to the leaseholder in 
     the event of an incident causing damage or loss, regardless 
     of the negligence of the leaseholder or lack of negligence;
       (C) provisions no less stringent than those contained in 
     the Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure regulations 
     promulgated under the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (33 U.S.C. 
     2701 et seq.);
       (D) provisions ensuring that--
       (i) no facility for the exploration or production of 
     resources is visible to the unassisted eye from any shore of 
     any coastal State; and
       (ii) the impact of offshore production facilities on 
     coastal vistas is otherwise mitigated;
       (E) provisions to ensure, to the maximum extent 
     practicable, that exploration and production activities will 
     result in no significant adverse effect on fish or wildlife 
     (including habitat), subsistence resources, or the 
     environment; and
       (F) provisions that will impose seasonal limitations on 
     activity to protect breeding, spawning, and wildlife 
     migration patterns.
       (c) Conforming Amendment.--Section 105 of the Department of 
     the Interior, Environment, and Related Agencies 
     Appropriations Act, 2006 (Public Law 109-54; 119 Stat. 521) 
     (as amended by section 103(d) of the Gulf of Mexico Energy 
     Security Act of 2006 (43 U.S.C. 1331 note; Public Law 109-
     432)) is amended by inserting ``and any other area that the 
     Secretary of the Interior may offer for leasing, preleasing, 
     or any related activity under section 104 of that Act'' after 
     ``2006)''.

     SEC. 18. DISPOSITION OF REVENUES FROM NEW PRODUCING AREAS OF 
                   THE EASTERN GULF OF MEXICO.

       The Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1331 et 
     seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

     ``SEC. 32. DISPOSITION OF REVENUES FROM NEW PRODUCING AREAS 
                   OF THE EASTERN GULF OF MEXICO.

       ``(a) Definitions.--In this section:
       ``(1) Coastal political subdivision.--The term `coastal 
     political subdivision' means a political subdivision of an 
     Eastern Gulf producing State any part of which political 
     subdivision is--
       ``(A) within the coastal zone (as defined in section 304 of 
     the Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972 (16 U.S.C. 1453)) of 
     the Eastern Gulf producing State as of the date of enactment 
     of this section; and

[[Page 16780]]

       ``(B) not more than 200 nautical miles from the geographic 
     center of any leased tract.
       ``(2) Eastern gulf producing state.--The term `Eastern Gulf 
     producing State' means each of the States of Alabama, 
     Florida, Louisiana, Mississippi, and Texas.
       ``(3) Moratorium area.--The term `moratorium area' means an 
     area covered by section 104(a) of the Gulf of Mexico Energy 
     Security Act of 2006 (43 U.S.C. 1331 note; Public Law 109-
     432) (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of 
     this section).
       ``(4) New producing area.--The term `new producing area' 
     means any moratorium area beyond the submerged land of a 
     State that is located greater than 50 miles from the 
     coastline of the State of Florida.
       ``(5) Qualified outer continental shelf revenues.--The term 
     `qualified outer Continental Shelf revenues' means all 
     rentals, royalties, bonus bids, and other sums due and 
     payable to the United States from leases entered into on or 
     after the date of enactment of this section for new producing 
     areas.
       ``(b) Petition for Leasing New Producing Areas.--
       ``(1) In general.--Beginning on the effective date of the 
     regulations promulgated pursuant to section 17(b) of the Stop 
     Excessive Energy Speculation Act of 2008, the Governor of a 
     State, with the concurrence of the legislature of the State, 
     with a new producing area within the offshore administrative 
     boundaries beyond the submerged land of the State may submit 
     to the Secretary a petition requesting that the Secretary 
     make the new producing area available for oil and gas 
     leasing.
       ``(2) Action by secretary.--Notwithstanding section 18, as 
     soon as practicable after receipt of a petition under 
     paragraph (1), the Secretary shall approve the petition if 
     the Secretary determines that leasing the new producing area 
     would not create an unreasonable risk of harm to the marine, 
     human, or coastal environment.
       ``(c) Disposition of Qualified Outer Continental Shelf 
     Revenues From New Producing Areas.--
       ``(1) In general.--Notwithstanding section 9 and subject to 
     the other provisions of this subsection, for each applicable 
     fiscal year, the Secretary of the Treasury shall deposit--
       ``(A) 50 percent of qualified outer Continental Shelf 
     revenues in the general fund of the Treasury; and
       ``(B) 50 percent of qualified outer Continental Shelf 
     revenues in a special account in the Treasury from which the 
     Secretary shall disburse--
       ``(i) 75 percent to Eastern Gulf producing States in 
     accordance with paragraph (2); and
       ``(ii) 25 percent to provide financial assistance to States 
     in accordance with section 6 of the Land and Water 
     Conservation Fund Act of 1965 (16 U.S.C. 460l -8), which 
     shall be considered income to the Land and Water Conservation 
     Fund for purposes of section 2 of that Act (16 U.S.C. 460l-
     5).
       ``(2) Allocation to eastern gulf producing states and 
     coastal political subdivisions.--
       ``(A) Allocation to eastern gulf producing states.--
     Effective for fiscal year 2009 and each fiscal year 
     thereafter, the amount made available under paragraph 
     (1)(B)(i) shall be allocated to each Eastern Gulf producing 
     State in amounts (based on a formula established by the 
     Secretary by regulation) that are inversely proportional to 
     the respective distances between the point on the coastline 
     of each Eastern Gulf producing State that is closest to the 
     geographic center of the applicable leased tract and the 
     geographic center of the leased tract.
       ``(B) Payments to coastal political subdivisions.--
       ``(i) In general.--The Secretary shall pay 20 percent of 
     the allocable share of each Eastern Gulf producing State, as 
     determined under subparagraph (A), to the coastal political 
     subdivisions of the Eastern Gulf producing State.
       ``(ii) Allocation.--The amount paid by the Secretary to 
     coastal political subdivisions shall be allocated to each 
     coastal political subdivision in accordance with 
     subparagraphs (B) and (C) of section 31(b)(4).
       ``(3) Minimum allocation.--The amount allocated to an 
     Eastern Gulf producing State each fiscal year under paragraph 
     (2)(A) shall be at least 10 percent of the amounts available 
     under paragraph (1)(B)(i).
       ``(4) Timing.--The amounts required to be deposited under 
     subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) for the applicable fiscal 
     year shall be made available in accordance with that 
     subparagraph during the fiscal year immediately following the 
     applicable fiscal year.
       ``(5) Authorized uses.--
       ``(A) In general.--Subject to subparagraph (B), each 
     Eastern Gulf producing State and coastal political 
     subdivision shall use all amounts received under paragraph 
     (2) in accordance with all applicable Federal and State laws, 
     only for 1 or more of the following purposes:
       ``(i) Projects and activities for the purposes of coastal 
     protection, including conservation, coastal restoration, 
     hurricane protection, and infrastructure directly affected by 
     coastal wetland losses.
       ``(ii) Mitigation of damage to fish, wildlife, or natural 
     resources.
       ``(iii) Implementation of a federally approved marine, 
     coastal, or comprehensive conservation management plan.
       ``(iv) Mitigation of the impact of outer Continental Shelf 
     activities through the funding of onshore infrastructure 
     projects.
       ``(v) Planning assistance and the administrative costs of 
     complying with this section.
       ``(B) Limitation.--Not more than 3 percent of amounts 
     received by an Eastern Gulf producing State or coastal 
     political subdivision under paragraph (2) may be used for the 
     purposes described in subparagraph (A)(v).
       ``(6) Administration.--Amounts made available under 
     paragraph (1)(B) shall--
       ``(A) be made available, without further appropriation, in 
     accordance with this subsection;
       ``(B) remain available until expended; and
       ``(C) be in addition to any amounts appropriated under--
       ``(i) other provisions of this Act;
       ``(ii) the Land and Water Conservation Fund Act of 1965 (16 
     U.S.C. 460l-4 et seq.); or
       ``(iii) any other provision of law.''.
                                 ______
                                 
  SA 5252. Mr. CRAIG submitted an amendment intended to be proposed by 
him to the bill S. 3268, to amend the Commodity Exchange Act, to 
prevent excessive price speculation with respect to energy commodities, 
and for other purposes; which was ordered to lie on the table; as 
follows:

       At the appropriate place, insert the following:

     SEC. __. MORATORIUM OF OIL AND GAS LEASING IN CERTAIN AREAS 
                   OF GULF OF MEXICO.

       (a) In General.--Section 104(a) of the Gulf of Mexico 
     Energy Security Act of 2006 (43 U.S.C. 1331 note; Public Law 
     109-432) is amended--
       (1) by striking paragraph (1);
       (2) in paragraph (2), by striking ``125 miles'' and 
     inserting ``50 miles'';
       (3) in paragraph (3), by striking ``100 miles'' each place 
     it appears and inserting ``50 miles''; and
       (4) by redesignating paragraphs (2) and (3) as paragraphs 
     (1) and (2), respectively.
       (b) Regulations.--
       (1) In general.--The Secretary of the Interior shall 
     promulgate regulations that establish appropriate 
     environmental safeguards for the exploration and production 
     of oil and natural gas on the outer Continental Shelf.
       (2) Minimum requirements.--At a minimum, the regulations 
     shall include--
       (A) provisions requiring surety bonds of sufficient value 
     to ensure the mitigation of any foreseeable incident;
       (B) provisions assigning liability to the leaseholder in 
     the event of an incident causing damage or loss, regardless 
     of the negligence of the leaseholder or lack of negligence;
       (C) provisions no less stringent than those contained in 
     the Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure regulations 
     promulgated under the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (33 U.S.C. 
     2701 et seq.);
       (D) provisions ensuring that--
       (i) no facility for the exploration or production of 
     resources is visible to the unassisted eye from any shore of 
     any coastal State; and
       (ii) the impact of offshore production facilities on 
     coastal vistas is otherwise mitigated;
       (E) provisions to ensure, to the maximum extent 
     practicable, that exploration and production activities will 
     result in no significant adverse effect on fish or wildlife 
     (including habitat), subsistence resources, or the 
     environment; and
       (F) provisions that will impose seasonal limitations on 
     activity to protect breeding, spawning, and wildlife 
     migration patterns.
       (c) Conforming Amendment.--Section 105 of the Department of 
     the Interior, Environment, and Related Agencies 
     Appropriations Act, 2006 (Public Law 109-54; 119 Stat. 521) 
     (as amended by section 103(d) of the Gulf of Mexico Energy 
     Security Act of 2006 (43 U.S.C. 1331 note; Public Law 109-
     432)) is amended by inserting ``and any other area that the 
     Secretary of the Interior may offer for leasing, preleasing, 
     or any related activity under section 104 of that Act'' after 
     ``2006)''.
                                 ______
                                 
  SA 5253. Mr. ALLARD submitted an amendment intended to be proposed by 
him to the bill S. 3268, to amend the Commodity Exchange Act, to 
prevent excessive price speculation with respect to energy commodities, 
and for other purposes; which was ordered to lie on the table; as 
follows:

       At the end, add the following:

     SEC. __. DOMESTIC PRODUCTION.

       (a) Repeal.--Section 433 of the Department of the Interior, 
     Environment, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2008 
     (Public Law 110-161; 121 Stat. 2152) is repealed.
       (b) Commencement of Commercial Leasing.--Section 369(e) of 
     the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (42 U.S.C. 15927(e)) is amended 
     in the second sentence by inserting ``, not earlier than 
     December 31, 2011,'' before ``conduct''.

     SEC. __. ADVANCED BATTERIES FOR ELECTRIC DRIVE VEHICLES.

       (a) Definitions.--In this section:
       (1) Advanced battery.--The term ``advanced battery'' means 
     an electrical storage device that is suitable for a vehicle 
     application.

[[Page 16781]]

       (2) Engineering integration costs.--The term ``engineering 
     integration costs'' includes the cost of engineering tasks 
     relating to--
       (A) the incorporation of qualifying components into the 
     design of an advanced battery; and
       (B) the design of tooling and equipment and the development 
     of manufacturing processes and material for suppliers of 
     production facilities that produce qualifying components or 
     advanced batteries.
       (3) Secretary.--The term ``Secretary'' means the Secretary 
     of Energy.
       (b) Advanced Battery Research and Development.--
       (1) In general.--The Secretary shall--
       (A) expand and accelerate research and development efforts 
     for advanced batteries; and
       (B) emphasize lower cost means of producing abuse-tolerant 
     advanced batteries with the appropriate balance of power and 
     energy capacity to meet market requirements.
       (2) Authorization of appropriations.--There is authorized 
     to be appropriated to carry out this subsection $100,000,000 
     for each of fiscal years 2010 through 2014.
       (c) Direct Loan Program.--
       (1) In general.--Subject to the availability of 
     appropriated funds, not later than 1 year after the date of 
     enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall carry out a 
     program to provide a total of not more than $250,000,000 in 
     loans to eligible individuals and entities for not more than 
     30 percent of the costs of 1 or more of--
       (A) reequipping a manufacturing facility in the United 
     States to produce advanced batteries;
       (B) expanding a manufacturing facility in the United States 
     to produce advanced batteries; or
       (C) establishing a manufacturing facility in the United 
     States to produce advanced batteries.
       (2) Eligibility.--
       (A) In general.--To be eligible to obtain a loan under this 
     subsection, an individual or entity shall--
       (i) be financially viable without the receipt of additional 
     Federal funding associated with a proposed project under this 
     subsection;
       (ii) provide sufficient information to the Secretary for 
     the Secretary to ensure that the qualified investment is 
     expended efficiently and effectively; and
       (iii) meet such other criteria as may be established and 
     published by the Secretary.
       (B) Consideration.--In selecting eligible individuals or 
     entities for loans under this subsection, the Secretary may 
     consider whether the proposed project of an eligible 
     individual or entity under this subsection would--
       (i) reduce manufacturing time;
       (ii) reduce manufacturing energy intensity;
       (iii) reduce negative environmental impacts or byproducts; 
     or
       (iv) increase spent battery or component recycling
       (3) Rates, terms, and repayment of loans.--A loan provided 
     under this subsection--
       (A) shall have an interest rate that, as of the date on 
     which the loan is made, is equal to the cost of funds to the 
     Department of the Treasury for obligations of comparable 
     maturity;
       (B) shall have a term that is equal to the lesser of--
       (i) the projected life, in years, of the eligible project 
     to be carried out using funds from the loan, as determined by 
     the Secretary; or
       (ii) 25 years; and
       (C) may be subject to a deferral in repayment for not more 
     than 5 years after the date on which the eligible project 
     carried out using funds from the loan first begins 
     operations, as determined by the Secretary.
       (4) Period of availability.--A loan under this subsection 
     shall be available for--
       (A) facilities and equipment placed in service before 
     December 30, 2020; and
       (B) engineering integration costs incurred during the 
     period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act and 
     ending on December 30, 2020.
       (5) Fees.--The cost of administering a loan made under this 
     subsection shall not exceed $100,000.
       (6) Authorization of appropriations.--There are authorized 
     to be appropriated such sums as are necessary to carry out 
     this subsection for each of fiscal years 2009 through 2013.
       (d) Sense of the Senate on Purchase of Plug-in Electric 
     Drive Vehicles.--It is the sense of the Senate that, to the 
     maximum extent practicable, the Federal Government should 
     implement policies to increase the purchase of plug-in 
     electric drive vehicles by the Federal Government.

                          ____________________